Interface Modules
Full Line Catalog 2010/2011
4
WAGO Registered Trademarks
WAGO®
CAGE CLAMP®
CAGE CLAMP®@
POWER CAGE CLAMP
FIT CLAMP®
PUSH WIRE®
TOPJOB®
TOPJOB®@
X-COM®
X-COM®@
WINSTA®
JUMPFLEX®
TO-PASS®
ProServe®
WAGO trademarks are registered brand names or regionally registered
makes of products from WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG
WAGO Full Line Catalogs
7PMVNF
3BJM.PVOUFE5FSNJOBM#MPDL4ZTUFNT
tRail-Mounted Terminal Blocks
tModular Connectors (X-COM® 4:45&.
tTerminal Strips
tPatchboard Systems
t4IJFME 4DSFFO
$POOFDUJOH4ZTUFN
tPUSH WIRE®$POOFDUPSTGPS+VODUJPO#PYFT
7PMVNF
$POOFDUPSTBOE1$#5FSNJOBM#MPDLT
tPCB Terminal Blocks
tFeedthrough Terminal Blocks
tMULTI CONNECTION SYSTEM
tPCB Connectors
tSpecialty Connectors
Volume
*04:45&.
t.PEVMBS*04:45&.*1
t8JSFMFTT5FDIOPMPHZ
TO-PASS® Telecontrol Technology
t*OEVTUSJBM4XJUDIFT
PERSPECTO
t.PEVMBS*04:45&.*1
#MPDL*04:45&.*1
t4FOTPS"DUVBUPS#PYFT*1
$BCMFTBOE$POOFDUPST*1
t1PXFS4VQQMJFT
Volume
*OUFSGBDF.PEVMFT
tRelay – Optocouplers – Special Functions
tInterface Modules
tTransducers
t1PXFS4VQQMJFT
tOvervoltage Protection
tWireless Technology
tEmpty Housings and Mounting Carriers
7PMVNF
WINSTA® Connector System
tWINSTA® MINI
tWINSTA® MIDI
tWINSTA® MAXI
tWINSTA® RD
tWINSTA® KNX
tWINSTA® IDC
Connectors
Connectors
Connectors
Cable Assemblies
Connectors
Flat Cables
Handling of WAGO Connection Technologies*
Universal connection with “@PECIAL”
S
Handling:
0QFOUIFDMBNQ
JOTFSUXJSFBOESFMFBTFUIFDMBNQo
done! Solid conductors and fine-stranded conductors
XJUIGFSSVMFTBSFDPOOFDUFECZTJNQMZQVTIJOHUIFNJO
– no operating tool needed.
Universal connection of solid, stranded and
fine-stranded conductors
Handling:
0QFOUIFDMBNQ
JOTFSUXJSFBOESFMFBTFUIFDMBNQo
done!
Universal connection of conductors larger
than 6 AWG (16 mm2)
Handling:
- 5PPQFOUIFDMBNQXJUIBTUBOEBSEIFYXSFODIPSPQFSBUJOH
UPPM
BOEUVSOBQQSPYJNBUFMZUXJDFDPVOUFSDMPDLXJTF
- Latch holds clamp open.
- Insert conductor.
"TNBMMDPVOUFSDMPDLXJTFSPUBUJPOSFMFBTFTUIFMBUDI.
Insulation displacement connection (IDC)
Handling:
Push unstripped conductor into the IDC contact
using an operating tool.
PUSH WIRE® connection for solid wires and
stranded wires (depending on product used)
Handling:
Solid and stranded conductors that are rigid enough are
connected by simply pushing them in – no operating tool
needed.
1MFBTFGPMMPXUIFQSPEVDUJOTUSVDUJPOTGPSQSPEVDUTQFDJmDIBOEMJOH
Contents
Volume 4
Relays – Optocouplers – Special Functions
1
1
Interface Modules
2
2
Transducers
3
3
Power Supplies
4
4
Overvoltage Protection
5
5
Wireless Technology
6
6
Empty Housings and Mounting Carriers
7
7
Accessories
8
8
Technical Section
9
9
0
An Interface Solution for
4
JUMPFLEX®– Transducers / Relay and
Optocoupler Modules
857 Series
JUMPFLEX®– 8-Channel Adapter
857 Series
Interface Modules
289 Series
Overvoltage Protection
288 Series
EPSITRON Power Supplies
787 Series
0
All Applications
5
Relay Modules and
Optocoupler Modules
859 Series
Pluggable Function Modules
286 and 786 Series
Sockets for Miniature Switching Relay /
Optocoupler
788 Series
Relay Modules in
DIN-Rail Mounted Enclosure
789 Series
Sockets with Industrial Relay
858 Series
0
6
WAGO Interface Modules
Design and housing possibilities
Nowadays when equipment is designed 857 Series Transducers and
many scenarios need to be considered.
Relay Modules
Some of which are user and maintenance
friendly, limited budgets, safety, availability, space requirements and simplicity in
design and usage.
286 / 786 Series Pluggable Function
Modules
WAGO AUTOMATION offers interface
modules in various shapes and sizes to
overcome any of the restraints posed by
space requirements.
This enables any demands and needs to
be fulfilled using these different designs,
such as pluggable function and interface
modules, relay and optocoupler modules,
etc.
Transducers and relay modules
Pluggable function modules
The WAGO Series 788 relay socket
forms an excellent basis for switching
applications using pluggable miniature
switching relays (1 or 2 changeover
contacts) in industrial and process automation.
The new 6mm-wide WAGO isolation
amplifiers and transducers not only share
a common profile, but in addition one
in line jumper can be used to connect
the supply voltages, etc, to all modules,
doing away with the need to wire each
connection. The smaller relay modules
also fit perfectly in this scenario. The
pluggable relays can simply be replaced
from the top.
The terminal blocks for pluggable modules offer the greatest degree of flexibility
and maintenance-friendly service.
The terminal block for pluggable modules
is mounted on the carrier rail and wired
like a normal terminal block.
If service is required, this element can be
replaced in one step, without having to
deal with the system wiring. This saves
space and additional wiring effort.
Relay socket with pluggable
miniature switching relay
Relay module with pluggable
miniature switching relay
Pluggable function modules
In addition to its compact design
15x53x86mm (W x H x D), the relay
socket also stands out thanks to a number
of user-oriented features, with the associated benefits for the user.
The lever facilitates relay replacement
even when the relay sockets are placed
close to each other.
The sockets can be ordered as complete
components including relay and status
indication or as a single component.
In order to cover all application areas
with one product family, it is intended to
offer five different groups for the transducers alone: these include fixed and
configurable isolating amplifiers, passive
isolators, power supply isolators (also for
HART applications), signal duplicators
and temperature transducers for Pt100
and thermocouples.
The optocoupler and relay modules
are ideal additions to a comprehensive
function module program, allowing any
required functions to be implemented in a
control cabinet by means of a pluggable
module system. Large enclosures of the
Series 786 are available for more complex functions, such as transducers.
Transducer
Pluggable signal conditioning modules
788 Series Relay Sockets with
Pluggable Miniature Switching Relay
0
789 Series Relay Modules in
DIN-Rail-Mountable Enclosure
The range of uses for the WAGO latching relays and switching relays of
Series 789 spans from simple lighting
controls in building services, such as in
construction of apartments, hotels, office
buildings or parking garages, etc., up to
installations in industrial control cabinets.
287 / 288 Series DIN-Rail-Mountable
Modules - Relay Modules and Sockets
The relay and PLC interface modules in
the mounting socket that can be fitted
859 Series Relay Modules and
on carrier rails ensure quick and easy
Optocoupler Modules
linking of signals from periphery devices.
The Series 859 is a complete product
The fully wired modules, with up to 16
series that is ideal for the interface level
high-performance relay outputs, provide
The 17.5mm-wide design in series bay
in any industrial application, thanks to the for direct switching of actuators and other enclosures is particularly well-suited for
wide range of relays and optocouplers.
coupling elements in the field.
installation in distribution boards and
meter mounting boards.
Relay module
DIN-rail-mountable modules - relay modules
Relay modules in DIN-rail-mountable enclosure
These units excel in tight spaces, thanks
to their narrow 6mm design. Simple
commoning at the control and load side
enables quick and easy looping through
of common input and output potential.
The requisite free-wheeling and reverse
voltage protection diodes are also integrated to ensure a long service life of the
products.
The series bay enclosures are used for
installation of other electronics devices
having a large scope of functions and
higher switching capacities; these come
in sizes of
2 module spaces (35mm) and
4 module spaces (70mm).
Other interface modules available as:
Multiple modules with plugged relays
that are easy to replace, without affecting
existing wiring.
Optocoupler module
DIN-rail-mountable modules - relay modules
Its robust design and the shock-proof
CAGE-CLAMP® connecting technology
used ensures continuous and uninterrupted operation of any kind of system.
EnOcean radio receiver in DIN-rail-mountable
enclosure
PCB terminal blocks and connectors
from the extensive WAGO program can
be installed in the enclosures to obtain
customized development of interface
components.
Installation is quick and
reliable on the 35mm carrier rail.
Relay socket
7
0
8
WAGO Transducers and Relay Modules
JUMPLFEX® , 857 Series
At the input side the devices required
active signals, i.e., the sensor signal is
generated by a dedicated supply voltage.
These devices provide a filtered and
amplified signal at the output side.
The perfect match of housing and electronics is the key to a highly successful
device. This is exactly what has been
achieved by WAGO with the transducers
and relay modules of the 857 Series.
The WAGOframe FDT frame application provides a wizard, which simplifies
the operation of components, such as
WAGO JUMPFLEX® DTMs. This wizard
guides the user through the different
operating modes of DTM device drivers.
This can be calculated using the following equation:
US ≥ UE = UV + 20 mA x RB
US
____>
Analog systems technology — Basics
Problems can arise in signal processing
in industrial systems of analog standard
signals (such as 0-10V or 0-20mA) which
can have an adverse effect on overall
fault-free signal processing. Problems
such as potential differentials arising
from interlinked measuring circuits can
be efficiently prevented using WAGO
transducers, with their associated electrical isolation.
Decoupling (Isolation) methods
A basic distinction is made between
active and passive isolation.
Passive isolation
A passive isolator draws power for signal
transmission from the input circuit. In this
case, the sensor must supply a power
level adequate for the device and must
also drive the working resistance.
As a result, it must be ensured that the
current-driving power of the sensor is sufficient to drive the maximum current of
20mA via the passive isolator (with the
device-specific voltage drop), as well as
the working resistance.
Parameterization, commissioning
and diagnostics using WAGO-frame
A portion of the JUMPFLEX® transducer
can be configured for parameterization,
commissioning and diagnostics of field
devices using WAGOframe, a software
based on the FDT/DTM standard.
UE
I
I
I
RB
__________________>
UV = 2.0 V
3 different connecting techniques are
employed for acquisition of resistance thermometers:
2-wire connecting technique
1
Active isolation
Depending on the design and model in
use, devices are available that incorporate electrical 3-way isolation. 4-way isolation is provided in a signal duplicator.
This means that all inputs, outputs and
supply circuits are electrically isolated
from one another with a 2.5 kV proof
voltage.
2.5 KV
Safe Isolation
This ensures that the greatest possible
safety and reliability is achieved for the
system and any devices connected to the
system. For 3-way isolation provides for
electrical isolation between the transducers and the control system and between
the control system and the control elements.
Typical equation for a passive isolator
(857-451) for a 20mA signal.
2
3
4
US ≥ UE = 2.0 V + 20 mA x 600 Ω
US ≥ UE = 14 V
Temperature measuring techniques
Resistance thermometers, such as Pt100
sensors, alter their resistance level as a
function of temperature. For example,
a rise in temperature will result in an
increase in the resistance level. This
reistance level is registered by the JUMPFLEX® devices (for example 857-800) and
transformed into an analog output signal
and simultaneously electrically isolated
using a 2.5kV proof voltage.
The analog standard signal can be a
current signal in the 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA
0-10 mA or 2-10 mA range, or a voltage
signal in the 0-10 V, 2-10 V, 0-5 V or
1-5 V range.
2-wire
The resistance thermometer is connected
to the JUMPFLEX® transducer via a twowire conductor. As the feed-in resistance
can directly affect results, which would
invalidate them, it must be ensured that
the distance between the measuring point
and the device is kept as small as possible. This distance should not exceed
10m in this case. If this distance can
not be ensured, the 857-801 unit can
be used provide compensation for the
incoming resistance using the configuration software.
0
9
Compensation for line resistance
(2-wire)
A resistance value can be input into this
field for compensation of the line resistance for 2-wire sensors within a range of
0-50 Ω .
Adjusting the values for resistance compensation is only possible by setting the
sensor wire connection to 2-wire. Otherwise the field is displayed in gray and
no values can be entered. Using 3- and
4-wire sensors, the input cable resistance
is compensated via the connection technology and does not enter into the measuring results.
3-wire connecting technique
1
2
3
drop for the incoming and outgoing
lines can be measured separately and
compensation provided for as required.
Again, no line adjustment is required
here.
Table for Thermocouples
Thermocouples
In contrast to resistance thermometers,
thermocouples are active sources that
generate output in the microvolts range.
Thermocouples have very low resistance
and are therefore noise-free. Preferred
applications include tasks in environments
with high temperatures, such as in ovens
or machines in the plastics industry.
The joining of two different materials
at the thermocouple results in different
energy of formation of the metal atom
electrons, yielding a thermoelectric voltage. The level of this thermoelectric voltage is a function of the material and of
temperature.
Fe
4
Cu
4-wire connecting technique
1
2
3
4
CuNi
__
2
__
1
_>
3-wire
The 3-wire connecting technique minimizes the effect of line resistance. The
resistance thermometer is gauged via two
measuring circuits implemented in the
JUMPFLEX® transducer. One measuring
circuit serves as the reference circuit. Line
resistance can be compensated for in this
manner.
The measuring results can, however,
nevertheless be affected by different line
lengths or by different ambient temperatures. No further line adjustment is usually
necessary, as the same line lengths and
the same ambient temperatures exist in
most cases.
vated and de-activated just by a click
using the configuration software (default
setting: ON (activated)).
Cu
If the temperature at measuring point ϑ1 is
the same as the temperature at reference
point ϑ2, no current will flow, as the two
component voltages cancel one another out.
However, if the temperatures at the measuring point and at the reference point are different, differing voltage levels are produced
which do not completely cancel one another
out, resulting in a flow of current.
To summarize then, a thermocouple only
measures a difference in temperature. This is
yielded from the difference between the thermoelectric voltage levels at the measuring
point and at the reference point. The voltage
fluctuation produced by the thermoelectric
effect is very low and is generally only a few
microvolts per Kelvin. Therefore, only the difference between the thermoelectric voltages
of the materials used is of significance, for
example, thermocouple type J, iron (Fe) and
constantan (CuNi).
Type of
sensor
Thermocouple
materials
Measuring range
J *)
Fe-CuNi
-210 °C ... +1200 °C
K *)
NiCr-Ni
-200 °C ... +1372 °C
E *)
NiCr-CuNi
-200 °C ... +1000 °C
N *)
NiCrSi-NiSi
-200 °C ... +1300 °C
R *)
Pt13Rh-Pt
+250 °C ... +1768 °C
S *)
Pt10Rh-Pt
-50 °C ... +1664 °C
T *)
Cu-CuNi
-200 °C ... +400 °C
B *)
Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh
+250 °C ... +1820 °C
C
0 °C ... +2320 °C
*) Thermocouples based on IEC 584 / EN 60584
Other thermocouples available upon request.
Relay modules with mounted miniature switching relays
The JUMPFLEX® product family is
rounded out by the relay modules that fit
perfectly with the transducers.
A logical enclosure concept with options
for linking all levels offers a variety of
synergy and cost-savings potential. This
allows for efficient optimization of installation efforts.
The pluggable relays can be replaced
quickly and easily when required.
4-wire
The most accurate measuring method
employs the 4-wire connecting technique.
This involves feeding in a low supply
current via two fully isolated measuring circuits via two lines and measuring
the voltage drop across the resistance
thermometer via the other two lines. This
method offers the advantage not being
influenced by line resistance or temperature-induced fluctuations, as the voltage
Also of some significance in the connection point temperature. This temperature
must be known in order to derive the
ambient temperature from the thermoelectric voltage level. This is why the temperature at the connection point is measured
by JUMPFLEX® transducers. This value,
also referred to as the reference or cold
For further information about the relays
junction, can then be compensated for.
go to pages 10 - 12.
(cold junction compensation)
Cold-junction compensation can be acti-
0
WAGO Relay Modules
10
WAGO Relay Modules.
The professional interface
between electronics and peripheral
equipment.
Even in modern automation systems,
electromechanical relays guarantee
a safe connection between process
control systems and process and
signalling systems. They provide:
t a high isolation level between input
and output circuit
t ability to match different signal levels
t signal amplification and/or signal
multiplication, especially for different
potentials in the input and output
circuits.
Modernized relays also offer
the following advantages:
t unaffected by electromagnetic fields
and surges
t high short-term overload capacity for
the input and output sides
t small switching power losses
t a module for switching of AC or DC
WAGO AUTOMATION offers a
complete range of relay modules that
provide these functions for a wide range
of applications.
Depending on the function and
operating conditions, the relay modules
are available with different contacts, contact materials, housings and shapes.
The following relay types are also
available: bistable switching relays, timedelay relays, current pulse switching and
safety relays with force-guided contacts.
Definitions of several
important technical terms
Coil-side information
The relays can be used within the stated
temperature range with nominal voltage
plus tolerance at 100% contin uous duty
rating.
According to the type and application,
the relays are triggered with DC or AC
signal.
The DC versions (residual ripple ≤6%)
are, unless otherwise stated, equipped
with LED function indicators, a recovery
diode and a reverse voltage protection
diode.
AC versions of select relays equipped
with series connected rectifiers
(refer to the wiring diagrams) can be
triggered with AC and DC at the stated
nominal voltage.
The free-wheel function is in this case
actuated by the rectifier.
In order to guarantee a safe operation it
has to be observed that “residual voltages” due to cable capacitance in case of
long connecting lines or leakage currents
of semi-conductor switches and their protection circuits are lower than the release
voltage of the relay.
For DC relays, the release voltage is specified with a value of ≤5% of the nominal
voltage;
for AC relays it is 15% of the nominal
voltage (acc. to VDE 0435).
If a high residual voltage exists, it is
possible that the relay will not reset.
For a nominal voltage of ≤12VDC,
the LED is connected in parallel to the coil.
Addition of a parallel connection of an
RC element of:
R = 100-220Ω
C = 220-470nF
could remedy this situation.
For a nominal voltage ≥24VDC,
the LED isconnected in series with the coil.
Alternatively, the 286-904 relay
module is available.
This specially developed module
features a defined release point at
110VAC ± 10% at an operating
voltage (coil volt age) of 230 VAC.
0
11
Contact material
To ensure a long service life and low
contact resistance, various materials may
be used for relay contacts (depending on
the load type, switching current, voltage
and duty cycle).
Possible mate rials, their properties and
advantages are shown in the table.
Properties and use
Ag Ni 0.15 + 5 μ Au
High corrosion resistance, low and
constant contact resistance at small power
ratings, for dry circuits
μV . . . 30 V
μA . . . 0.2 A
Ag Ni plated
with Au Ag + Au
Same properties as a 5 μ gold contact,
however with five times greater resistance
to wear, for all circuits from the μW range
up to 100 W/1 kVA
100 mV/10 μA
Ag Cd 0 + 1 μ Au
Low tendency to contact weld, high resistance
to contact burn-out at higher power rating,
also suitable for lower power ratings
≥5V
≥ 10 mA
Ag Cd 0,
with gold flash
Low tendency to contact weld, high resistance
to contact burn-out at higher power rating, with
gold flash for additional protection during storage
≥ 12 V
≥ 100 mA
Ag Ni 0.15 + HV
High mechanical strength, low tendency to
contact weld and low contact resistance, universal
application at medium loads
≥ 12 V
5 mA – 10 A
Ag Sn 02
Small tendency to contact weld, high resistance to
contact burn-out at higher power rating, small
migration of material, for circuits with high input
and output ratings, DC circuits
≥ 5 V/100 mA
≥ 10 V/10 mA
≥ 24 V/1 mA
Ag alloy,
with gold flash
High mechanical strength, small tendency to
contact weld, wide scope of application for low to
medium ratings
10 –3 W
Additional
off-delay
Switching of load
Range of values
Defined
limitation of
inductive
voltage
Attenuation
when used
with bipolar
circuits
Circulating diode
Advantages /
disadvantages
Advantages:
simple device
t cost-effective, reliable
t sizing not critical
t small inductive voltages
t
+
__________<
UD
–
large
yes (VD)
no
Load
Disadvantages:
limit only via load
resistance
t longer turn-off time
t
Series of diode /Zener diode
Advantages:
sizing not critical
t
+
__________<
Contact switching protection
When switching inductive loads
(e.g., for contractors or solenoid valves)
transients with peak voltages up to
thousands of volts will arise.
Suppression is necessary as these
transients frequently exceed admissible
EMC limits.
Moreover, they cause electric arcs at the
switching contact that destroy the
contact and significantly reduce the
relay’s service life and functional safety.
In practical use the following switching
protections, which are connected directly
at the source in parallel to the load, have
proved to be efficient:
Contact material
UZD
–
Load
medium
to small
yes (VZD)
no
Suppressor diode
Disadvantages:
limits only above VZD
t
Advantages:
cost-effective
sizing not critical
t limitation of positive peaks
t suitable for alternating
voltages
t
+
t
__________<
UZD
–
Load
medium
to small
yes (VZD)
yes
Disadvantages:
attenuation only
above VZD
t
Varistor
Advantages:
t high energy absorption
t sizing not critical
t suitable for AC voltages
+
–
__________<
VDR
UVDR
Load
medium
to small
yes (VVDR)
yes
R/C combination
Disadvantages:
t attenuation only
above VVDR
Advantages:
limiting by energy storage
t suitable for
alternating voltages
t limiting independent
of level
t
+
C
–
__________>
R
URC
Load
medium
to small
no
yes
Disadvantages:
exact component values
t high turn-on current pulse
t
0
WAGO Relay Modules
12
Service life
The difference between mechanical life
and electrical life must be distinguished.
Mechanical life consists the amount of
switching operations without contact
load; electrical life at maximum load
refers to the amount of switching
operations with maximum switching capacity and resistive load.
Smaller switching capacities increase the
operation at maximum load. The
following illustration shows the typical
course between switching current and
relay's operational life.
Live x 104 switching operations
1000
500
200
250VAV, resistive load
100
250VAC, inductive load
(cos.ϕ = 0.4)
50
20
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Switching current A
More details upon request.
After removing the control signal, the
relay returns to its respective position and
can only be switched over by a control
signal circuit. The bistable
switching relays are only available for
direct voltage with positive or negative
triggering.
As shown in the fig. “Example of Circuit
Configuration,“ two SF relays are controlled by one output interface. The NO
contacts 13–14/19–20 of relay A and
B switch over the peripheral equipment.
After switching off equipment a ... d the
control circuit
(NC contacts 5–6/11–12) verifies that
all main circuits are interrupted.
Current pulse switching relay
When the control circuit is closed, the
One current pulse is needed to change
next operation cycle will be executed by
the relay from the rest position to the wor- the CPU or by the control logic.
king position and vice versa.
Depending on the safety requirements,
During the triggering process, one of two an open control circuit prevents
status indicators displays the actual con- operation of either the entire machine or
tact position. The current pulse
specified components.
switching relay is available for direct and If a partial or complete standstill is
alternating voltage.
required in the event of a failure
(for ex. in medical technology or chemical processes) each control contact can
Safety relay
be polled and evaluated.
Force-guided safety relays, have become
increasingly recommended and specified Independent of a single or complete
for self-regulated systems as they provide control for the NO contact, the SF relay
operates in such a way that the other
protection for personnel, machines and
equipment is switched off even if a NO
installations. Relays with force-guided
contact is welded. The failure is recognicontacts are an essentially safety comzed by the control contact while the other
ponent for these circuits, particularly
when defects occur. WAGO offers these contacts are still able to open to interrupt
circuits.
functions in special relay modules with
force-guided contacts as based on to
ZH1/457
Time delay relays
(Specification of the employer’s liability
insurance association).
Example of circuit configuration:
Input interface
CPU
or
control logic
Description of select relays
Bistable switching relays
Bistable switching relays have 3 coil contacts. According to the wiring
scheme, the relay is switched into
“working condition“
(contacts 11–14 closed) by the common
connection A 3 and the connection A 1
and into “rest position“
(contacts 11–14 opened) by the connection A 2.
Monitoring circuit
Output interface
B
19
11
14
11
A3
_
A2
+
a
12
13
b
5
6
A
19
A1
+
20
11
14
20
c
12
13
5
6
12
14
Control of different peripheral equipment (a, b, c, d)
with monitoring
d
WAGO time delay relay modules are
electromechanical time relays with an
integrated time response, e.g., acc. to
VDE 0435, part 201/5.83.
The time ranges can be adjusted via
potentiometer for either continuously
variable or linear operation. A status LED
indicates the switching condition of the
relay.
0
WAGO Optocouplers
13
t electrical isolation between input and
output circuit
t adaptation to different signal levels
t signal amplification.
The optocoupler modules are available
in WAGO’s component plug technology
that is designed to plug directly into railmounted carrier terminal blocks.
The terminal blocks are fitted to the carrier rail and offer all advantages of CAGE
CLAMP® technology, which provides safe
and maintenance-free connection of the
signal wires for cross sections ranging
from 0.08 mm2 to 2.5 mm2/
AWG 28–12.
In addition to optimizing space through
the combination of terminal points and
the “function module,” maximum flexibility and ease of service are also achieved.
Input circuit
According to the type, triggering the
optocoupler modules is performed via
direct voltage (residual ripple RR
18
u
V
ˆû
V
0
(_ T _)
_) T1 =1,2 m s (_
Voltage pulses 1.2 /50
per IEC 60060-1 /DIN VDE 0432 P. 2
%
100
90
50
10
surge conduction, resulting in lower impedance and higher leakage.
T1 = 8m s
When subjected to continuous (AC or DC)
voltages in excess to the device rating, MOVs
Current pulses 8 /20
can overheat, and even explode, in certain
circumstances. This is why a quality surge pro- per IEC 60060-1 /DIN VDE 0432 P. 2
tection device is important, it will incorporate
protective measures to disconnect faulty com- Application recommendations
ponents before safety is compromised.
The advantages of gas-filled surge arresters
lie in their high current carrying capacity,
making them ideal for coarse protection. One
Suppression diode
disadvantage, particularly in the medium pro(or silicon avalanche diode)
tection range, is the relatively long response
time, as well as the power follow current.
Varistors have a considerably shorter
response time; however they also have lower
leakage currents. This makes them more
suitable for medium protection, as they offer
limited applications for coarse protection.
If the connection lines of electronic equipment
are already “fine” protected, general coarse
and medium protection measures are sufficient. If this is not the case, suppressor diodes
with very short response time may be employed as fine protection.
WAGO AUTOMATION offers a complete
range of modular terminal blocks with inteThese devices have electrical characteristics
grated surge arresters for coarse, medium
similar to Zener diodes, but are rated for sur- and fine protection.
ge currents.
Depending on the application, one can
choose the appropriate type from the preOnce the rated breakdown voltage is excee- viously mentioned surge arresters. These are
ded (in the non-conductive direction), the
electrically connected in the modular terminal
diode becomes a conductor. The suppressor
blocks between the connection point and
diode differs from a Zener in its higher current the mounting rail. Snapping the terminal
carrying capability and faster response time
block onto the grounded (earthed) moun(in the picosecond range).
ting rail automatically ensures the required
overvoltage protection.
Test impulse
Surge arresters are subject to standardized
test pulses in order to classify capabilities;
the effectiveness of protection measures with
reference to dissipation capacity and voltage
arresting. The form and level of the test pulses are defined by IEC 60060-1/DIN VDE
0432, part 2. Preference is given to voltage
pulses of 1.2/50 and current pulses of 8/20.
0
19
Max. surge current (lSmax)
Definition of several important
technical terms
The maximum surge current lSmax defines
the maximum value of a current having
Nominal operating voltage (VBN)
the 8/20μs waveform, which can flow
through the surge arrester once without
The nominal operating voltage corresponds to destroying it.
the voltage which may be permanently
connected to the appropriate connection
terminals of the overvoltage protection module. Alternating voltages are quoted as effective values.
Double-deck terminal block with varistor,
direct connection to the DIN 35 rail
Protection level
The protection level is the value of the
residual voltage occurring on the “protected” side of the surge arrester when
applying the rated discharge current.
Max. operating voltage (VBmax)
Frequently, only one surge arrester is fitted for
cost reasons. However, due to the fact that
one surge arrester alone cannot optimally
ensure several protection functions, combinations are recommended. Care must be taken to
ensure that the single-stage protection devices
are decoupled sufficiently by inductors or
resistors.
The maximum operating voltage corresponds
to the voltage which may be permanently
connected to the appropriate connection
Response time (tan)
terminals without the operating properties
changing or activating the individual module's The response time is primarily based
protection elements.
In addition to single-stage surge arresters,
WAGO AUTOMATION also offers multistage surge arresters, combining components
for different applications. These pluggable
modules are snapped into “carrier” terminal
blocks. These are DIN rail-mounted and offer
secure and maintenance-free
CAGE CLAMP® terminations for conductors
0.08mm2/AWG 28 to 2.5mm2/AWG 14.
The nominal current corresponds to the current which may permanently flow through the
connection terminals of the overvoltage
protection device.
Nominal current (IN)
Nominal discharge current (ISN)
The nominal discharge current is the
maximum value of a current having the
8/20 μs waveform
(DIN VDE 0432/10.78 part 3), which can
flow through the surge arrester five times
within a time period of 30 seconds (VDE) without destroying it.
V
600
V
600
V
600
10
500
500
500
8
400
400
400
6
300
300
300
4
200
200
200
100
100
100
0
0
kV
12
Pluggable surge suppression modules with on-unit
warnings
Addition of interference suppression to surge
suppression devices.
In addition to overvoltage protection, a high
frequency interference filter can be added to
the circuitry. This filter cannot only protect the
equipment from high frequency energy transmitted by connecting wires, but also prevents
a transmission of disturbances to the supply
lines. The main component of a filter is an
LC network, which produces a mismatch
between the filter impedance and the
impedance of the disturbance path. This
reflects any disturbance back to its source.
on the physical properties of the surge
arresters and is dependent upon the
wave front duration of the surge voltage.
WAGO's data refers to a voltage rise of
1kV/μs.
1 kV/m s
duration of
surge voltage
2
0
0
20
40
60μ s
0
1
2μ s
0
1
La
0
2μ s
0
1
2μ s
La
VDC = 24 V
a)
or R
gas-filled surge
arrester
Function diagram of a multi-stage surge voltage protection module
varistor
suppression
diode
applicance to
be protected
0
Overview: Relay Modules
20
859 Series
857 Series
788 Series
858 Series
288 and 287 Series
286 Series
789 Series
Relays with Changeover Contacts
Nominal voltage
1 changeover contact
5V
12 V
24 V
48 V
60 V
115 V
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
859-302
286-302
32
101
859-303
857-303
788-303
286-303
287-853
32
50
64
101
93
859-304
859-314
859-390
859-398
859-392
857-304
857-314
788-304
788-404
788-324
788-354
788-374
286-304
286-394
286-380
286-381
288-304
287-774
287-804
287-824
287-854
288-380
789-304
788-506
32
33
36
37
38
50
50
64
66
68
70
73
101
102
109
109
89
91
92
92
93
95
140
65
859-305
857-305
788-305
286-305
286-395
32
50
64
101
102
859-306
857-306
788-306
286-306
32
50
64
101
859-307
859-317
859-391
857-307
857-317
788-307
286-307
32
33
37
50
50
64
101
859-308
859-318
857-308
857-318
286-308
32
35
50
50
101
859-360
859-367
788-507
788-607
286-507
34
35
65
67
101
32
101
859-354
857-354
857-364
286-504
286-594
288-554
288-504
288-758
287-814
287-834
789-504
32
50
50
101
102
89
89
90
92
92
140
859-355
286-505
101
859-357
857-357
857-367
288-761
32
50
50
90
859-359
859-368
788-508
788-608
788-528
286-508
286-904
288-508
288-762
789-508
859-358
857-358
857-368
34
36
65
67
69
101
108
89
90
140
32
50
50
DC
AC
286-502
101
859-353
286-503
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
286-310
103
788-311
286-311
64
103
286-510
103
286-511
103
788-312
788-412
788-334
788-384
788-375
286-312
286-384
288-312
288-437
789-312
788-512
286-512
64
66
68
72
73
103
107
90
96
141
65
103
288-512
789-512
90
141
AC/DC
Nominal voltage
2 changeover contacts
5V
12 V
24 V
DC
32
101
286-506
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
788-313
286-313
789-313
64
103
141
788-314
286-314
64
103
788-315
286-315
789-315
64
103
141
286-316
103
286-513
103
286-514
103
788-515
788-615
286-515
789-515
65
67
103
141
788-516
788-616
788-538
286-516
789-516
65
67
69
103
141
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
286-578
106
858-508
858-518
286-579
83
83
106
48 V
60 V
115 V
AC
AC/DC
Nominal voltage
4 changeover contacts
DC
AC
230 V
Item No.
5V
Item No.
12 V
Page
Item No.
24 V
Page
48 V
Item No.
Page
858-304
858-314
286-375
82
82
106
Item No.
60 V
230 V
115 V
230 V
0
Relays with Make Contacts
Nominal voltage
1 make contact
5V
Item No.
21
12 V
Page
Item No.
24 V
Page
DC
AC
AC/DC
Nominal voltage
2 make contacts
DC
5V
12 V
48 V
60 V
115 V
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
286-364
788-355
288-364
288-320
287-475
287-474
789-571
286-376
286-564
100
71
88
94
94
94
144
107
100
286-365
100
286-366
100
288-564
88
288-565
24 V
88
48 V
60 V
230 V
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
286-566
100
286-567
789-570
100
144
288-567
88
115 V
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
286-326
104
286-327
104
286-328
104
286-329
104
286-330
104
Item No.
230 V
Page
Item No.
Page
286-332
104
AC
AC/DC
Nominal voltage
4 make contacts
DC
5V
12 V
24 V
48 V
60 V
115 V
230 V
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
286-350
106
286-351
106
286-352
789-352
286-552
106
143
106
286-353
106
286-354
106
286-355
106
286-555
789-552
143
AC
789-551
AC/DC
143
Item No.
Page
106
286-556
106
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
286-324
104
286-570
109
Relays with break contacts and make contacts
Nominal voltage
1 break contact
5V
Item No.
12 V
Page
Item No.
24 V
Page
DC
AC
AC/DC
Nominal voltage
1 break contact/
1 make contact
5V
12 V
48 V
60 V
115 V
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
286-368
100
286-369
100
286-370
100
286-568
100
288-568
88
24 V
48 V
60 V
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
286-318
104
286-319
104
286-320
286-906
286-571
286-520
104
108
109
104
286-321
104
286-322
104
AC
230 V
115 V
Item No.
DC
Item No.
Item No.
Page
230 V
AC/DC
Nominal voltage
2 break contacts/
2 make contacts
DC
5V
12 V
24 V
DC
115 V
230 V
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
286-334
105
286-335
105
286-336
789-336
286-536
105
142
105
286-337
105
286-338
105
286-339
105
142
789-536
142
789-535
AC/DC
1 break contact/
3 make contacts
60 V
Page
AC
Nominal voltage
48 V
Item No.
5V
12 V
24 V
48 V
60 V
115 V
Page
286-540
105
230 V
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
286-342
105
286-343
105
286-344
105
286-345
105
286-346
105
286-347
105
286-544
105
286-547
105
AC
Item No.
Item No.
Page
286-548
105
AC/DC
Nominal voltage
Safety relays
4 break contacts/
4 make contacts
DC
5V
Item No.
288-412
288-422
12 V
Page
97
97
Item No.
288-413
288-423
24 V
Page
97
97
Item No.
288-435
48 V
Page
96
Item No.
60 V
Page
Item No.
115 V
Page
AC
AC/DC
288-414
288-424
97
97
288-415
288-425
97
97
288-416
288-426
97
97
Item No.
230 V
Page
Item No.
Page
288-418
288-428
97
97
0
Overview: Timing Relays, Optocouplers and Special Functions
22
Timing Relay with Changeover Contact
Nominal voltage
Timer Range
1 changeover contact
0.1 s ... 1 s
1 s ... 10 s
10 s ... 100 s
0.1 s ... 1 s
1 s ... 10 s
10 s ... 100 s
0.3 s ... 3 s
3 s ... 12 s
10 s ... 100 s
100 s ... 800 s
0.3 s ... 3 s
3 s ... 12 s
10 s ... 100 s
100 s ... 800 s
24 V DC
230 V AC
Multirange Timing Relay
24 V AC, 115 V AC,
230 V AC, 24 V DC
Multifunction Timing Relays
24 V DC
859 Series
On-Delay
Off-Delay
Pulsing
Pulse Lengthening
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
Item No.
Page
286-600
286-602
286-604
286-610
286-612
286-614
110
110
110
110
110
110
286-440
286-442
286-444
286-446
286-448
286-450
112
112
112
112
112
112
286-460
286-462
286-464
286-470
286-472
286-474
113
113
113
113
113
113
286-426
286-427
286-428
111
111
111
286-616
114
857 Series
286-640
286-640/004-000
788 Series
115
138
286 Series
Optocouplers
Function
Input
Output
5 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
Max. Perm.
Continuous.
Current
859 Series
Page
859-795
859-793
859-796
859-794
40
39
40
41
24 V DC
48 V DC
2-Wire Optocouplers
859-730
859-740
42
42
121
122
2 x 24 V DC
286-790
286-792
123
122
115 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
2-Wire Optocouplers
with zero volt switch
4A
286-732
286-733
286-734
286-752/002-000
286-750
286-751
286-752
286-723
120
120
120
119
116
116
116
119
3-Wire Optocouplers
positive switching
300 mA
286-938
123
0.5 A
286-754
286-756
286-758
117
117
117
286-726
286-728
286-700
286-701
286-702
286-720
120
120
116
116
116
118
24 V DC
230 V AC
5 V DC
12 V DC
3-Wire Optocouplers
negative switching
286-721
286-730
286-704
286-706
286-708
286-725
286-740
286-741
286-742
118
120
117
117
117
121
124
124
125
24 V DC
230 V AC
Power Optocouplers
Supply Module
60 V DC
100 mA
240 V AC
1A
2 x 24 V DC
2 x 250 mA
48 V DC
240 V AC
24 V DC
48 V DC
240 V AC
24 V DC
100 mA
1A
2A
100 mA
1A
2A
0.5 A
5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
5 V DC
10 V ... 30 V AC/DC
S0 current
meter interface
passive S0 current
meter interfaces
3.5 A
5A
100 mA
230 V AC
24 V DC
5 V DC
15 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
programmable (L or H)
5 V DC
15 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
0.5 A
110 V DC
1.6 A
5 V DC
15 V DC
0.5 A
24 V DC
110 V DC
5 V DC
15 V DC
24 V DC
AC Output
DC Output
2A
3A
5A
1.6 A
60
Item No.
Page
788-700
788-701
78
78
56
39
857-714
58
788-720
857-707
857-717
857-727
857-708
857-718
857-728
859-902
859-752
859-756
45
46
859-758
46
859-772
859-702
43
44
859-706
45
859-708
44
859-720
41
859-712
79
56
58
60
57
59
61
47
0.5 A
1 mA ... 500 mA
857-724
857-704
859-791
1A
0,5 A
Page
286 Series
286-791
286-794
3A
Item No.
788 Series
Page
2A
24 V DC
857 Series
Item No.
100 mA
Item No.
43
0
23
286 Series
289 Series
Special Functions
289 / 789 Series
286 Series
Function
Item No.
NAMUR Switching Amplifiers
Current Flow
Monitoring Modules
Switching Module
with relay output 250 V AC /120 V DC
with transistor output 24 V DC
AC/DC
15 mA DC/35 mA ... 300 mA AC
AC
80 mA ... 6 A
AC
0.2 A ... 3 A
AC
1 A ... 10 A
DC
0.4 A ... 1.5 A
1-pole changeover
Hand-0-Automatik Umschalter
230 V / 1 A AC
230 V / 1 A AC
Bridge Rectifiers
24 V / 1 A AC
Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Fuse Module
for replaceable microfuses 5 x 20 mm Operating voltage 230 V AC/DC
common anode
Diode Gate Modules
common cathode
Polarized Diode Gate
Open Diode Gate
common anode
common cathode
with 8 diodes, individual connection possible
AND Gate Module
Flip-Flop Module
LED Indicator Module
with 9 diodes, individual connection possible
with 6 inputs, relay output with 1 make contact
Operating voltage 24 V DC
with 8 LEDs
LED Gate Module
with 16 LEDs
Lamp Test Circuit
Open Resistor Gate
Resistor Gate
with 20 diodes for testing 10 lamps
with 8 resistors, individual connection possible
with 1 end commoned, 8 resistors
Auxiliary and fault indication voltage 230 V AC
60 V DC
24 V DC
Fault Indicator Modules,
with reset
Connection Modules
for sensors and actuators
8 x 3-conductor sensors
8 actuators
Page
Optocoupler
Transformer
1 changeover contact
1 changeover contact
1 make contact
with changeover rocker switch
with momentary switch
789-323
common cathode
common anode
common cathode
289-121
289-111
289-101
289-103
289-105
289-202
289-201
289-151
289-114
289-113
with ground (earth) contact
289-664
289-665
289-666
289-667
289-671
126
126
128
128
129
129
129
127
127
280-804/281-419
286-840
286-830
286-890
286-891
286-803
286-805
286-807
286-809
286-813
286-815
286-817
286-819
131
130
130
132
132
133
133
133
133
133
133
133
133
286-826
286-825
286-822
134
135
134
286-681
286-684
286-683
136
136
137
188
188
186
186
187
189
189
189
190
190
Alarm with continuous light
Alarm with continuous light
Indication of original fault with single flashing light
LED indicator for positive switching
LED indicator for negative switching
Page
145
with varistor protection
Blown fuse indication, LED green
Blown fuse indication, neon lamp
3 diodes
5 diodes
7 diodes
9 diodes
3 diodes
5 diodes
7 diodes
9 diodes
14 diodes
14 diodes
Diode 1 N 4007
Diode P 600 B
Diode 1 N 5408
Item No.
286-880
286-881
286-659
286-661
286-664
286-665
286-662
286-895
286-896
184
184
184
184
184
0
Overview: Transducers
24
857 Series
JUMPFLEX®– Transducers
Function
Input Signal
Output Signal
(switchable in a calibrated way) (switchable in a calibrated way)
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA, 0 ... 5 V,
0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V, 1 ... 5 V
Isolation Amplifier
Isolation Amplifier,
Configurable
with Digital Output
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA, 0 ... 5 V,
0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V, 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA,
-10...+10 V, -20...+20 mA, 0...+30 V
0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V, 0... 5 V, 1 ... 5 V,
(31,2 V (VIN) 100 mA (IIN)
0 ... 10 mA, 2 ... 10 mA
Configuration
Electrical Isolation
Supply
Voltage VN
Item No.
Page
DIP switch
3 ways, 2.5 kV
24 V DC
857-400
194
DIP switch or
configuration software
3 ways, 2.5 kV
24 V DC
857-401
196
Bipolar
Isolation Amplifier
± 5 V, 0 ... 5 V, 1 ... 5 V, ± 10 V,
0 ... 10 V,2 ... 10 V, ± 10 mA,
0 ... 10 mA, 2 ... 10 mA, ± 20 mA,
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA
± 5 V, 0 ... 5 V, 1 ... 5 V, ± 10 V,
0 ... 10 V,2 ... 10 V, ± 10 mA,
0 ... 10 mA, 2 ... 10 mA,
± 20 mA, 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA
DIP switch
3 ways, 2.5 kV
24 V DC
857-409
198
Isolation Amplifier
Fixed (Current)
0(4) ... 20 mA
0(4) ... 20 mA
_
3 ways, 2.5 kV
24 V DC
857-411
200
Isolation Amplifier
Fixed (Voltage)
0(2) ... 10 V
0(2) ... 10 V
_
3 ways, 2.5 kV
24 V DC
857-412
200
Passive Isolator
1-Channel
0(4) ... 20 mA
0(4) ... 20 mA
_
2 ways, 2.5 kV
24 V DC
857-451
201
Passive Isolator
2-Channel
0(4) ... 20 mA
0(4) ... 20 mA
_
2 ways, 2.5 kV
24 V DC
857-452
201
Repeater Power Supply
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA, 0 ... 5 V,
0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V, 1 ... 5 V
DIP switch
3 ways, 2.5 kV
24 V DC
857-420
202
Repeater Power Supply
HART
4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
_
3 ways, 2.5 kV
24 V DC
857-421
204
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA, 0 ... 5 V,
0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V, 1 ... 5 V
2 x 0(4) ... 20 mA
DIP switch
4 ways, 2.5 kV
24 V DC
857-423
206
Signal Splitter
Millivolt
Transducer
-100 mV ... +100 mV,
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA,
0 mV ... 200 mV bis 0 mV ... 1000 mV 0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V, 0... 5 V, 1 ... 5 V,
(in steps of 100)
0 ... 10 mA, 2 ... 10 mA
DIP switch or
configuration software
3 ways, 2.5 kV
24 V DC
857-819
216
Threshold Value Switch
-10...+10 V, -20...+20 mA, 0...+30 V 1 changeover contact (relay max. 6A)
1 digital switching output
(31,2 V (VIN) 100 mA (IIN)
DIP switch, teach-in,
configuration software
4 ways, 2.5 kV
24 V DC
857-531
218
786 Series
Signal Conditioning Modules
Function
Input
Output
0 … 10 V
0 … 10 V
0 … 20 mA
4 … 20 mA
0 … 10 V
Signal Conditioning
Modules for Standard Signals
0 … 20 mA
0 … 20 mA
4 … 20 mA
0 … 10 V
4 … 20 mA
0 … 20 mA
4 … 20 mA
Electrical Isolation
2 ways, 4 kV
3 ways, 4 kV
2 ways, 4 kV
3 ways, 4 kV
2 ways, 4 kV
3 ways, 4 kV
2 ways, 4 kV
3 ways, 4 kV
2 ways, 4 kV
3 ways, 4 kV
2 ways, 4 kV
3 ways, 4 kV
2 ways, 4 kV
3 ways, 4 kV
2 ways, 4 kV
3 ways, 4 kV
2 ways, 4 kV
3 ways, 4 kV
Supply Voltage VN
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
Item No.
Page
786-301
786-321
786-302
786-322
786-303
786-323
786-304
786-324
786-305
786-325
786-306
786-326
786-307
786-337
786-308
786-338
786-309
786-339
230
230
230
230
230
230
231
232
231
232
231
232
231
232
231
232
231
232
0
25
857 Series
JUMPFLEX®– Temperature Transducers for RTD and Thermocouples
Function
Input Signal
Temperature
Transducers for RTD
Pt 100, Pt 200, Pt 500, Pt 1000
0 …1 kΩ, 0 …4.5 kΩ
Temperature
Transducers for RTD
Pt 100, Pt 200, Pt 500, Pt 1000
0 …1 kΩ, 0 …4.5 kΩ
Temperature
Transducers for
Thermocouples
Temperature
Transducers for
Thermocouples
Thermocouples of types J and K
Thermocouples of types J and K
Connection
Output Signal
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA,
2 wire, 3 wire, 4 wire
0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V, 0 ... 5 V,
1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 mA, 2 ... 10 mA
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA,
2 wire, 3 wire, 4 wire
0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V, 0 ... 5 V,
1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 mA, 2 ... 10 mA
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA,
0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V, 0 ... 5 V,
1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 mA, 2 ... 10 mA
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA,
0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V, 0 ... 5 V,
1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 mA, 2 ... 10 mA
Electrical
Isolation
Configuration
Supply Voltage
VN
Item No.
Page
Dip switch
3 ways, 2.5 kV
24 V DC
857-800
208
Dip switch or configuration Software
3 ways, 2.5 kV
24 V DC
857-801
210
Dip switch
3 ways, 2.5 kV
24 V DC
857-810
212
Dip switch or configuration Software
3 ways, 2.5 kV
24 V DC
857-811
214
286 Series
Temperature Transducers
Function
Input
Temperature Range
0 °C ... 100 °C
Pt 100
-30 °C ... +150 °C
Temperature
Transducers
0 °C ... 300 °C
Pt 1000
0 °C ... 100 °C
Thermocouple
Typ J
0 °C ... 750 °C
Thermocouple
Typ K
0 °C ... 1000 °C
Connection
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
wire
wire
wire
wire
wire
wire
wire
wire
wire
wire
wire
wire
wire
wire
wire
wire
wire
wire
2 wire
Output
Electrical Isolation
Supply Voltage
VN
0 … 10 V
0 … 20 mA
—
24 V DC
—
24 V DC
—
24 V DC
—
24 V DC
—
24 V DC
—
24 V DC
4 … 20 mA
0 … 10 V
0 … 20 mA
4 … 20 mA
0 … 10 V
0 … 20 mA
4 … 20 mA
0 … 10 V
0 … 20 mA
4 … 20 mA
0 … 10 V
0 … 20 mA
4 … 20 mA
0 … 10 V
0 … 20 mA
4 … 20 mA
Item No.
Page
286-860
286-870
286-861
286-871
286-862
286-872
286-860/150--030
286-870/150--030
286-861/150--030
286-871/150--030
286-862/150--030
286-872/150--030
286-860/000-300
286-870/000-300
286-861/000-300
286-871/000-300
286-862/000-300
286-872/000-300
286-873
286-874
286-875
286-863
286-865
286-867
286-864
286-866
286-868
224
224
224
224
224
224
226
226
226
226
226
226
227
227
227
227
227
227
228
228
228
225
225
225
225
225
225
0
*OTUBMMBUJPO/PUFT
26
859 Series
Relay Modules and
Optocoupler Modules
857 Series
JUMPFLEX®– Transducers / Relay and
Optocoupler Modules
$POOFDUJPOPGDPOEVDUPS
$POOFDUJPOPGDPOEVDUPS
0QFSBUJPOPGUIFSFMBZFKFDUPS
&BTZDPNNPOJOHVTJOH
BEKBDFOUKVNQFST
&BTZDPNNPOJOHVTJOH
BEKBDFOUKVNQFST
Configuration of the Transducers with
WAGO-USB-Service-Cable 750-923
.BSLJOHVTJOH.JOJBUVSFRVJDL
NBSLJOHDBSE
.BSLJOHVTJOH8.#.VMUJNBSLFST
0
27
788 Series
Sockets for Miniature Switching Relay /
Optocoupler
858 Series
Sockets with Industrial Relay
Connection of conductor
&BTZDPNNPOJOHVTJOH
BEKBDFOUKVNQFST
&BTZDPNNPOJOHVTJOH
BEKBDFOUKVNQFST
Remove jumper with screwdriver
.BSLJOHVTJOH8.#.VMUJNBSLFSTBOE
HSPVQNBSLFSDBSSJFST
0
*OTUBMMBUJPO/PUFT
28
287 / 288 Series Mounting Carriers
with Miniature Switching Relay
286 / 786 Series
Pluggable Function Modules
789 Series Relay Modules in
DIN-Rail Mounted Enclosure
$POOFDUJPOPGDPOEVDUPS
nGSPOUFOUSZo
$PEJOHFOTVSFTDPSSFDUQPMBSJUZ
Connection of conductor
$POOFDUJPOPGDPOEVDUPS
nTJEFFOUSZo
1MVHHBCMFFMFDUSPOJDNPEVMFT
GPS
BQQMJDBUJPOPOPSDPOEVDUPS
DBSSJFSUFSNJOBMCMPDLT
&BTZDPNNPOJOHVTJOH
BEKBDFOUKVNQFST
"TTFNCMZPGBNPEVMFPOUIF
DBSSJFSSBJM
.BSLJOHVTJOH8.#.VMUJNBSLFST
.BSLJOHVTJOH.JOJBUVSFRVJDLNBSLJOH
DBSE
3FNPWBMPGBNPEVMFGSPNUIF
DBSSJFSSBJM
&BTZUFTUJOHBUUPVDIQSPPGDPOUBDUT
0
29
289 Series Interface Modules
289 Series Interface Modules
289 Series Interface Modules
Mounting carrier, gray, snap-fit mounting
of universal mounting feet
$POOFDUJPOPGDPOEVDUPS
nGSPOUFOUSZo
"TTFNCMZPGBNPEVMFPOUIF
DBSSJFSSBJM
Fitting of an individual module to the
mounting carrier
$POOFDUJPOPGDPOEVDUPS
nTJEFFOUSZo
3FNPWBMPGBNPEVMFGSPNUIF
DBSSJFSSBJM
Removal of an individual module from the
mounting carrier
1
30
WAGO Application: Cerestar (Cargill GmbH),
Barby, Saxony-Anhalt, Germany
Manufacturer of starches and starch derivatives.
WAGO Products:
Matrix Patchboards and Pluggable Electronic
Modules
1
Relays – Optocouplers – Special Functions
31
1
859 Series
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Miniature Switching Relay
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Optocoupler
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Miniature Switching Relays and Optocouplers
with an Extended Input Voltage and Operating Temperature Range
Accessories, 859 Series
32 – 38
39 – 47
48
49
857 Series
JUMPFLEX® Relay Socket with Miniature Switching Relay
Miniature Switching Relays, Sockets, JUMPFLEX® 8-Channel Adapters for System Wiring
JUMPFLEX® Relay Socket with Solid State Relay
Solid State Relays
Accessories, 857 Series
50 – 51
52 – 55
56 – 61
62
63
788 Series
Sockets with Miniature Switching Relay
Miniature Switching Relays, Sockets
Sockets with Solid State Relay
Accessories, 788 Series
64 – 73
74 – 77
78 – 79
80 – 81
858 Series
Sockets with Industrial Relay
Industrial Relays, Sockets
Accessories, 858 Series
82 – 83
84 – 85
86
287/288 Series
Mounting Carriers with Miniature Switching Relay
88 – 99
286 Series
Pluggable Modules – Relays, Time Relays, Optocouplers, S0 Optocouplers,
S0 Supply Module, NAMUR Switching Amplifiers, Current Flow Monitoring, Switches,
Bridge Rectifiers, Fuses, Diode Gates, AND Gate and LED Indicator, Flip-Flop,
Fault Indication, Surge Suppression Devices
100 – 139
789 Series
Relay Modules in DIN-Rail Mounted Enclosure
Accessories, Series 789
4-Channel EnOcean Radio Receiver in DIN-Rail-Mountable Enclosure
Manual Control Modules
140 – 145
146
148
149
1
1
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Miniature Switching Relay
32
Relay with 1 changeover contact (1u)
for normal switching power
Nominal input voltage VN
5 V, 12 V, 24 V, 48 V, 60 V, 110 V, 220 V DC
Relay with 1 changeover contact (1u)
for normal switching power
Nominal input voltage VN
12 V, 24 V, 48 V, 115 V, 230 V AC/DC
14
14
A2
–
A2
11
Note: Inductive loads have to be attenuated by an
appropriate protective circuit in order to protect relay coils
and contacts.
11
A1
A1
+
12
12
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Rail-mounted terminal blocks with miniature
switching relay, for DIN 35 rail
5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
120 V DC
220 V DC
31 mA
17 mA
10 mA
6.5 mA
5.2 mA
3.5 mA
3.2 mA
859-302
859-303
859-304
859-305
859-306
859-307
859-308
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Input voltage range
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current (terminal blocks in a row)
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Recommended minimum load
Max. switching rate with / without load
Operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Dielectric strength contact-coil
Dielectric strength contact-coil (1.2/50 μs)
Surge capacity open contact
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature (VN)
Ambient operating temperature (1.2 x VN)
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
12 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
48 V AC/DC
115 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
15 mA
8 mA
5.3 mA
3.5 mA
3.5 mA
859-353
859-354
859-355
859-357
859-358
1
1
1
1
1
Accessories see page 49
Accessories see page 49
AgSnO2
VN -15 % ... +10 %
250 V AC
5A
1250 VA AC ; DC see load limit curve
100 mA / 12 V AC/DC
6 min-1 / 20 s-1
< 320 mW
5 ms / 6 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
6 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
AgSnO2
VN -15 % ... +10 %
250 V AC
5A
1250 VA AC ; DC see load limit curve
100 mA / 12 V AC/DC
6 min-1 / 20 s-1
< 300 mW
5 ms / 6 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
6 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
5 x 106 switching operations
3 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +50 °C
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; VDE 0435 / EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nC II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U; g
5 x 106 switching operations
3 x 104 switching operations
-25 °C ... +50 °C
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; VDE 0435 / EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nC II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U; g
1
33
Relay with 1 changeover contact (1u)
Contacts 5 μm Au hard gold plated
for normal switching power
Nominal input voltage VN 24 V DC
Relay with 1 changeover contact (1u)
Contacts 5 μm Au hard gold plated
with an extended
Input voltage range: VN -30 % ... +25 %
Operating temperature range: -25 °C ... +70 °C
for normal switching power
Nominal input voltage VN 115 V DC
56 mm/2.2 in
1
91 mm/3.58 in
14
14
A2
–
* In order to prevent the gold layer from being damaged
these values should not be exceeded. Higher switching
power leads to evaporation of the gold layer. The resulting
deposits in the enclosure may cause sparkovers between
the coil and the contact.
A2
–
11
A1
+
11
A1
+
12
12
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Rail-mounted terminal blocks with miniature
switching relay, for DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
10 mA
859-314
1
115 V DC
3.1 mA
859-317
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Input voltage range
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current (terminal blocks in a row)
Recommended minimum load
Max. switching rate with / without load
Operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Dielectric strength contact-coil
Dielectric strength contact-coil (1.2/50 μs)
Surge capacity open contact
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature (VN)
Ambient operating temperature (1.2 x VN)
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see page 49
Accessories see page 49
AgSnO2 + 5 μm Au
VN -15 % ... +20 %
36 V DC *
50 mA *
10 μA / 100 mV
6 min-1 / 20 s-1
< 320 mW
5 ms / 6 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
6 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
AgSnO2 + 5 μm Au
VN -30 % ... +25 %
36 V DC *
50 mA *
10 μA / 100 mV
6 min-1 / 20 s-1
< 320 mW
5 ms / 6 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
6 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
5 x 106 switching operations
5 x 106 switching operations
-25 °C ... +50 °C
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; VDE 0435 / EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nC II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U; g
5 x 106 switching operations
5 x 106 switching operations
-25 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; VDE 0435 / EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nC II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U; g
1
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Miniature Switching Relay
34
Relay with 1 changeover contact (1u)
Contacts 5 μm Au hard gold plated
for normal switching power
Nominal input voltage VN 230 V AC
56 mm/2.2 in
Relay with 1 changeover contact (1u)
Contacts 5 μm Au hard gold plated
for normal switching power
Nominal input voltage VN 115 V AC
91 mm/3.58 in
14
* In order to prevent the gold layer from being damaged
these values should not be exceeded. Higher switching
power leads to evaporation of the gold layer. The resulting
deposits in the enclosure may cause sparkovers between
the coil and the contact.
A2
~
14
A2
~
11
A1
~
11
A1
~
12
12
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Rail-mounted terminal blocks with miniature
switching relay, for DIN 35 rail
230 V AC
3.5 mA
859-359
1
115 V AC
3.1 mA
859-360
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Input voltage range
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current (terminal blocks in a row)
Recommended minimum load
Max. switching rate with / without load
Operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Dielectric strength contact-coil
Dielectric strength contact-coil (1.2/50 μs)
Surge capacity open contact
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature (VN)
Ambient operating temperature (1.2 x VN)
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see page 49
Accessories see page 49
AgSnO2 + 5 μm Au
VN -15 % ... +10 %
36 V DC *
50 mA *
10 μA / 100 mV
6 min-1 / 20 s-1
< 820 mW
5 ms / 6 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
6 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
AgSnO2 + 5 μm Au
VN -15 % ... +20 %
36 V DC *
50 mA *
10 μA / 100 mV
6 min-1 / 20 s-1
< 370 mW
5 ms / 6 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
6 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
5 x 106 switching operations
5 x 106 switching operations
-25 °C ... +50 °C
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; VDE 0435 / EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nC II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U; g
5 x 106 switching operations
5 x 106 switching operations
-25 °C ... +50 °C
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; VDE 0435 / EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nC II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U; g
1
35
Relay with 1 changeover contact (1u)
Contacts 5 μm Au hard gold plated
for low switching power
Nominal input voltage VN 220 V DC
Relay with 1 changeover contact (1u)
for normal switching power
Nominal input voltage VN 115 V AC
1
* In order to prevent the gold layer from being
damaged these values should not be exceeded.
Higher switching power leads to evaporation of the
gold layer. The resulting deposits in the endosure may
cause sparkover between the coil and the contact.
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Rail-mounted terminal blocks with miniature
switching relay, for DIN 35 rail
220 V DC
3.2 mA
859-318
1
115 V AC
4.2 mA
859-367
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Input voltage range
Turn-on threshold relay/LED
Turn-off threshold relay/LED
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current (terminal blocks in a row)
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Recommended minimum load
Max. switching rate with / without load
Operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Dielectric strength contact-coil
Dielectric strength contact-coil (1.2/50 μs)
Surge capacity open contact
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature (VN)
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see page 49
Accessories see page 49
AgSnO2 + 5 μm Au
VN -15 % ... +20 %
AgSnO2
VN ± 10 %
95 V AC/ 80 V AC
60 V AC/60 V AC
250 V AC
5A
1250 VA AC ; DC see load limit curve
100 mA / 12 V AC/DC
6 min-1 / 20 s-1
< 820 mW
5 ms / 6 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
6 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
36 V DC *
50 mA *
50 mW
6 min-1 / 20 s-1
< 750 mW
5 ms / 6 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
6 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
5 x 106 switching operations
5 x 106 switching operations
-25 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0435 (corresp. parts); DIN EN 61810;
DIN VDE 0140, DIN EN 61140 E175199, UL 508; g
5 x 106 switching operations
3 x 104 switching operation
-25 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
DIN VDE 0160, DIN EN 50178; VDE 0435
(corresp. parts); DIN EN 61810; VDE 0140,
DIN EN 61140; g
1
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Miniature Switching Relay
36
Relay with 1 changeover contact (1u)
defined turn-on/turn-off threshold
for normal switching power
Nominal input voltage VN 230 V AC
Relay with 1 changeover contact (1u)
with an extended
Input voltage range: VN -30 % ... +25 %
Operating temperature range: -25 °C ... +70 °C
for normal switching power
Nominal input voltage VN 24 V DC
14
14
Note: Inductive loads have to be attenuated by an
appropriate protective circuit in order to protect relay coils
and contacts.
A2
–
A2
~
11
A1
~
12
11
A1
+
12
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Rail-mounted terminal blocks with miniature
switching relay, for DIN 35 rail
230 V AC
4.2 mA
859-368
1
24 V DC
12 mA
859-390
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Input voltage range
Turn-on threshold relay/LED
Turn-off threshold relay/LED
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current (terminal blocks in a row)
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Recommended minimum load
Max. switching rate with / without load
Operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Dielectric strength contact-coil
Dielectric strength contact-coil (1.2/50 μs)
Surge capacity open contact
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature (VN)
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see page 49
Accessories see page 49
AgSnO2
VN ± 10 %
190 V AC / 165 V AC
140 V AC / 150 V AC
250 V AC
5A
1250 VA AC ; DC see load limit curve
100 mA / 12 V AC/DC
6 min-1 / 20 s-1
< 820 mW
5 ms / 6 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
6 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
AgSnO2
VN -30 % ... +25 %
250 V AC
3A
750 VA AC ; DC see load limit curve
100 mA / 15 V AC/DC
6 min-1 / 20 s-1
< 320 mW
5 ms / 6 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
6 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
5 x 106 switching operations
3 x 104 switching operation
-25 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; VDE 0435 / EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nC II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U; g
5 x 106 switching operations
3 x 105 switching operation
-25 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; VDE 0435 / EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nC II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U; g
1
37
Relay with 1 changeover contact (1u)
with an extended
Input voltage range: VN ±30 %
Operating temperature range: -25 °C ... +70 °C
for normal switching power
Nominal input voltage VN 110 V DC
Relay with 1 changeover contact (1u)
with an extended
Input voltage range: VN ±40 %
Operating temperature range: -25 °C ... +70 °C
for normal switching power
Nominal input voltage VN 24 V DC
1
14
A2
–
11
NOTE: Inductive loads have to be attenuated by an
appropriate protective circuit in order to protect relay
coils and contacts.
A1
+
12
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Rail-mounted terminal blocks with miniature
switching relay, for DIN 35 rail
110 V DC
2.7 mA
859-391
1
24 V DC
14.4 mA
859-398
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Input voltage range
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current (terminal blocks in a row)
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Recommended minimum load
Max. switching rate with / without load
Operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Dielectric strength contact-coil
Dielectric strength contact-coil (1.2/50 μs)
Surge capacity open contact
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature (VN)
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see page 49
Accessories see page 49
AgSnO2
VN ± 30 %
250 V AC
3A
750 VA AC ; DC see load limit curve
100 mA / 15 V AC/DC
6 min-1 / 20 s-1
< 370 mW
5 ms / 6 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
6 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
AgSnO2
VN ± 40 %
250 V AC
3A
750 VA AC ; DC see load limit curve
100 mA / 12 V AC/DC
6 min-1 / 20 s-1
< 400 mW
5 ms / 6 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
6 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
5 x 106 switching operations
3 x 104 switching operation
-25 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; VDE 0435 / EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nC II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U; g
1 x 107switching operations
3 x 104 switching operation
-25 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
DIN VDE 0160 and IEC 60255; VDE 0435
(corresp. parts); DIN VDE 0140, DIN EN 61140;
DIN VDE 0115 Part 200; DIN EN 50155; g
1
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Miniature Switching Relay
38
56 mm/2.2 in
Relay with 1 changeover contact (1u)
Contacts 5 μm Au hard gold plated
with an extended
Input voltage range: VN -30 % ... +25 %
Operating temperature range: -25 °C ... +70 °C
for normal switching power
Nominal input voltage VN 24 V DC
91 mm/3.58 in
14
A2
–
* In order to prevent the gold layer from being damaged
these values should not be exceeded. Higher switching
power leads to evaporation of the gold layer. The resulting
deposits in the enclosure may cause sparkovers between
the coil and the contact.
11
A1
+
12
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Rail-mounted terminal blocks with miniature
switching relay, for DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
10 mA
859-392
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Input voltage range
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current (terminal blocks in a row)
Recommended minimum load
Max. switching rate with / without load
Operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Dielectric strength contact-coil
Dielectric strength contact-coil (1.2/50 μs)
Surge capacity open contact
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature (VN)
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see page 49
AgSnO2 + 5 μm Au
VN -30 % ... +25 %
36 V DC *
50 mA *
10 μA / 100 mV
6 min-1 / 20 s-1
< 320 mW
5 ms / 6 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
6 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
5 x 106 switching operations
2 x 107switching operations
-25 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; VDE 0435 / EN 61810-5;
VDE 0115 Part 200 / EN 50155; UL 508;
EEx nC II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U; g
1
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Optocoupler
39
Optocoupler
Input: 5 V DC
Output: 60 V DC/100 mA
with an extended output voltage and
operating temperature range for use in
railway traffic
Optocoupler
Input: 24 V DC
Output: 60 V DC/100 mA
with an extended output voltage and
operating temperature range for use in
railway traffic
56 mm/2.2 in
1
91 mm/3.58 in
1
+
A1
+
1
+
A1
+
RL
2
–
A2
–
RL
2
–
A2
–
Description
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Rail-mounted terminal blocks with optocoupler, for
DIN 35 rail
5 V DC
859-793
1
24 V DC
859-791
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Input voltage range low level
Input voltage range high level
Input current range
Current at nominal voltage
Output nominal voltage
Output voltage range
Max. continuous current (20°C)
Max. continuous current (70°C)
Reverse voltage transistor
Switch on /switch off time
Max. operating frequency
Leakage current at nominal voltage
Voltage drop at output
Test voltage input / output
Nominal operating mode
Ambient operating temperature
Max. operating temperature with reduced current
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see page 49
Accessories see page 49
5 V DC
0 V ... 0.8 V DC
2 V ... 6.25 V DC
1.3 mA ... 10 mA DC
7.5 mA DC
24 V DC
3 V ... 60 V DC
100 mA
50 mA
100 V
20 μs / 120 μs
1.5 kHz
25 μA
2.5 V
2.5 kV eff.
continuous duty
-25 °C ... +40 °C
+70 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; VDE 0435 / EN 61810-5;
VDE 0115 Part 200 / EN 50155; UL 508; EEx nA II T4 /
DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
24 V DC
0 V ... 5 V DC
16 V ... 30 V DC
2 mA ... 5.5 mA DC
4 mA DC
24 V DC
7 V ... 60 V DC
100 mA
50 mA
100 V
20 μs / 120 μs
3 kHz
30 μA
1.5 V
4 kV eff.
continuous duty
-25 °C ... +40 °C
+70 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; VDE 0435 / EN 61810-5;
VDE 0115 Part 200 / EN 50155; UL 508; EEx nA II T4 /
DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
1
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Optocoupler
40
Optocoupler
Input: 24 V DC
Output: 24 V DC/100 mA
56 mm/2.2 in
Optocoupler
Input: 5 V DC
Output: 24 V DC/100 mA
91 mm/3.58 in
1
+
A1
+
1
+
A1
+
RL
RL
2
–
A2
–
2
–
A2
–
Description
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Rail-mounted terminal blocks with optocoupler, for
DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
859-796
1
5 V DC
859-795
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Input voltage range low level
Input voltage range high level
Input current range
Current at nominal voltage
Output nominal voltage
Output voltage range
Max. continuous current (20°C)
Max. continuous current (70°C)
Reverse voltage transistor
Switch on /switch off time
Max. operating frequency
Leakage current at nominal voltage
Voltage drop at output
Test voltage input / output
Nominal operating mode
Ambient operating temperature
Max. operating temperature with reduced current
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see page 49
Accessories see page 49
24 V DC
0 V ... 5 V DC
18 V ... 30 V DC
3.8 mA ... 12.5 mA DC
9.2 mA DC
24 V DC
3 V ... 30 V DC
100 mA
50 mA
65 V
10 μs / 50 μs
10 kHz
25 μA
1V
2.5 kV eff.
continuous duty
-25 °C ... +40 °C
+70 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; VDE 0435 / EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nA II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
5 V DC
0 V ... 0.8 V DC
2 V ... 6.25 V DC
3.8 mA ... 23 mA DC
17.5 mA DC
24 V DC
3 V ... 30 V DC
100 mA
50 mA
65 V
10 μs / 50 μs
10 kHz
25 μA
1V
2.5 kV eff.
continuous duty
-25 °C ... +40 °C
+70 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; VDE 0435 / EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nA II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
1
41
Optocoupler
Input: 24 V DC
Output: 24 V DC/100 mA
Optocoupler
Input: 24 V DC
Output: 24 V DC/3 A
Negative switching
56 mm/2.2 in
1
91 mm/3.58 in
24V
A1
+
1
+
A1
+
RL
RL
A
2
–
A2
–
A2
–
Description
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Rail-mounted terminal blocks with optocoupler, for
DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
859-794
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Input voltage range
Input voltage range low level
Input voltage range high level
Input current range
Current at nominal voltage
Output nominal voltage
Output voltage range
Max. continuous current
Max. continuous current (20°C)
Max. continuous current (70°C)
Peak output current
Reverse voltage transistor
Switch on /switch off time
Max. operating frequency
Switching frequency
IL < 2 A / IL < 1 A / IL < 500 mA
Leakage current at nominal voltage
Collector / emitter voltage drop Vce sat
Voltage drop at output
Test voltage input / output
Nominal operating mode
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
0V
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
24 V DC
859-720
1
Accessories see page 49
Accessories see page 49
24 V DC
24 V DC
16 V ... 30 V DC
0 V ... 5 V DC
16 V ... 30 V DC
2 mA ... 5.5 mA DC
4.2 mA DC
24 V DC
9 V ... 60 V DC
2.5 mA ... 5.5 mA DC
4 mA DC
24 V DC
10 V ... 30 V DC
3A
100 mA
50 mA
100 V
20 μs / 120 μs
1.5 kHz
25 μA
2V
2.5 kV eff.
continuous duty
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; VDE 0435 / EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nA II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
20 A
55 V
25 μs / 75 μs
f < 500 Hz
f < 1 kHz / f < 2 kHz / f < 3 kHz
< 25 μA
0.5 V
2.5 kV eff.
continuous duty
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; VDE 0435 / EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nA II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
1
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Optocoupler
42
Optocoupler
Input: 24 V DC
Output: 24 V DC/3 A
56 mm/2.2 in
Optocoupler
Input: 24 V DC
Output: 3V ... 30 V DC/3A
3 A power optocoupler
91 mm/3.58 in
A1
+
+A
A2
–
-2
RL
Description
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Rail-mounted terminal blocks with optocoupler, for
DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
859-730
1
24 V DC
859-740
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Input voltage range low level
Input voltage range high level
Current at nominal voltage
Input wiring
Output circuit
Output nominal voltage
Output voltage range
Max. continuous current
Peak output current
Reverse voltage transistor
Voltage drop
Switch on /switch off time
Switching frequency
Test voltage input / output
Nominal operating mode
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see page 49
Accessories see page 49
24 V DC
0 V ... 5 V DC
15 V ... 27 V DC
14 mA DC
Status LED (red)
2-wire, isolated
24 V DC
3 V ... 30 V DC
3A
25 A
55 V
< 0.4 V
25 μs / 450 μs
f < 350 Hz
2.5 kV eff.
continuous duty
-25 °C ... +55 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; VDE 0435 / EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nA II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
24 V DC
0 V ... 9 V DC
19 V ... 27 V DC
7 mA DC
status indication LED (yellow), reverse voltage protection
2-wire, isolated, overvoltage protection
24 V DC
3 V ... 30 V DC
3A
25 A
< 0.2 V
25 μs / 450 μs
f < 350 Hz
2.5 kV eff.
continuous duty
-25 °C ... +55 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
IEC 60664 / IEC 60664A / DIN VDE 0110;
degree of pollution 2,
overvoltage category III
1
43
Optocoupler
Input: 230 V DC
Output: 24 V DC/0.5 A
Negative switching
1
56 mm/2.2 in
Optocoupler
Input: 230 V AC
Output: 24 V DC/0.5 A
Positive switching increased input frequency
up to 100 Hz
Input voltage up to 270 V AC
91 mm/3.58 in
1
+
A1
~
24 V
3
A2
~
0V
A
A
RL
RL
859-772
• Increased input frequency up to 100 Hz
• Input voltage up to 270 V AC
A2
~
Description
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Rail-mounted terminal blocks with optocoupler, for
DIN 35 rail
230 V AC
859-772
1
230 V AC
859-712
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Input voltage range low level
Input voltage range high level
Input current range
Current at nominal voltage
Input wiring
Output circuit
Output nominal voltage
Output voltage range
Max. continuous current
Reverse voltage transistor
Switch on /switch off time
Leakage current at nominal voltage
Collector / emitter voltage drop Vce sat
Max. output (reverse current)
Test voltage input / output
Nominal operating mode
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
2
–
0V
A1
~
+24 V
Accessories see page 49
Accessories see page 49
230 V AC/ 50 Hz ... 60 Hz
0 V ... 90 V AC
175 V ... 270 V AC
0.04 mA ... 0.7 mA
0.6 mA
Varistor 300 V
Protection diode, operation indicator
24 V DC
20 V ... 30 V DC
500 mA
80 V
< 30 ms / < 30 ms
10 μA
< 1.2 V
12 mA
2.5 kV eff.
continuous duty
-25 °C ... +55 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; UL 508;
EEx nA II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
230 V AC
0 V ... 90 V AC
175 V ... 250 V AC
0.4 mA ... 0.7 mA
0.6 mA
Varistor 300 V
Protection diode, operation indicator LED (red)
24 V DC
20 V ... 30 V DC
500 mA
80 V
< 30 ms / < 30 ms
10 μA
< 1.2 V
11 mA
2.5 kV eff.
continuous duty
-25 °C ... +55 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; UL 508;
EEx nA II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
1
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Optocoupler
44
Optocoupler
Input: 5 V DC
Output: 24 V DC/0.5A/25 kHz
Negative switching
56 mm/2.2 in
Optocoupler
Input: 24 V DC
Output: 24 V DC/0.5A/25 kHz
Negative switching
91 mm/3.58 in
A2
—
0V
A2
—
0V
A
A
RL
A1
+
RL
+24 V
A1
+
+24 V
Description
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Rail-mounted terminal blocks with optocoupler, for
DIN 35 rail
5 V DC
859-702
1
24 V DC
859-708
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Input voltage range low level
Input voltage range high level
Input current range
Current at nominal voltage
Input wiring
Output circuit
Output nominal voltage
Output voltage range
Max. continuous current
Reverse voltage transistor
Switch on /switch off time
Max. operating frequency
Leakage current at nominal voltage
Collector / emitter voltage drop Vce sat
Max. output (reverse current)
Test voltage input / output
Nominal operating mode
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see page 49
Accessories see page 49
5 V DC
0 V ... 1 V DC
4 V ... 6.25 V DC
7 mA ... 13 mA
9.6 mA DC
Reverse voltage protection
Protection diode, operation indicator LED (red)
24 V DC
20 V ... 30 V DC
500 mA
80 V
< 7 μs / < 15 μs
10 kHz
< 10 μA
< 1.2 V
11 mA
2.5 kV eff.
continuous duty
-25 °C ... +55 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; UL 508;
EEx nA II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
24 V DC
0 V ... 5 V DC
19 V ... 30 V DC
5.7 mA ... 10.2 mA
7.7 mA DC
Reverse voltage protection
Protection diode, operation indicator LED (red)
24 V DC
20 V ... 30 V DC
500 mA
80 V
< 10 μs / < 10 μs
10 kHz
< 10 μA
< 1.2 V
11 mA
2.5 kV eff.
continuous duty
-25 °C ... +55 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; UL 508;
EEx nA II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
1
45
Optocoupler
Input: 24 V DC
Output: 5 V DC/0.5A/25 kHz
Negative switching
Optocoupler
Input: 5 V DC
Output: 24 V DC/0.5 A/10 kHz
Positive switching
56 mm/2.2 in
1
91 mm/3.58 in
A2
—
0V
A2
—
0V
RL
A
RL
A1
+
A
+5 V
A1
+
+24 V
Description
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Rail-mounted terminal blocks with optocoupler, for
DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
859-706
1
5 V DC
859-752
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Input voltage range low level
Input voltage range high level
Input current range
Current at nominal voltage
Input wiring
Output circuit
Output nominal voltage
Output voltage range
Max. continuous current
Reverse voltage transistor
Switch on /switch off time
Max. operating frequency
Leakage current at nominal voltage
Collector / emitter voltage drop Vce sat
Max. output (reverse current)
Test voltage input / output
Nominal operating mode
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see page 49
Accessories see page 49
24 V DC
0 V ... 5 V DC
18 V ... 30 V DC
8 mA ... 14 mA
11 mA DC
Reverse voltage protection
Protection diode, operation indicator LED (red)
5 V DC
4 V ... 6.25 V DC
500 mA
80 V
< 7 μs / < 15 μs
10 kHz
< 10 μA
< 1.2 V
7 mA
2.5 kV eff.
continuous duty
-25 °C ... +55 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; UL 508;
EEx nA II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
5 V DC
0 V ... 1 V DC
4 V ... 6 V DC
7 mA ... 13 mA
10 mA
Reverse voltage protection
Protection diode, operation indicator LED (red)
24 V DC
20 V ... 30 V DC
500 mA
80 V
< 15 μs / < 30 μs
10 kHz
< 10 μA
< 1.2 V
12.5 mA
2.5 kV eff.
continuous duty
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; UL 508;
EEx nA II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
1
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Optocoupler
46
Optocoupler
Input: 24 V DC
Output: 24 V DC/0.5 A/10 kHz
Positive switching
56 mm/2.2 in
Optocoupler
Input: 24 V DC
Output: 5 V DC/0.5 A/10 kHz
Positive switching
91 mm/3.58 in
A2
—
0V
A2
—
0V
RL
RL
A
A
A1
+
+24 V
A1
+
+5 V
Description
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Rail-mounted terminal blocks with optocoupler, for
DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
859-758
1
24 V DC
859-756
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Input voltage range low level
Input voltage range high level
Input current range
Current at nominal voltage
Input wiring
Output circuit
Output nominal voltage
Output voltage range
Max. continuous current
Reverse voltage transistor
Switch on /switch off time
Max. operating frequency
Leakage current at nominal voltage
Collector / emitter voltage drop Vce sat
Max. output (reverse current)
Test voltage input / output
Nominal operating mode
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see page 49
Accessories see page 49
24 V DC
0 V ... 5 V DC
18 V ... 30 V DC
5.5 mA ... 10.6 mA
8 mA
Reverse voltage protection
Protection diode, operation indicator LED (red)
24 V DC
20 V ... 30 V DC
500 mA
80 V
< 15 μs / < 30 μs
10 kHz
< 10 μA
< 1.2 V
11 mA
2.5 kV eff.
continuous duty
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; UL 508;
EEx nA II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
24 V DC
0 V ... 5 V DC
18 V ... 30 V DC
8 mA ... 14.5 mA
11 mA
Reverse voltage protection
Protection diode, operation indicator LED (red)
5 V DC
4 V ... 6.25 V DC
500 mA
80 V
< 15 μs / < 30 μs
10 kHz
< 10 μA
< 1.2 V
4.5 mA
2.5 kV eff.
continuous duty
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
VDE 0110 / EN 60664; UL 508;
EEx nA II T4 / DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
1
47
Optocoupler
Input: 5 V DC
Output: 230 V AC/0.5 A
56 mm/2.2 in
1
91 mm/3.58 in
Description
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Rail-mounted terminal blocks with optocoupler, for
DIN 35 rail
5 V DC
859-902
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Input voltage range low level
Input voltage range high level
Input current range
Current at nominal voltage
Input wiring
Output circuit
Output nominal voltage
Output voltage range
Max. continuous current (20°C)
Surge current (t=20 ms)
Min. load current
Peak reverse voltage Triac
Switch on /switch off time
Leakage current at nominal voltage
Voltage drop at output
Test voltage input / output
Nominal operating mode
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see page 49
5 V DC
0 V ... 1 V DC
4 V ... 6.25 V DC
DC 5.6 mA ... 10.3 mA
7.7 mA DC
Reverse voltage protection
varistor /RC module
230 V AC
24 V ... 260 V AC (50 Hz ... 60 Hz)
500 mA
30 A
50 mA
600 V
10 ms / 10 ms (1 half-wave)
< 1 mA
100 mA / 12 V AC/DC
4 kVA AC, DC see load limit curve
400 mW
15 ms / 5 ms / continious duty
5 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
10 x 106 switching operations
min. 100.000 switching operations
see table lamp loads
IP20
ALZ
-25 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
15 x 54 x 86
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
DIN VDE 0140 part 1, DIN EN 61140; DIN VDE 0160,
EN 50178; degree of protection II; UL 508
Type of load
Capability
Electrical life
Incandescent lamp
Halogen lamp 230 V AC
Halogen trafo
Fluorescent lamp not comp., CB, cos ϕ 0,4-0,6
Fluorescent lamp comp., Conv. ballast, C parallel
Fluorescent lamp comp., Conv. ballast, Duo-circuit
Fluorescent lamp with electronic ballast
Energy saving lamp 15 W
Energy saving lamp 13 W
Energy saving lamp 9 W
Gas discharge lamp
Dulux-Lamp not compensated
Dulux-Lamp compensated
Max. capacitance at 230 V AC
2200 W
1400 W
120 VA
20 x 58 W
9 x 58 W
600 W
12 x 58 W
25 pcs
30 pcs
38 pcs
1000 W
800 W
500 W
60 µF
20.000
50.000
20.000
25.000
25.000
20.000
25.000
20.000
20.000
20.000
20.000
20.000
20.000
min. 5.000
S
1
71
Relay with 1 make contact
and status indication
(Relay height: 25 mm)
Nominal input voltage VN 24 V DC
1
300
200
resistive load
DC voltage (Vdc)
100
50
40
30
Contact life at different lamp loads
Load
Switching operations
12 A, 250 V AC, cos ϕ = 1
TV 8 acc. to UL 508
2500 W, 230 V AC Halogen lamp
1000 W, 250 V AC Incandesent lamp
3000 W, 250 V AC Incandesent lamp
1500 VA, Fluorescent lamp 163 µF
3 x 105
25 x 103
> 104
2.3 x 105
3.6 x 104
104
•
20
10
0,1 0,2
0,5 1
2
5
10 20
DC current (A)
14
13
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Relay sockets with pluggable miniature switching
relay, for DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
21.8 mA
788-355
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Input voltage range
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current
Max. make current (resistive) at a 10 % duty cycle
Peak inrush current
Recommended minimum load
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Dielectric strength contact-coil
Dielectric strength open contact
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Service life at lamp load
Degree of protection
Type of relay
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see pages 74 ... 77 + 80 ... 81
AgSnO2
UN -15 % ... +20 %
250 V AC
16 A
4 s 25 A (AC)
20 ms / 120 A
> 100 mA / 12 V AC/DC
4 kVA AC, DC see load limit curve
500 mW
8 ms / 2 ms / 2 ms
continious duty
4 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
30 x 106 switching operations
see table lamp loads
IP20
RP3SL
-25 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
15 x 64 x 86
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
DIN VDE 0140 part 1, DIN EN 61140; DIN VDE 0160,
EN 50178; degree of protection II; UL 508
1
Sockets with Miniature Switching Relay
72
Voltage (V)
Safety relay SR2M (2 changeover contacts)
with forced guided contacts and status
indication
(Relay height: 25 mm)
Nominal input voltage VN 24 V DC
300
200
resistive load
100
50
40
30
20
10
0.1 0.2
0.5
1
2
5
10 20
Current (A)
In accordance with EN 50205, it is only permitted to use
1 make contact / 1 break contact for safety circuits
(11-14 and 22-21 or 12-11 and 21-24)
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Relay sockets with pluggable miniature switching
relay, for DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
31 mA
788-384
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Input voltage range
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current
Max. make current (resistive) at a 10 % duty cycle
Recommended minimum load
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Max. switching rate with / without load
Operating power
Pull-in/drop-out time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Dielectric strength contact-coil
Dielectric strength open contact
Dielectric strength contact-contact
Clearance and creepage distance contact / coil
Adjacent contacts
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Degree of protection
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see pages 74 ... 77 + 80 ... 81
AgNi
VN ± 10 %
250 V AC
6A
4 s 14 A (AC)
> 50 mW
AC 1500 VA; DC see load limit curve
6 min-1 / 300 min-1
700 mW
10 ms / 4 ms
continious duty
4 kV
1.5 kV
3 kV
8 mm
5.5 mm
250 V / 4 kV / 3
10 x 106 switching operations
IP20
-25 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
15 x 64 x 86
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
EN 50205; UL 508
S
1
73
Relay with 1 changeover contact
manual operation and status indication
(Relay height: 25 mm)
Nominal input voltage VN 24 V DC
Relay with 2 changeover contact
manual operation and status indication
(Relay height: 25 mm)
Nominal input voltage VN 24 V DC
1
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
unit
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Relay sockets with pluggable miniature switching
relay, for DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
24 mA
788-374
1
24 V DC
24 mA
788-375
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Input voltage range
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current
Max. make current (resistive) at a 10 % duty cycle
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Max. switching rate
Operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Dielectric strength contact-coil
Dielectric strength open contact
Dielectric strength contact-contact
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Degree of protection
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see pages 74 ... 77 + 80 ... 81
Accessories see pages 74 ... 77 + 80 ... 81
AgCdO
VN ± 10 %
250 V AC
16 A
20 ms 50 A (AC)
4 kVA AC
360 / h
500 mW typ.
8 ms / 3 ms / AK 0.5 ms, RK 5 ms
continious duty
5 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
AgCuNi
VN ± 10 %
250 V AC
8A
20 ms 30 A (AC)
2 kVA AC
360 / h
500 mW typ.
8 ms / 3 ms / AK 0.5 ms, RK 5 ms
continious duty
5 kV
1 kV
2.5 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
50 x 106 switching operations
IP20
-25 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
15 x 64 x 86
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
DIN VDE 0140 part 1, DIN EN 61140; DIN VDE 0160,
EN 50178; degree of protection II; UL 508
50 x 106 switching operations
IP20
-25 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
15 x 64 x 86
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
DIN VDE 0140 part 1, DIN EN 61140; DIN VDE 0160,
EN 50178; degree of protection II; UL 508
1
Accessories, 788 Series
74
Pluggable miniature switching relays
(Relay height: 15 mm)
1 changeover contact
Pluggable miniature switching relays
(Relay height: 15 mm)
2 changeover contact
Relay height 15 mm
12.7
3.8
15.7
29.0
Description
VN
Item No.
Pack.
unit
VN
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Pluggable miniature switching relays
12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
115 V AC
230 V AC
788-150
788-154
788-158
788-162
788-166
788-170
788-174
788-178
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
115 V AC
230 V AC
788-152
788-156
788-160
788-164
788-168
788-172
788-176
788-180
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
Technical Data
Contact material
Switching current
Inrush current
Max. switching voltage
Switching power
Min. switching current
Nominal consumption, typ
Pull-in/drop-out time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical life AC coil
Mechanical life DC coil
Dielectric strength contact-coil
Dielectric strength open contact
Dielectric strength contact-contact
Weight
Degree of protection
Ambient operating temperature AC coil
Ambient operating temperature DC coil
Flammability acc. to UL 94
AgNi
16 A
30 A
250 V AC
4 kVA
10 mA
400 mW
7 ms / 3 ms
continious duty
> 10 x 106 switching operations
> 30 x 106 switching operations
5 kV
1 kV
approx. 13.5 g
IP40
-40 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
V0
AgNi
2x8A
15 A
250 V AC
2 kVA
10 mA
400 mW
7 ms / 3 ms
continious duty
> 5 x 106 switching operations
> 30 x 106 switching operations
5 kV
1 kV
2.5 kV
approx. 13.3 g
IP40
-40 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
V0
1
75
Pluggable miniature switching relays
(Relay height: 15 mm)
1 changeover contact (gold contacts)
Pluggable miniature switching relays
(Relay height: 15 mm)
2 changeover contact (gold contacts)
1
Relay height 15 mm
12.7
3.8
15.7
29.0
Description
VN
Item No.
Pack.
unit
VN
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Pluggable miniature switching relays
24 V DC
115 V AC
230 V AC
788-155
788-175
788-179
20
20
20
24 V DC
115 V AC
230 V AC
788-157
788-177
788-181
20
20
20
Technical Data
Contact material
Switching current
Max. switching voltage
Switching power
Rated power consumption
Rated power consumption
Pull-in/drop-out time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical life AC coil
Mechanical life DC coil
Dielectric strength contact-coil
Dielectric strength open contact
Dielectric strength contact-contact
Weight
Degree of protection
Ambient operating temperature AC coil
Ambient operating temperature DC coil
Flammability acc. to UL 94
AgNi + 5 μm Au
50 mA*
36 V* DC
min. 50 mW
200 mW DC
0.422 VA AC
7 ms / 3 ms
continious duty
> 3 x 107 switching operations
> 3 x 107 switching operations
5 kV
1 kV
approx. 11 g
IP40
-40 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
V0
AgNi + 5 μm Au
2 x 50 mA*
36 V* DC
min. 50 mW
200 mW DC
0.422 VA AC
7 ms / 3 ms
continious duty
> 3 x 107 switching operations
> 3 x 107 switching operations
5 kV
1 kV
2.5 kV
approx. 15 g
IP40
-40 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
V0
1
Accessories, 788 Series
76
Pluggable miniature switching relays
(Relay height: 25 mm)
1 changeover contact
Pluggable miniature switching relays
(Relay height: 25 mm)
2 changeover contact
Relay height 25 mm
12.7
3.3
25.5
29.0
Description
VN
Item No.
Pack.
unit
VN
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Pluggable miniature switching relays
12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
230 V AC
788-182
788-184
788-186
788-188
788-190
788-192
20
20
20
20
20
20
12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
230 V AC
788-183
788-185
788-187
788-189
788-191
788-193
20
20
20
20
20
20
Technical Data
Contact material
Switching current
Max. switching voltage
Switching power
Min. switching current
Rated power consumption
Rated power consumption
Pull-in/drop-out time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical life AC coil
Mechanical life DC coil
Dielectric strength contact-coil
Dielectric strength open contact
Dielectric strength contact-contact
Weight
Degree of protection
Ambient operating temperature AC coil
Ambient operating temperature DC coil
Flammability acc. to UL 94
AgNi
AgSnO (788-192)
16 A
250 V AC
4 kVA
100 mA
500 mW DC
1.2 VA AC
9 ms / 3 ms
continious duty
> 10 x 106 switching operations
> 20 x 106 switching operations
5 kV
1 kV
approx. 18 g
IP40
-40 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
V0
AgNi
AgSnO (788-193)
2x8A
250 V AC
2 kVA
10 mA
500 mW DC
1.2 VA AC
9 ms / 3 ms
continious duty
> 10 x 106 switching operations
> 20 x 106 switching operations
5 kV
1 kV
2.5 kV
approx. 18 g
IP40
-40 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
V0
S
Sockets for Miniature Switching Relay
1
77
Sockets for miniature switching relay
1 changeover contact / 2 changeover contact
1 changeover contact
2 changeover contacts
View on pins
Pinning
Description
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Socket without relay, for DIN 35 rail
Relay height 15 mm, 1 changeover contact
Relay height 15 mm, 2 changeover contacts
Relay height 25 mm, 1 changeover contact
Relay height 25 mm, 2 changeover contacts
788-100
788-102
788-101
788-103
1
1
1
1
Technical Data
Max. continuous current
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Dielectric strength
Max. switching voltage
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Nominal operating mode
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Degree of protection
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
16 A / 2 x 8 A
depending on relay; max. 250 V AC
5 kV (depending on relay)
250 V AC
4000 VA AC
continious duty
250 V / 4 kV / 3
IP20
-25 °C ... +70 °C (depending on relay)
-40 °C ... +80 °C
CAGE CLAMP®S
0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
DIN VDE 0140 part 1, DIN EN 61140; DIN VDE 0160,
EN 50178; degree of protection II
1
1
Sockets with Solid State Relay
78
Solid state relay
Input: 24 V DC
Output: 0 V ... 24 V DC / 3.5 A
Solid state relay
Input: 24 V DC
Output: 0 V ... 24 V DC / 5 A
A1
+
14 -
A1
+
14 -
A2
-
13 +
A2
-
13 +
Description
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Relay socket with solid state relay, for DIN 35 rail
788-700
1
788-701
1
Technical Data
Control circuit:
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Input voltage range
Control current UN (20°C)
Release voltage
Control circuit resistance
Load circuit:
Load switching voltage range
Peak reverse voltage
Max. switching current
Min. switching current
Pull-in time
Drop-out time
Switching frequency (max.)
Forward voltage at max. switching current
Nominal operating mode
Dielectric strength control/switching circuit
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Degree of protection
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see pages 80 ... 81
Accessories see pages 80 ... 81
24 V DC
18 V ... 30 V DC
7 mA ±10 %
8 V DC
3.2 kΩ
24 V DC
15 V ... 30 V DC
9.3 mA ±10 %
2.5 V DC
2.1 kΩ
0 ... 24 V DC
33 V
3.5 A DC
< 0.1 V DC
continuous duty
2.5 kV
250 V / 2.5 kV / 2
0 ... 30 V DC
36 V
DC12/DC13 (5 A DC)
1 mA DC
50 μs
600 μs
100 Hz at 5 A
0.3 V DC
continuous duty
2.5 kV
250 V / 2.5 kV / 2
IP 20
-20 °C ... +60°C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
15 x 53 x 86
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
DIN VDE 0140 part 1, DIN EN 61140; DIN VDE 0160,
EN 50178; degree of protection II
IP 20
-40 °C ... +60°C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
15 x 63 x 86
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
DIN VDE 0140 part 1, DIN EN 61140; DIN VDE 0160,
EN 50178; degree of protection II
S
1
79
Solid state relay
Input: 24 V DC
Output: 24 V ... 240 V AC / 1 A
A1
+
1
14
A2
-
13
Description
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Relay socket with solid state relay, for DIN 35 rail
788-720
1
Technical Data
Control circuit:
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Input voltage range
Control current UN (20°C)
Release voltage
Control circuit resistance
Load circuit:
Max. switching voltage
Load switching voltage range
Peak reverse voltage
Max. switching current
Forward voltage at max. switching current
Nominal operating mode
Dielectric strength control/switching circuit
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Degree of protection
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see pages 80 ... 81
24 V DC
18 V ... 30 V DC
7 mA ±10 %
4 V DC
3.2 kΩ
240 V AC
24 ... 240 V AC
600 V
1 A AC
< 1 V AC
continuous duty
3.75 kV
250 V / 2.5 kV / 2
IP 20
-20 °C ... +60°C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
15 x 53 x 86
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
DIN VDE 0140 part 1, DIN EN 61140; DIN VDE 0160,
EN 50178; degree of protection II
1
Accessories, 788 Series
80
Status indication
Description
Power consumption at VN
Item No.
Pack. Unit
Status indication 24 V DC (12 V ... 24 V)
Status indication 48 V DC (48 V ... 60 V)
Status indication 110 V DC
Status indication 24 V AC
Status indication 115 V AC
Status indication 230 V AC
2.4 mA
1.9 mA
1.9 mA
2.1 mA
1.7 mA
1.6 mA
788-120
788-121
788-122
788-123
788-124
788-125
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
Push-in type jumper bar
788-113
Commoning
Push-in type jumper bar
Description
Item No.
Pack. Unit
Push-in type jumper bar, I max. 18 A
2-way
3-way
4-way
6-way
8-way
(module/module)
788-113
788-114
788-115
788-116
788-117
200 (8x25)
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light gray, insulated,
18 A
2-way
(intern)
859-402
200 (8x25)
WMB Multi marking system
Marking
Description
WMB Multi marking system
Marking software and printer/plotter see Section 8
Marking
Group marker carrier
Item No.
Pack. Unit
plain
793-501
5 cards
1 ... 10 (10x)
11 ... 20 (10x)
21 ... 30 (10x)
31 ... 40 (10x)
41 ... 50 (10x)
1 ... 50 (2x)
793-502
793-503
793-504
793-505
793-506
793-566
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
209-112
50 (1x50)
10 strips with 10 markers, white with black printing
Group marker carrier
1
81
Operating tool
Wire connection
Description
1
Item No.
Pack. Unit
Type 2, blade (3.5 x 0.5) mm
210-720
1
Description
Sleeve for mm2 / AWG
Item No.
Pack. Unit
Ferrule, red insulated, 12 mm
2 x 1 mm2 / 2 x 18
216-542
500
Operating tool, with partially insulated shaft
Ferrule
1
Sockets with Industrial Relay
82
Socket with industrial relay
Coil voltage: 24 V DC
4 changeover contacts
A1
-
* In order to prevent the gold layer from being damaged,
these values shall not be exceeded. Higher switching
power leads to evaporation of the gold layer. The resulting
deposits in the enclosure may cause sparkovers between
the coil and the contact.
Socket with industrial relay
Coil voltage: 24 V DC
4 changeover contacts (gold contacts)
14
14
11
12
24
11
12
24
A1
-
21
22
34
31
32
44
A2
+
21
22
34
31
32
44
A2
+
41
42
41
42
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Relay socket with industrial relay, for DIN 35 rail
858-304
1
858-314
1
Technical Data
Coil
Coil voltage
Rated power
Coil current
Operating range
Holding voltage
Release voltage
Contacts
Contact material
Continuous current
Inrush current
Max. switching voltage
Switching power (max.) AC1 / AC15
1-phase motor load AC3
Switching current (max.) DC1
Min. switching load
Switching frequency under load
General Specifications
Mechanical life
Electrical life
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Dielectric strength contact-coil (1.2/50 μs)
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Dielectric strength open contact
Dielectric strength contact-contact
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Accessories see page 84 ... 86
Accessories see page 84 ... 86
24 V DC
0.9 W
36.9 mA
0.8 ... 1.1 x V
50 % of VN
0.1 x V
24 V DC
0.9 W
36.9 mA
0.8 ... 1.1 x V
50 % of VN
0.1 x V
AgCe
5A
15 A / 4 s
250 V AC / 30 V DC
1250 VA / 300 VA
0.12 kW
5 A at 30 V DC
12 V / 100 mA
20 cycles/min.
AgCe + 5 μm Au
50 mA*
15 A / 4 s
30 V DC*
1250 VA / 300 VA
0.12 kW
5 A at 30 V DC
12 V / 100 mA
20 cycles/min.
20 x 106 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
25 ms / 25 ms / 4 ms
250 V / 2.5 kV / 2
20 x 106 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
25 ms / 25 ms / 4 ms
250 V / 2.5 kV / 2
4 kV
1.5 kV
1 kV
1.5 kV
-25 °C ... +70 °C (VL + 50 °C)
-40 °C ... +80 °C
31 x 73 x 97
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
2 x 0.34 mm² ... 2 x 1.5 mm² /
1 x 2.5 mm²/
AWG 22 ... 16
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
4 kV
1.5 kV
1 kV
1.5 kV
-25 °C ... +70 °C (VL + 50 °C)
-40 °C ... +80 °C
31 x 73 x 97
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
2 x 0.34 mm² ... 2 x 1.5 mm² /
1 x 2.5 mm²/
AWG 22 ... 16
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
S
1
83
Socket with industrial relay
Coil voltage: 230 V AC
4 changeover contacts
A1
~
* In order to prevent the gold layer from being damaged,
these values shall not be exceeded. Higher switching
power leads to evaporation of the gold layer. The resulting
deposits in the enclosure may cause sparkovers between
the coil and the contact.
Socket with industrial relay
Coil voltage: 230 V AC
4 changeover contacts (gold contacts)
14
14
11
12
24
11
12
24
A1
~
21
22
34
31
32
44
A2
~
1
21
22
34
31
32
44
A2
~
41
42
41
42
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Relay socket with industrial relay, for DIN 35 rail
858-508
1
858-518
1
Technical Data
Coil
Coil voltage
Rated power
Coil current
Operating range
Holding voltage
Release voltage
Contacts
Contact material
Continuous current
Inrush current
Max. switching voltage
Switching power (max.) AC1 / AC15
1-phase motor load AC3
Switching current (max.) DC1
Min. switching load
Switching frequency under load
General Specifications
Mechanical life
Electrical life
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Dielectric strength contact-coil (1.2/50 μs)
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Dielectric strength open contact
Dielectric strength contact-contact
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Accessories see page 84 ... 86
Accessories see page 84 ... 86
230 V AC
1.2 VA
8.3 mA
0.8 ... 1.1 x V
80 % of VN
0.3 x V
230 V AC
1.2 VA
8.3 mA
0.8 ... 1.1 x V
80 % of VN
0.3 x V
AgCe
5A
15 A / 4 s
250 V AC / 30 V DC
1250 VA / 300 VA
0.12 kW
5 A at 30 V DC
12 V / 100 mA
20 cycles/min.
AgCe + 5 μm Au
50 mA*
15 A / 4 s
30 V DC*
1250 VA / 300 VA
0.12 kW
5 A at 30 V DC
12 V / 100 mA
20 cycles/min.
20 x 106 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
25 ms / 25 ms / 4 ms
250 V / 2.5 kV / 2
20 x 106 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
25 ms / 25 ms / 4 ms
250 V / 2.5 kV / 2
4 kV
1.5 kV
1 kV
1.5 kV
-25 °C ... +70 °C (VL + 50 °C)
-40 °C ... +80 °C
31 x 73 x 97
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
2 x 0.34 mm² ... 2 x 1.5 mm² /
1 x 2.5 mm²/
AWG 22 ... 16
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
4 kV
1.5 kV
1 kV
1.5 kV
-25 °C ... +70 °C (VL + 50 °C)
-40 °C ... +80 °C
31 x 73 x 97
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
2 x 0.34 mm² ... 2 x 1.5 mm² /
1 x 2.5 mm²/
AWG 22 ... 16
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
1
Accessories, 858 Series
84
Pluggable industrial relays, 4 changeover
contacts with integrated LED and recovery
diode and manual operation
21,5 max
5,8
35 max
28 max
Pluggable industrial relays, 4 changeover
contacts with integrated LED and manual
operation
13.2
4.4
2
3
4
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
4
8
9
10
11
12
9
10
11
12
13
12.7
14
6.3
14
6.3
13
6.4
6.4
12.7
16.8
1
16.8
* In order to prevent the gold layerfrom being
damaged these values should not be exceeded.
Higher switching power leads to evaporation of the
gold layer. The resulting deposits in the endosure may
cause sparkover between the coil and the contact.
13.2
4.4
Description
VN
Item No.
Pack.
unit
VN
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Pluggable industrial relay
24 V DC
24 V DC*
858-150
858-152
1
1
240 V AC
240 V AC*
858-151
858-153
1
1
Technical Data
Coil
Coil voltage
Rated power
Coil current
Operating range
Holding voltage
Release voltage
Contacts
Contact material
Continuous current
Inrush current
Max. switching voltage
Switching power (max.) AC1 / AC15
1-phase motor load AC3
Switching current (max.) DC1
Min. switching load
Switching frequency under load
General Specifications
Mechanical life
Electrical life
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Dielectric strength contact-coil (1.2/50 μs)
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Dielectric strength open contact
Dielectric strength contact-contact
Ambient operating temperature
Mounting distance in a row
Weight
24 V DC
0.9 W
36.9 mA
0.8 ... 1.1 x V
50 % of VN
0.1 x V
AgCe,
AgCe + 5 μm Au*AgCe, AgCe + 5 μm Au*
5A*
15 A / 4 s
250 V AC / 30 V DC
1250 VA / 300 VA
0.12 kW
5 A at 30 V DC
12 V / 100 mA
20 cycles/min.
240 V AC
1.2 VA
8.3 mA
0.8 ... 1.1 x V
80 % of VN
0.3 x V
AgCe,
AgCe + 5 μm Au*
5A*
15 A / 4 s
250 V AC / 30 V DC
1250 VA / 300 VA
0.12 kW
5 A at 30 V DC
12 V / 100 mA
20 cycles/min.
20 x 106 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
25 ms / 25 ms / 4 ms
250 V / 2 kV / 2
20 x 106 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
25 ms / 25 ms / 4 ms
250 V / 2 kV / 2
4 kV
1.5 kV
1 kV
1.5 kV
-25°C ... +70°C
6 mm
approx. 37 g
4 kV
1.5 kV
1 kV
1.5 kV
-25°C ... +70°C
6 mm
approx. 37 g
1
Sockets with Industrial Relay
85
Socket for industrial relays 2 and 4
changeover contacts
42
A2
Note: Inductive loads have to be attenuated by an
appropriate protective circuit in order to protect relay
coils and contacts.
32
22
A1
12
1
44
41
31
34
21
24
14
11
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Relay socket for industrial relays, for DIN 35 rail
858-100
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Nominal operating mode
Dielectric strength
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Degree of protection
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Stripped lengths
Cross sections
Approvals
depending on Relay; max. 250 V AC
250 V AC
4 x 8 A (4 changeover contacts);
2 x 12 A (2 changeover contacts)
4000 VA AC
continious duty
4 kV (depending on relay)
250 V / 4 kV / 3
IP 20
-25 °C ... +70 °C (depending on relay)
-40 °C ... +80 °C
31 x 39 x 97
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
2 x 0.34 mm² ... 2 x 1.5 mm² /
1 x 2.5 mm²/
AWG 22 ... 16
IEC60664 / IEC60664A / DIN VDE0110
Degree of pollution 2
Overvoltage category 2
1
Accessories, 858 Series
86
Holding bracket
Description
Item No.
Pack. unit
Holding bracket for industrial relays (height 33.5 mm ... 35.5 mm)
858-110
1
Description
Item No.
Pack. unit
Push-in type jumper bar
858-402
200
Item No.
Pack. Unit
788-120
788-121
788-122
788-123
788-124
788-125
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
Push-in type jumper bar
Status indication
Description
Power consumption at VN
Status indication 24 V DC (12 V ... 24 V)
2.4 mA
Status indication 48 V DC (48 V ... 60 V)
1.9 mA
Status indication 110 V DC
1.9 mA
Status indication 24 V AC
2.1 mA
Status indication 115 V AC
1.7 mA
Status indication 230 V AC
1.6 mA
NOTE:
Only required when using relays without integrated operating indicator!
Operating tool
Description
Operating tool, with partially insulated shaft
Type 2, blade (3.5 x 0.5) mm
Item No.
Pack. unit
210-720
1
1
87
1
1
Rail Mounted Relay Modules
88
Relay with 1 make contact Relay direct
soldered with universal mounting carrier
Relay with 1 break contact Relay direct
soldered with universal mounting carrier
A1
+
14
A1
~
14
A1
+
12
A1
~
12
A2
–
13
A2
~
13
A2
–
11
A2
~
11
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module
24 V DC
24 V AC/DC
48 V AC/DC
115 V AC/DC
16 mA
16 mA
9.1 mA
4.4 mA
288-364
288-564
288-565
288-567
1
1
1
1
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
24 V DC
24 V AC/DC
16 mA
16 mA
288-368
288-568
1
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. switching power (resistive)
Pull-in / operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H
incl. mounting carrier and relay
AgNi 0.15 + HV
250 V DC / 250 V AC
4 s 16 A / 8 A
5A
100 W/ 1500 VA
240 mW / 500 mW
4 ms / 6 ms / 2 ms
4 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
AgNi 0.15 + HV
250 V DC / 250 V AC
4 s 16 A / 8 A
5A
100 W/ 1500 VA
240 mW / 500 mW
4 ms / 6 ms / 2 ms
4 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
30 x 106 switching operations
2 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
13 x 47 x 85
30 x 106 switching operations
2 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
13 x 47 x 85
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
1
89
Relay with 1 changeover contact Relay direct
soldered with connectors
Relay with 1 changeover contact Relay direct
soldered with universal mounting carrier
12
14
A1
~
12
A2
~
11
A1
+
A2
–
A2
–
11
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module
24 V AC/DC
16 mA
288-554
1
12
A1
~
14
11
A2
~
A2
~
14
11
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
24 V DC
24 V AC/DC
230 V AC
21.8 mA
21.8 mA
6.1 mA
288-304
288-504
288-508
1
1
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. switching power (resistive)
Pull-in / operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H
incl. mounting carrier and relay
AgNi 0.15 + HV
250 V DC / 250 V AC
4 s 16 A / 8 A
5A
100 W/ 1500 VA
240 mW / 500 mW
4 ms / 6 ms / 2 ms
4 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
AgNi 0.15 + HV
300 V DC / 250 V AC
4 s 20 A / 8 A
6A
192 W/ 1750 VA
261 mW / 533 mW
9 ms / 3 ms / 2 ms
4 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
30 x 106 switching operations
2 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
13 x 52 x 85
30 x 106 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
20.5 x 48 x 85
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 231 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
1
1
Rail Mounted Relay Modules
90
Relay with 2 changeover contacts Relay direct
soldered with universal mounting carrier
12
11
12
with 2 relays, 1 changeover contact each
Relay direct soldered with universal mounting
carrier
11
14
24
A2
A2
–
22
21
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Switching relay module
24 V DC
24 V AC/DC
21.8 mA
21.8 mA
288-312
288-512
1
1
14
12
11
A2
~
A2
~
21
Pack.
Unit
11
A2
~
A2
~
A1
~
14
24
A2
~
22
12
A1
~
A1
~
A1
+
14
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
24 V AC/DC
115 V AC/DC
230 V AC
21.8 mA
4.8 mA
4.1 mA
288-758
288-761
288-762
1
1
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. switching power (resistive)
Pull-in / operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H
incl. mounting carrier and relay
AgNi 0.15 + HV
250 V DC / 250 V AC
4 s 14 A / 8 A
6A
100 W/ 1500 VA
261 mW / 533 mW
8 ms / 3 ms / 2 ms
2.5 kV
250 V / 2.5 kV / 3
AgNi 0.15 + HV
300 V DC / 250 V AC
20 A / 8 A
6A
192 W/ 1500 VA
261 mW / 533 mW
9 ms / 3 ms / 2 ms
4 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
30 x 106 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
22.5 x 48 x 85
30 x 106 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
38.5 x 48 x 85
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
1
91
with 4 relays, 1 changeover contact each
Relay in socket with universal mounting
carrier
A1
+
12
11
14
A2
+
22
21
24
A4
+
_
_
42
41
44
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module
24 V DC
21.8 mA
287-774
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. switching power (resistive)
Pull-in / operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H
incl. mounting carrier and relay
AgNi 0.15 + HV
300 V DC / 250 V AC
20 A / 8 A
6A
192 W/ 1500 VA
261 mW / 533 mW
9 ms / 3 ms / 2 ms
4 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
30 x 106 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
63.5 x 58 x 85
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
1
1
Rail Mounted Relay Modules
92
with 8 relays, 1 changeover contact each
Relay direct soldered with universal mounting
carrier
A1
+
12
14
11
A2
+
22
24
21
A8
+
82
84
81
N
N
A1
~
A2
~
A8
~
N
N
with 8 relays, 1 changeover contact each
Relay in socket with universal mounting
carrier
12
14
11
22
24
21
A1
+
82
84
81
A8
+
12
11
14
A2
+
22
21
24
82
81
84
N
N
A1
~
12
11
14
A2
~
22
21
24
A8
~
N
N
82
81
84
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module
24 V DC
24 V AC/DC
10.2 mA
10.2 mA
287-804
287-814
1
1
24 V DC
24 V AC/DC
21.8 mA
21.8 mA
287-824
287-834
1
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. switching power (resistive)
Pull-in / operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H
incl. mounting carrier and relay
AgNi 0.15 + HV
250 V DC / 250 V AC
4 s 30 A / 8 A
6A
90 W/ 1500 VA
170 mW / 245 mW
7 ms / 3 ms / 2 ms
4 kV
250 V / 2.5 kV / 3
AgNi 0.15 + HV
300 V DC / 250 V AC
20 A / 8 A
6A
192 W/ 1500 VA
261 mW / 533 mW
9 ms / 3 ms / 2 ms
4 kV
250 V / 2.5 kV / 3
20 x 106 switching operations
2 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
127 x 38 x 85
20 x 106 switching operations
2 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
127 x 58 x 85
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
1
93
Voltage (V)
with 16 relays, 1 changeover contact each
Relay in socket with universal mounting
carrier
300
200
100
resistive load
20 ms
40 ms
50
40
30 60 ms
8A
20
10
0.1 0.2
0.5
1
2
5
10 20
Current (A)
A1
+
12
11
14
A2
+
22
21
24
A16
+
N
N
162
161
164
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module
12 V DC
24 V DC
43.8 mA
21.8 mA
287-853
287-854
1
1
Technical Data
Input voltage range
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. switching power (resistive)
Recommended minimum load
Pull-in / operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H
incl. mounting carrier and relay
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
VN -15 % ...+20 %
AgNi 0.15
250 V DC / 250 V AC
4 s 16 A (AC) / 5 A (24 V DC)
6A
1500 VA AC; DC see load limit curve
100 mA / 10 V AC/DC ( 1 W, 1 VA)
533 mW
10 ms / 4 ms / 2 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
250 V / 2.5 kV / 3
30 x 106 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
287 x 58 x 85
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
DIN VDE 0140, DIN VDE 0160 and IEC 60255, DIN
VDE 0435 (corresponding parts)
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
1
1
Rail Mounted Relay Modules
94
Voltage (V)
Relay with 1 make contact Relay direct
soldered with universal mounting carrier
Designed for switching high inrush current
loads i.e. filament lamp loads
with 4 relays, 1 make contact each Relay
direct soldered with universal mounting
carrier Designed for switching high inrush
current loads i.e. filament lamp loads
300
200
resistive load
100
50
40
30
12 A
8A
20
10
0.1 0.2
0.5
1
2
5
16 A
10 20
Current (A)
Contact life at lamp load
Load
Switch. oper.
12 A, AC 250 V, cos ϕ = 1
TV 8 acc. UL 508
2500 W, 230 V AC halogen
1000 W, 250 V AC incandescent
3000 W, 250 V AC incandescent
1500 VA, fluorescent 163 µF
3 x 105
25 x 103
> 104
2.3 x 105
3.6 x 104
104
A1
+
A1
+
14
13
14
A2
+
23
24
A2
–
A2
–
A4
+
13
43
N
N
44
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module
24 V DC
21.8 mA
288-320
1
24 V DC
21.8 mA
287-475
1
Technical Data
Input voltage range
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Peak inrush current
Max. continuous current
Max. switching power (resistive)
Recommended minimum load
Pull-in / operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Dielectric strength open contact
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Service life at lamp load
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H
incl. mounting carrier and relay
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
VN -15 % ...+20 %
AgSnO2
440 V AC
4 s 25 A
20 ms/120 A
16 A
4000 VA AC; DC see load limit curve
> 100 mA / 12 V AC/DC
500 mW
8 ms / 2 ms / 2 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
VN -15 % ...+20 %
AgSnO2
440 V AC
4 s 25 A
20 ms/120 A
16 A
4000 VA AC; DC see load limit curve
> 100 mA / 12 V AC/DC
500 mW
8 ms / 2 ms / 2 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
30 x 106 switching operations
see lamp load table
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
20.5 x 47 x 85
30 x 106 switching operations
see lamp load table
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
64 x 47 x 85
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
DIN VDE 0140 Part 18.01 for AC 250 V; DIN VDE 0160
and IEC 60255; DIN VDE 0435 (corresponding parts); UL
508
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
DIN VDE 0140 Part 18.01 for AC 250 V; DIN VDE 0160
and IEC 60255; DIN VDE 0435 (corresponding parts); UL
508, g
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
1
95
Voltage (V)
with 4 relays, 1 make contact each Relay
direct soldered with universal mounting
carrier
Bistable relay with 1 changeover contact
Relay direct soldered with universal mounting
carrier
300
200
100
resistive load
20 ms
40 ms
50
40
30 60 ms
20
10
16 A
0.1 0.2
0.5
1
2
5
10 20
Current (A)
A1
+
11
14
A2
+
21
24
A4
+
41
N
N
44
A1
+
12
B1
_
14
A2
+
11
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module
24 V DC
21.8 mA
287-474
1
24 V DC
41.5 mA
288-380
1
Technical Data
Input voltage range
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. switching power (resistive)
Recommended minimum load
Pull-in / operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Dielectric strength open contact
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H
incl. mounting carrier and relay
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
VN -15 % ...+20 %
AgCdO
250 V DC / 250 V AC
1 s 25 A (AC)
16 A
4000 VA AC; DC see load limit curve
> 100 mA / 12 V AC/DC
500 mW
8 ms / 2 ms / 2 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
VN -15 % ...+20 %
AgNi 0.15 + HV
300 V DC / 250 V AC
4 s 20 A / 8 A
6A
192 W / 1750 VA
30 x 106 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
64 x 47 x 85
30 x 106 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
DIN VDE 0160 and IEC 60255; DIN VDE 0435
(corresponding parts), g
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
261 mW / 533 mW
9 ms / 3 ms / 2 ms
4 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
20.5 x 48 x 85
1
1
Rail Mounted Relay Modules
96
Relay with 2 changeover contacts with forced
operated contacts Relay direct soldered with
universal mounting carrier
11
Switching relay module with 2 pluggable
safety relays with 3 make contacts and 1
break contact with universal mounting carrier
21
A1
+
A2
–
A2
–
12
14
22
24
_
12 14 24 34
A2
+
_
11 13 23 33
12 14 24 34
A1
+
11 13 23 33
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module
24 V DC
30 mA
288-437
1
24 V DC
50 mA
288-435
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Contact type
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. switching power (resistive)
Recommended minimum load
Pull-in / operating power
Max. switching rate
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Test voltage coil - contact
Test voltage contact - contact
Test voltage contacts - yoke
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
Relay fixing mechanism
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H
incl. mounting carrier and relay
AgNi 10 + 5 μm Au
2 changeover contacts
380 V
0.3 A
5A
7 W / 7 VA
1 mA / 100 mV AC/DC
800 mW
15 ms / 12 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
250 V / 2.5 kV / 3
4 kV (1 min)
1 kV (1 min)
AgCdO + 0.2 μm Au
3 make contacts / 1 break contact
300 V DC / 230 V AC
10 A / 7 A
6A
120 W / 2000 VA
300 mA / 12 V
1200 mW
5x/s
23 ms / 20 ms
continuous duty
2.5 kV
2500 V eff
2500 V eff
2500 V eff
1 x 107 switching operations
50 x 107 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-40 °C ... +85 °C
soldered
19 x 38 x 85
-25 °C ... +70 °C
plastic holden with locking latches (by relay manufacturer)
57 x 90 x 107
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 736 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
1
97
If required a breathing hole can be made in
the cover. However be aware that the degree
of waterproof protection will reduce from
IP67 to IP30!
Safety relay type SDS SF 4 with 4 break
contacts and 4 make contacts with 1 relay
with universal mounting carrier
Safety relay type SDS SF 4 with 4 break
contacts and 4 make contacts with 2 relays
with universal mounting carrier
If an outer contact (20) should weld then the forced operated
inner contact (12) driven by the actuator (d) remains open. The
rotating armature (c) remains free to move. The unaffected
contact pairs can operate normally, (i. e. their function to make
or break remains unaffected).
If an inner contact should weld (12) then the movement of the
rotating armature (c) is blocked via the operator (d). Open
contacts of all four contact pairs remain open. This arrangement
corresponds to conventional, forced contact operation.
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module
5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V AC/DC
48 V AC/DC
60 V AC/DC
230 V AC
100 mA
41.7 mA
20.9 mA
10.5 mA
8.4 mA
9.4 mA
288-412
288-413
288-414
288-415
288-416
288-418
1
1
1
1
1
1
5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V AC/DC
48 V AC/DC
60 V AC/DC
230 V AC
100 mA
41.7 mA
20.9 mA
10.5 mA
8.4 mA
9.4 mA
288-422
288-423
288-424
288-425
288-426
288-428
1
1
1
1
1
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. switching power (resistive)
Pull-in / operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H
incl. mounting carrier and relay
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Relay Approvals
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
Ag Sn O 0.1 μm Au
250 V AC
20 A / 6 A
6A
150 W/ 1500 VA
280 mW / 500 mW
18 ms / 6 ms / 4 ms
2.5 kV
250 V / 2.5 kV / 3
Ag Sn O 0.1 μm Au
250 V AC
20 A / 6 A
6A
150 W / 1500 VA
280 mW / 500 mW
18 ms / 6 ms / 4 ms
2.5 kV
250 V / 2.5 kV / 3
1 x 107 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-40 °C ... +70 °C
63.5 x 40 x 85
1 x 107 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-40 °C ... +70 °C
127 x 40 x 85
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 256 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
SEV approvals, no. D 3.31/192; SUVA approvals, no. 36
62 (delayed operation 5 Amp fuse); TÜV test no. 945/EL
178/88; UL recognized, file no. E 43149
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
SEV approvals, no. D 3.31/192; SUVA approvals, no. 36
62 (delayed operation 5 Amp fuse); TÜV test no. 945/EL
178/88; UL recognized, file no. E 43149
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
1
1
Accessories for Rail Mounted Modules
98
KAMMERRELAIS® is a registered trademark of
the Siemens AG
Socket for European standard industrial relay,
size 1 with 4 changeover contacts
A2 A2 31 41 34 44 42 32
Socket for KAMMRELAIS® Size I with
2 changeover contacts
3
22 22 24 24 •21 21 A2 A2
5 5 7 7 6 6 –4 –4
+13 10 9 6 5 1 2
A1 11 21 14 24 22 12
9 9 8 8 10 10 +1 +1
11 11 12 12 14 •14 A1 A1
–14 –14 11 12 7
8
4
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Relay socket, for AC/DC relays
Relay socket, for DC relays with free-wheeling diode
Relay socket, for DC relays with free-wheeling diode
and LED
288-111
288-112
288-113
1
1
1
288-131
288-132
288-133
1
1
1
Technical Data
Relay enclosure
Operating voltage (dependent on the relay voltage)
Nominal current
Max. coil current of the LED version
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H incl. mounting carrier and
universal mounting feet
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Examples of suitable relays
14-pole
max. 250 V AC/DC
8-pole
max. 250 V AC/DC
5A
25 mA
42.5 x 32 x 62.5
5A
25 mA
42.5 x 32 x 62.5
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Schrack RA4 and ZG4; Siemens V23 100; SDS HC 4; P+B
KH/KHA; Aromat HC+HQ; OMRON MY; IDES RM/RY
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Schrack ZL2; Siemens V23 154; Siemens V 23 162; SDS
K2; P+B R 10; Aromat K
Accessories
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Mounting carrier, for screw-fixing or DIN-rail mounting
(with snap-fit type universal mounting feet to be ordered
separately)
288-001
1
288-001
1
Universal mounting foot; snap-fit type; suitable for
DIN 15, 32 and 35 rails (also see page 258)
288-002
10
288-002
10
1
99
KAMMERRELAIS® is a registered trademark of
the Siemens AG
Socket for KAMMRELAIS® Size II with
4 changeover contacts
1
A2 A2 31 12 •14 22 24 41
–1 –1 12 5 7 8 10 15
+4 +4 6 11 13 14 16 9
A1 A1 11 32 34 •42 44 21
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Relay socket, for AC/DC relays
Relay socket, for DC relays with free-wheeling diode
Relay socket, for DC relays with free-wheeling diode
and LED
288-151
288-152
288-153
1
1
1
Technical Data
Relay enclosure
Operating voltage (dependent on the relay voltage)
Nominal current
Max. coil current of the LED version
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H incl. mounting carrier and
universal mounting feet
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Examples of suitable relays
14-pole
max. 250 V AC/DC
5A
25 mA
42.5 x 32 x 62.5
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Schrack ZL4; Siemens V23 154; Siemens V 23 162; SDS
K4; P+B R 10; Aromat K
Accessories
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Mounting carrier, for screw-fixing or DIN-rail mounting
(with snap-fit type universal mounting feet to be ordered
separately)
288-001
1
Universal mounting foot; snap-fit type; suitable for
DIN 15, 32 and 35 rails (also see page 258)
288-002
10
1
Pluggable Modules - Relays
100
Relay with 1 break contact
Module width 10 mm / 0.394 in
Module width 10 mm / 0.394 in
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Relay with 1 make contact
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
WSB marker cards
• Marking K; Item No.: 209-782
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking A1, A2, 13, 14; Item No.: 209-952
• Marking A1, A2, 11, 12; Item No.: 209-953
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
A1
+
13
A1
~
13
A1
+
11
A1
~
11
A2
–
14
A2
~
14
A2
–
12
A2
~
12
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
24 V AC
115 V AC
230 V AC
7.4 mA
8.6 mA
7.3 mA
10.2 mA
10.5 mA
7.3 mA
286-364
286-365
286-366
286-564
286-566
286-567
1
1
1
1
1
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Pull-in / operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
24 V AC
20.4 mA
11.1 mA
10.7 mA
18.5 mA
286-368
286-369
286-370
286-568
1
1
1
1
Accessories see page 138 ... 139
Accessories see page 138 ... 139
Ag Cd O + 1 μ Au
30 V DC / 250 V AC
5A/5A
5A
150 W / 1250 VA
100 mW / 200 mW
6 ms / 6 ms / 2 ms
2.5 kV
250 V / 2.5 kV / 3
Ag Cd O
250 V DC / 250 V AC
8A/8A
5A
150 W / 1250 VA
300 mW / 450 mW
10 ms / 4 ms / 3 ms
4 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
2 x 107 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
1 x 107 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
VN
12 mm / 0.472 in
12 mm / 0.472 in
15 mm / 0.591 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-618
280-608
280-762
1
1
1
12 mm / 0.472 in
12 mm / 0.472 in
15 mm / 0.591 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-618
280-608
280-762
1
1
1
1
101
Relay with 1 changeover contact
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
1
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Relay with 1 changeover contact
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
11
11
WSB marker cards
• Marking K; Item No.: 209-782
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking A1, A2, A2, 11, 12, 14, A1, A2, A2;
Item No.: 209-994
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
A1
~
A1
+
A2
–
A2
–
A2
~
A2
~
12
14
12
14
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module
5/6 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
115 V DC
220 V DC
94.3 mA
49.4 mA
19.4 mA
11.4 mA
9.2 mA
4.8 mA
6.1 mA
286-302
286-303
286-304
286-305
286-306
286-307
286-308
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5/6 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
48 V AC/DC
60 V AC/DC
115 V AC
230 V AC
94.3 mA
49.4 mA
21.8 mA
11.4 mA
9.2 mA
4.8 mA
6.1 mA
286-502
286-503
286-504
286-505
286-506
286-507
286-508
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Technical Data
Accessories see page 138 ... 139
Accessories see page 138 ... 139
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Pull-in / operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
AgNi 0.15 + HV
300 V DC / 250 V AC
16 A / 8 A (10 % continious duty)
7A
192 W / 1750 VA
261 mW / 533 mW
8 ms / 6 ms / 4 ms
4 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
AgNi 0.15 + HV
300 V DC / 250 V AC
16 A / 8 A (10 % continious duty)
7A
192 W / 1750 VA
261 mW / 533 mW
8 ms / 6 ms / 4 ms
4 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
30 x 106 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
30 x 106 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
20 mm/ 0.787 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
17 mm / 0.669 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
20 mm/ 0.787 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
1
Pluggable Modules - Relays
102
Relay with 1 changeover contact
Contact 5 μm hard gold plated
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
11
11
WSB marker cards
• Marking K; Item No.: 209-782
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking A1, A2, A2, 11, 12, 14, A1, A2, A2;
Item No.: 209-994
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
A1
+
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module
24 V DC
48 V DC
24 V AC/DC
21.8 mA
11.4 mA
21.8 mA
286-394
286-395
286-594
1
1
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Pull-in / operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
A1
~
A2
–
A2
–
12
14
12
14
Accessories see page 138 ... 139
AgNi + 5μ Au
36 V DC
1A
25 W / 261 mW / 533 mW
9 ms / 3 ms / 2 ms
4 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
30 x 106 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
A2
~
A2
~
17 mm / 0.669 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
20 mm/ 0.787 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
1
103
Relay with 2 changeover contacts
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
1
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Relay with 2 changeover contacts
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
12
WSB marker cards
• Marking K; Item No.: 209-782
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking 12, A1, A2, 24, 11, 14, 21, 22;
Item No.: 209-995
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
12
11
A1
+
14
21
14
21
A2
–
24
A2
~
24
22
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module
5/6 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
115 V DC
220 V DC
82.8 mA
46.1 mA
21.8 mA
10.3 mA
8.8 mA
4.9 mA
5 mA
286-310
286-311
286-312
286-313
286-314
286-315
286-316
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Pull-in / operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
22
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
5/6 V AC
12 V AC
24 V AC
48 V AC
60 V AC
115 V AC
230 V AC
174 mA
89 mA
47 mA
23.3 mA
18.1 mA
10.5 mA
5.5 mA
286-510
286-511
286-512
286-513
286-514
286-515
286-516
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Accessories see page 138 ... 139
Accessories see page 138 ... 139
Ag Ni 0.15
300 V DC / 250 V AC
0.2 s 30 A / 10 A
7A
210 W / 1750 VA
600 mW / 1000 mW
18 ms / 3 ms / 2 ms
4 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
Ag Ni 0.15
300 V DC / 250 V AC
0.2 s 30 A / 10 A
7A
210 W / 1750 VA
0.8 VA / 1 VA
15 ms / 5 ms / 2 ms
4 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
30 x 107 switching operations
2.5 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
30 x 107 switching operations
2.5 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
11
A1
~
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
1
Pluggable Modules - Relays
104
Relay with 2 make contacts
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Relay with 1 break and 1 make contact
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
WSB marker cards
• Marking K; Item No.: 209-782
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking A1, A1, A2, A2, 11, 12, 13, 14, 23, 24;
Item No.: 209-693
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
A1
+
A1
+
11
A1
~
A1
~
14
A2
~
A2
~
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Switching relay module
5/6 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
220 V DC
24 V AC
47.2 mA
19.9 mA
7.4 mA
3.9 mA
3.9 mA
3.7 mA
8.3 mA
286-318
286-319
286-320
286-321
286-322
286-324
286-520
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Pull-in / operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
A2
–
A2
–
24
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
5/6 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
220 V DC
47.2 mA
19.9 mA
7.4 mA
3.9 mA
3.9 mA
3.7 mA
286-326
286-327
286-328
286-329
286-330
286-332
1
1
1
1
1
1
Accessories see page 138 ... 139
Accessories see page 138 ... 139
Ag Sn O2
250 V DC / 380 V AC
1 s 15 A / 8 A
6A
150 W / 2000 VA
150 mW / 240 mW
10 ms / 4 ms / 1 ms
3 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
Ag Sn O2
250 V DC / 380 V AC
1 s 15 A / 8 A
6A
150 W / 2000 VA
150 mW / 240 mW
10 ms / 4 ms / 1 ms
3 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
5 x 107 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
5 x 107 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
14
23
14
Pack.
Unit
Technical Data
13
12
13
12
13
A2
–
A2
–
A1
+
A1
+
11
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
1
105
Relay with 1 break contact and 3 make
contacts
Module width 25 mm / 0.984 in
Module width 25 mm / 0.984 in
1
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Relay with 2 break contacts and 2 make
contacts
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
WSB marker cards
• Marking K; Item No.: 209-782
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking 12, A1, A2, 23, 24, 11, 13, 14, 21, 22;
Item No.: 209-691
• Marking 12, A1, A2, 23, 24, 11, 13, 14, 33, 34;
Item No.: 209-690
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
12
A1
+
11
12
11
A1
~
13
12
A1
+
11
13
13
12
A1
~
13
A2
–
23
14
21
A2
~
23
14
21
A2
–
23
14
33
A2
~
23
14
33
24
22
24
22
24
34
24
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module
5/6 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
115 V DC
24 V AC
230 V AC
42.3 mA
22.2 mA
8.5 mA
5.7 mA
5.7 mA
6.6 mA
11.2 mA
16.2 mA
286-334
286-335
286-336
286-337
286-338
286-339
286-536
286-540
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Pull-in / operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
Terminal block for pluggable modules, with 2conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
VN
IN
Item No.
5/6 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
115 V DC
24 V AC
115 V AC
230 V AC
42.3 mA
22.2 mA
8.5 mA
5.7 mA
5.7 mA
6.6 mA
11.2 mA
10.6 mA
16.2 mA
286-342
286-343
286-344
286-345
286-346
286-347
286-544
286-547
286-548
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Accessories see page 138 ... 139
AuAg10 over AgNi 15
250 V DC / 250 V AC
20 A / 5 A
5A
100 W / 1000 VA
50 mW / 205 mW
8 ms / 5 ms / 1 ms
1.5 kV
250 V / 2.5 kV / 3
Au Ag 10 over Ag Ni 15
250 V DC / 250 V AC
20 A / 5 A
5A
100 W / 1000 VA
50 mW / 205 mW
9 ms / 5 ms / 2 ms
1.5 kV
250 V / 2.5 kV / 3
2 x 108 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
2 x 108 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
27 mm / 1.063 in
27 mm / 1.063 in
30 mm / 1.181 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-639
280-629
280-765
1
1
1
34
Pack.
Unit
Accessories see page 138 ... 139
Accessories
11
27 mm / 1.063 in
27 mm / 1.063 in
30 mm / 1.181 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-639
280-629
280-765
1
1
1
1
Pluggable Modules - Relays
106
Relay with 4 changeover contacts
Module width 25 mm / 0.984 in
Module width 35 mm / 1.378 in
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Relay with 4 make contacts
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
WSB marker cards
• Marking K; Item No.: 209-782
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking 14, A1, A2, 33, 34, 13, 23, 24, 43, 44;
Item No.: 209-692
• Marking A1, A2, 32, 31, 34, 42, 41, 12, 11, 14;
Item No.: 249-656
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
A1
+
A2
–
32
31
34
42
41
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module
5/6 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
115 V DC
24 V AC
115 V AC
230 V AC
42.3 mA
22.2 mA
8.5 mA
5.7 mA
5.7 mA
6.6 mA
11.2 mA
10.6 mA
16.2 mA
286-350
286-351
286-352
286-353
286-354
286-355
286-552
286-555
286-556
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Pull-in / operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
22
21
24
44
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
24 V DC
110/120 V AC
230 V AC
32 mA
9.2 mA
9.9 mA
286-375
286-578
286-579
1
1
1
Accessories see page 138 ... 139
Accessories see page 138 ... 139
Au Ag 10 over Ag Ni 15
250 V DC / 250 V AC
20 A / 5 A
5A
100 W / 1000 VA
50 mW / 205 mW
10 ms / 5 ms / 2 ms
1.5 kV
250 V / 2.5 kV / 3
Ag
60 V DC / 250 V AC
4 A AC / 2 A DC
4 A AC/DC
50 W / 1000 VA
50 mW / 205 mW
6 ms / - / 2 ms
1.5 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
2 x 108 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
5 x 107 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
12
11
14
27 mm / 1.063 in
27 mm / 1.063 in
30 mm / 1.181 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-639
280-629
280-765
1
1
1
37 mm / 1.457 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-636
1
1
107
Relay with 2 changeover contacts
Contacts 5 μm Au
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
1
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Relay with 1 make contact for higher DC loads
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
* In order to prevent the gold layer from being damaged these
values should not be exceeded. Higher switching power leads to
evaporation of the gold layer. The resulting deposits in the enclosure
may cause sparkovers between the coil and the contact.
11
11
A1
+
WSB marker cards
• Marking K; Item No.: 209-782
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking 12, A1, A2, 24, 11, 14, 21, 22;
Item No.: 209-995
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
12
14
21
A2
–
A2
–
A2
–
24
14
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module
24 V DC
20 mA
286-376
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make current (resistive)
Max. break current 250 V DC/ 110 V DC/ 60 V DC
Recommended minimum load
Max. switching rate with / without load
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Max. switching power 250 V DC/ 110 V DC/ 60 V DC
Pull-in / operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Dielectric strength open contact
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Mechanical life at max. load DC (resistive)
Mechanical life at max. resistive load AC
Ambient operating temperature
Approvals
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
ire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
11
A1
+
22
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
24 V DC
19.4 mA
286-384
1
Accessories see page 138 ... 139
Accessories see page 138 ... 139
AgNi 0.15
250 V DC / 250 V AC
4 s 14A
0.6 A / 1.7 A / 5 A
> 12 V / 10 mA AC/DC
10 min-1 / 1200 min-1
5A
2000 VA
150 W / 187 W / 300 W
480 mW
9 ms / 3 ms / 5 ms
4 kV
2 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
AgCdO + 5 μm Au
36 V DC *
0.6 A / 1.7 A / 5 A
10 μA / 100 mV
50 mA *
150 W / 187 W / 300 W
500 mW
9 ms / 3 ms / 3 ms
4 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
20 x 106 switching operations
1 x 107 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
2 x 105 switching operations
3 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
DIN VDE 01110/1.89 / DIN VDE 0160 and IEC 60255
/ DIN VDE 0435 (corresponding parts)
Pack.
Item No.
Unit
17 mm / 0.669 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
20 mm/ 0.787 in
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
-25 °C ... +40 °C
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
1
Pluggable Modules - Relays
108
Switching relay with
specified switching treshold:
Von 180 V ± 10 %
Voff 150 V ± 10 %;
1 changeover contact
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
Low power ( 7 mW) relay module
Low power drive relay (0.3 mA) through
amplifier Vcc = DC 24 V
1 break and 1 make contact
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
WSB marker cards
• Marking K; Item No.: 209-782
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking A1, A2, A2, 11, 12, 14, A1, A2, A2;
Item No.: 209-994
• Marking L+, 1, L-, L-, 11, 12, 13, 14;
Item No.: 209-954
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
11
A1
~
A2
~
A2
~
L
–
L
–
12
14
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Switching relay module
230 V AC
4 mA
286-904
1
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Pull-in / operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
Turn-on treshold relay / status indication
Turn-off treshold relay / status indication
Control voltage output 0
Control voltage output 1
14
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
24 V DC
10 mA
286-906
1
Accessories see page 138 ... 139
Accessories see page 138 ... 139
AgCdO
250 V DC / 380 V AC
4 s 25 A / 18 A
5A
90 W / 1900 VA
0.8 VA / 1 VA
10 ms / 5 ms / 5 ms
4 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
AgCdO, with gold flash
250 V DC / 380 V AC
1 s 15 A / 8 A
6A
150 W / 2000 VA
150 mW / 240 mW
10 ms / 4 ms / 1 ms
3 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
5 x 107 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
180 V ± 10 % / 122 V ± 10 %
150 V ±10 % / 113 V ±10 %
5 x 107 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-2 V ... 3 V DC
8 V ... 30 V DC
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
12
13
1
Pack.
Unit
Technical Data
11
L
+
17 mm / 0.669 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
20 mm/ 0.787 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
1
109
Bistable relay with 1 changeover contact
positive switching, negative switching
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
1
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Latching relay with
1 break contact and 1 make contact
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
WSB marker cards
• Marking K; Item No.: 209-782
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking A1, A1, A2, A2, 11, 12, 13, 14, 23, 24;
Item No.: 209-693
• Marking A1, A3, A2, 11, 12, 14;
Item No.: 249-607
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
A1
+
A1
+
11
A1
~
A1
~
12
13
A2
–
A2
–
14
A2
~
A2
~
11
A1
+
12
A1
_
12
13
A3
_
14
A3
+
14
A2
+
11
A2
_
11
12
14
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module
24 V DC
230 V AC
20.9 mA
20.9 mA
286-571
286-570
1
1
24 V DC
24 V DC
41.5 mA
41.5 mA
286-380
286-381
1
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Pull-in / operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
Accessories see page 138 ... 139
Accessories see page 138 ... 139
AuAg10 over AgNi 15
30 V DC / 250 V AC
20 A / 5 A
5A
100 W / 1000 VA
50 mW / 205 mW
8 ms / 5 ms / 1 ms
1.5 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
AgNi 0.15 + HV
250 V DC / 250 V AC
20 A / 8 A
6A
192 W / 1500 VA
261 mW / 533 mW
9 ms / 3 ms / 2 ms
4 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
2 x 108 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
30 x 106 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
17 mm / 0.669 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
20 mm/ 0.787 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
1
Pluggable Modules - Time Relays
110
V
On-delay timing 1 changeover contact
specified time acc. to IEC 255, part 1
On-delay timing 1 changeover contact
specified time acc. to IEC 255, part 1
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
VB
VR
tv
t
VB = operating voltage; VSt = control voltage; VR = voltage
on relay; tV = delay time
On-delay time relay
VB on A1+ and A2- applied: relay stays in rest position
delay time tV is over: relay switches to working condition
WSB marker cards
• Marking K; Item No.: 209-782
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking A1, A1, A2, A2, 12, 11, 11, 14;
Item No.: 209-996
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
A1
+
A1
+
12
A2
–
A2
–
11
11
14
A1
~
A1
~
12
A2
~
A2
~
11
11
14
Description
Time range
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Time range
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Time relay module
0.1 - 1 s
1 - 10 s
10 - 100 s
286-600
286-602
286-604
1
1
1
0.1 - 1 s
1 - 10 s
10 - 100 s
286-610
286-612
286-614
1
1
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Current input at rated voltage (coil 20 °C)
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Reset time
Repeat accuracy
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x H x W incl. terminal block
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
24 V DC
12.5 mA
AgCdO, with gold flash
250 V DC / 380 V AC
1 s 15 A / 5 A
6A
150 W / 2000 VA
300 mW
0 ms / 15 ms / 1 ms
100 ms
±0.5 %
3 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
230 V AC
14.4 mA
AgCdO, with gold flash
250 V DC / 380 V AC
1 s 15 A / 5 A
6A
150 W / 2000 VA
3.3 VA
0 ms / 15 ms / 1 ms
100 ms
±0.5 %
3 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
5 x 107 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
20 x 82.5 x 50
5 x 107 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
20 x 82.5 x 50
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
1
111
Pulse lengthening, with trigger voltage
1 changeover contact
1
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
V
VB
VSt
VR
tv
t
VB = operating voltage; VSt = control voltage; VR = voltage
on relay; tV = delay time
Pulse lengthening time relay, with auxiliary voltage
VB on A1+ and A2- applied: relay stays in rest position; VSt - pulse on St+:
relay switches to working condition and switches off after tV is over.
WSB marker cards
• Marking K; Item No.: 209-782
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking A1, A1, St, A2, A2, 12, 11, 11, 14;
Item No.: 209-601
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
A1
+
A1
+
12
11
St
+
11
A2
–
14
Description
Time range
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Time relay module
0.1 - 1 s
1 - 10 s
10 - 100 s
286-426
286-427
286-428
1
1
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Current input at rated voltage (coil 20 °C)
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Trigger voltage
Reset time
Repeat accuracy
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x H x W incl. terminal block
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
24 V DC
15.0 mA
AgCdO, with gold flash
250 V DC / 380 V AC
1 s 15 A / 5 A
5A
150 W / 2000 VA
360 mW
10 ms / 0 ms / 1 ms
24 V DC
100 ms
±0.5 %
3 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
5 x 107 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
20 x 82.5 x 50
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
1
Pluggable Modules - Time Relays
112
V
Off-delay timing with trigger voltage
1 changeover contact specified time
acc. to IEC 255, part 1
Off-delay timing with trigger voltage
1 changeover contact specified time
acc. to IEC 255, part 1
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
VB
VR
tv
t
V
VSt
t
VB = operating voltage; VSt = control voltage; VR = voltage
on relay; tV = delay time
Off-delay time relay with auxiliary voltage
VB on A1+ and A2- applied: relay stays in rest position;
VSt on St+ applied: relay switches to working condition
VSt interrupted: tV is activated; tV is over: relay switches off
WSB marker cards
• Marking K; Item No.: 209-782
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking A1, A1, St, A2, A2, 12, 11, 11, 14;
Item No.: 209-601
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
A1
+
A1
+
A1
~
A1
~
St
~
12
11
St
+
11
A2
~
14
Description
Time range
Item No.
Time relay module
0.1 - 1 s
1 - 10 s
10 - 100 s
286-440
286-442
286-444
1
1
1
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Current input at rated voltage (coil 20 °C)
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Trigger voltage
Reset time
Repeat accuracy
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x H x W incl. terminal block
14
Time range
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
0.1 - 1 s
1 - 10 s
10 - 100 s
286-446
286-448
286-450
1
1
1
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
24 V DC
16.0 mA
Ag.-Leg., with gold flash
250 V DC / 250 V AC
26 A / 5 A
5A
100 W / 1250 VA
400 mW
15 ms / 0 ms / 2 ms
24 V DC
15 ms
±0.5 %
2 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
230 V AC
16.8 mA
Ag.-Leg., with gold flash
250 V DC / 250 V AC
26 A / 5 A
5A
100 W / 1250 VA
3.7 VA
15 ms / 0 ms / 2 ms
230 V AC
15 ms
±0.5 %
2 kV
250 V / 2.5 kV / 3
5 x 107 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
20 x 82.5 x 50
5 x 107 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
20 x 82.5 x 50
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
11
11
A2
–
Pack.
Unit
Technical Data
12
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
1
113
V
Pulse time delay relay
1 changeover contact specified time
acc. to IEC 255, part 1
Pulse time delay relay
1 changeover contact specified time
acc. to IEC 255, part 1
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
1
VB
VR
tv
t
VB = operating voltage; VSt = control voltage; VR = voltage
on relay; tV = delay time
Pulse time delay relay
VB on A1+ and A2- applied: relay switches to working condition;
tV is over: relay switches off
WSB marker cards
• Marking K; Item No.: 209-782
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking A1, A1, A2, A2, 12, 11, 11, 14;
Item No.: 209-996
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
A1
+
A1
+
12
A2
–
A2
–
11
11
14
A1
~
A1
~
12
A2
~
A2
~
11
11
14
Description
Time range
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Time range
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Time relay module
0.1 - 1 s
1 - 10 s
10 - 100 s
286-460
286-462
286-464
1
1
1
0.1 - 1 s
1 - 10 s
10 - 100 s
286-470
286-472
286-474
1
1
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Current input at rated voltage (coil 20 °C)
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Reset time
Repeat accuracy
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x H x W incl. terminal block
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
24 V DC
37.8 mA
AgCdO, with gold flash
250 V DC / 380 V AC
1 s 15 A / 5 A
5A
150 W / 2000 VA
910 mW
15 ms / 15 ms / 1 ms
100 ms
±0.5 %
2.3 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
230 V AC
39.7 mA
AgCdO, with gold flash
250 V DC / 380 V AC
1 s 15 A / 5 A
5A
150 W / 2000 VA
10 VA
15 ms / 15 ms / 1 ms
100 ms
±0.5 %
3 kV
250 V / 2.5 kV / 3
5 x 107 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
20 x 82.5 x 50
5 x 107 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
20 x 82.5 x 50
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
ire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
1
Pluggable Modules - Time Relays
114
Multirange timing relay, on-delay
4 selectable time ranges,
4 voltage ranges
1 changeover contact
Module width 25 mm / 0.984 in
Time range
Switchposition
220 V ~
03-3s
OFF
ON
3-12s 10-100s 100-800s Switch
ON
ON
OFF
1
OFF
ON
OFF
2
time adjustment*
110 V ~
time ranges**
1
2
off
24 V ~
24 V –
on
0V
* with trimming potentiometer; ** DIL switch
Within these time ranges, time adjustment can be mode with the
timming potentiometer.
WSB marker cards
• Marking K; Item No.: 209-782
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking U1, U2, U3, U4, 0V, 12, 11, 11, 14, 14;
Item No.: 209-951
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
AC
220V
AC
110V
AC
24V
12
11
11
DC
24V
0V
14
14
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Multirange timing relay module; on-delay, 4 voltage
ranges 230 V AC, 115 V AC, 24 V AC, 24 V DC;
0.3 s ... 3 s, 3 s ... 12 s, 10 s ... 100 s, 100 s ... 800 s
Time ranges selectable with DIL switch
286-616
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Current input at rated voltage (coil 20 °C)
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Reset time
Repeat accuracy
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x H x W incl. terminal block
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
230 V AC, 115 V AC, 24 V AC, 24 V DC
30.4 mA, 32.6 mA, 20.2 mA, 17.5 mA
AgNi with gold flash
30 V DC / 240 V AC
5A/5A
5A
120 W / 600 VA
0 ms / 15 ms / 3 ms
100 ms
±0.5 %
2 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
2 x 107 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
25 x 82.5 x 50
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
27 mm / 1.063 in
27 mm / 1.063 in
30 mm / 1.181 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-639
280-629
280-765
1
1
1
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
1
115
Multifunction timing relay
4 selectable time ranges,
4 functions
1 changeover contact
1
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
OFF
ON
on-delay
OFF
ON
pulsing
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
off-delay
with auxiliary OFF
voltage
ON
10 s ... 100 s
S3, S4
flashing
OFF
ON
S1, S2
OFF
ON
3 s ... 12 s
0.3 s ... 3 s
100 s ... 800 s
Switch position / Function
Switch position / Time range
S1
S2
S3
S4
(s)
OFF
OFF off-delay
OFF
OFF 100 - 800
OFF
ON pulsing in make pos. OFF
ON 0,3 - 3
ON
OFF on-delay
ON
OFF
3 - 12
ON
ON flashing
ON
ON 10 - 100
Fine adjustment of time within these time ranges can be made with
the trimming potentiometer.
St+ will only be connected for the function „off-delay“ with auxiliary
voltage.
WSB marker cards
• Marking K; Item No.: 209-782
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking A1, A1, St, A2, A2, 12, 11, 11, 14;
Item No.: 209-601
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
A1
+
A1
+
12
11
St
+
11
A2
–
14
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Multifunction timing relay module; on-delay, offdelay with auxiliary voltage, pulsing in make
position, flashing; input voltage DC 24 V; 0.3 s ... 3 s,
3 s ... 12 s, 10 s ... 100 s, 100 s ... 800 s
Function and timing range are selected
with a DIL switch
286-640
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Current input at rated voltage (coil 20 °C)
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. make / break current
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Trigger voltage
Reset time
Repeat accuracy
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x H x W incl. terminal block
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
24 V DC
24 mA
Ag.-Leg., with gold flash
300 V DC / 440 V AC
26 A / 5 A
5A
150 W / 1250 VA
0 ms / 0 ms / 2 ms
24 V DC
100 ms
±1 %
3 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
1.5 x 107 switching operations
1 x 105 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
20 x 82.5 x 50
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
1
Pluggable Modules - Optocouplers
116
Optocoupler
Input 24 V DC
Output 5 V, 15 V, 24 V DC/500 mA
Positive switching
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Optocoupler
Input 24 V DC
Output 5 V, 15 V, 24 V DC/500 mA
Negative switching
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
A1
+
1
+
3
A2
–
3
2
–
A2
–
2
–
WSB marker cards
• Marking U; Item No.: 209-789
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking A1, A2, A2, 1, 3, 2, A1, A2, A2;
Item No.: 209-685
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
A1
+
1
+
A2
–
A2
–
Description
Output
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Output
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Optocoupler module
5 V DC (3 V ... 6 V DC)
15 V DC (10 V ... 20 V DC)
24 V DC (20 V ... 30 V DC)
286-700
286-701
286-702
1
1
1
5 V DC (3 V ... 6 V DC)
15 V DC (10 V ... 20 V DC)
24 V DC (20 V ... 30 V DC
286-750
286-751
286-752
1
1
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Input voltage range
Input current range
Current at nominal voltage
Reverse voltage transistor / Triac
Max. permissible continuous current
Switch on / Switch off time
Max. operating frequency
Leakage current at nominal voltage
Collector / emitter voltage drop Vce sat
Max. output (reverse current)
Test voltage input / output
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
RL
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
24 V DC
12 V ... 30 V DC
5 mA ... 20 mA DC
15 mA DC
80 V DC
500 mA
< 5 μs / < 15 μs
25 kHz
2.5 μA
1.2 V
5 mA ; 10 mA ; 13 mA
2.5 kV eff.
250 V / 4 kV / 3
24 V DC
12 V ... 30 V DC
5 mA ... 20 mA DC
15 mA DC
80 V DC
500 mA
< 7 μs / < 15 μs
25 kHz
2.5 μA
1.2 V
5 mA ; 10 mA ; 12 mA
2.5 kV eff.
250 V / 4 kV / 3
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
RL
17 mm / 0.669 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
20 mm/ 0.787 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
17 mm / 0.669 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
20 mm/ 0.787 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
1
117
Optocoupler
Input 230 V AC
Output 5 V, 15 V, 24 V DC/500 mA
Positive switching
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
1
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Optocoupler
Input 230 V AC
Output 5 V, 15 V, 24 V DC/500 mA
Negative switching
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
WSB marker cards
• Marking U; Item No.: 209-789
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking A1, A2, A2, 1, 3, 2, A1, A2, A2;
Item No.: 209-685
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
A1
~
1
+
A2
~
A2
~
Description
Output
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Output
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Optocoupler module
5 V DC (3.5 V ... 7 V DC)
15 V DC (10 V ... 20 V DC)
24 V DC (20 V ... 30 V DC)
286-704
286-706
286-708
1
1
1
5 V DC (3.5 V ... 7 V DC)
15 V DC (10 V ... 20 V DC)
24 V DC (20 V ... 30 V DC)
286-754
286-756
286-758
1
1
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Input voltage range
Input current range
Current at nominal voltage
Reverse voltage transistor / Triac
Max. permissible continuous current
Switch on / Switch off time
Leakage current at nominal voltage
Collector / emitter voltage drop Vce sat
Max. output (reverse current)
Test voltage input / output
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
1
+
3
A2
~
3
2
–
A2
~
2
–
RL
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
230 V AC
40 V ... 250 V AC
0.2 mA ... 2.9 mA AC
2.6 mA AC
80 V DC
500 mA
< 10 ms / < 50 ms
2.5 μA
1.2 V
5 mA ; 6 mA ; 5 mA
2.5 kV eff.
250 V / 4 kV / 3
230 V AC
40 V ... 250 V AC
0.2 mA ... 2.9 mA AC
2.6 mA AC
80 V DC
500 mA
< 10 ms / < 40 ms
2.5 μA
1.2 V
5 mA ; 7.5 mA ; 7.5 mA
2.5 kV eff.
250 V / 4 kV / 3
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
A1
~
RL
17 mm / 0.669 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
20 mm/ 0.787 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
17 mm / 0.669 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
20 mm/ 0.787 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
1
Pluggable Modules - Optocouplers
118
Optocoupler
Input 24 V DC
Output 24 V DC/5 A
Negative switching
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Optocoupler
Input 24 V DC
Output 24 V DC/2 A
Negative switching
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
WSB marker cards
• Marking U; Item No.: 209-789
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking A1, A2, A2, 1, 3, 2, A1, A2, A2;
Item No.: 209-685
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
A1
+
1
+
A1
+
1
+
A2
–
3
A2
–
3
A2
–
2
–
A2
–
2
–
RL
RL
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Optocoupler module
286-720
1
286-721
1
Technical Data
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
24 V DC
15 V ... 30 V DC
7.5 mA ... 18 mA DC
13.5 mA DC
24 V DC
15 V ... 40 V DC
50 V DC
2A
< 15 μs / < 40 μs
1 kHz
2.5 μA
0.5 V
2.5 kV eff.
250 V / 4 kV / 3
24 V DC
15 V ... 30 V DC
7.5 mA ... 18 mA DC
13.5 mA DC
24 V DC
15 V ... 40 V DC
50 V DC
5A
< 20 μs / < 80 μs
1 kHz
2.5 μA
0.5 V
2.5 kV eff.
250 V / 4 kV / 3
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Input voltage range
Input current range
Current at nominal voltage
Output nominal voltage
Output voltage range
Reverse voltage transistor / Triac
Max. permissible continuous current
Switch on / Switch off time
Max. operating frequency
Leakage current at nominal voltage
Collector / emitter voltage drop Vce sat
Test voltage input / output
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
20 mm/ 0.787 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
17 mm / 0.669 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
20 mm/ 0.787 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
1
119
Optocoupler
Input 24 V DC
Output 24 V DC/4 A
Positive switching
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
1
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Optocoupler
Input 5 V DC
Output 24 V DC/500 mA
Positive switching
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
WSB marker cards
• Marking U; Item No.: 209-789
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking A1, A2, A2, 1, 3, 2, A1, A2, A2;
Item No.: 209-685
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
A1
+
1
+
A2
–
3
A2
–
2
–
RL
A1
+
1
+
A2
–
3
A2
–
2
–
RL
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Optocoupler module
286-752/002-000
1
286-723
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Input voltage range
Input current range
Current at nominal voltage
Output nominal voltage
Output voltage range
Reverse voltage transistor / Triac
Max. permissible continuous current
Switch on / Switch off time
Max. operating frequency
Leakage current at nominal voltage
Collector / emitter voltage drop Vce sat
Max. output (reverse current)
Test voltage input / output
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Approvals
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
5 V DC
2 V ... 6.25 V DC
3.3 mA ... > 18.5 mA
14 mA DC
24 V DC
20 V ... 30 V DC
80 V DC
500 mA
< 5 μs / < 10 μs
25 kHz
2.5 μA
1.2 V
12 mA
2.5 kV eff.
250 V / 4 kV / 3
24 V DC
15 V ... 30 V DC
7.9 mA ... 18 mA DC
14 mA DC
24 V DC
20 V ... 30 V DC
100 V DC
4 A at 6 R
15 μs / 25 μs
5 kHz
2.5 μA
1.2 V
12 mA
2.5 kV eff.
250 V / 4 kV / 3
-25 °C ... +40 °C
IEC 60664 / IEC 60664A / DIN VDE 0110;
pollution degree 2;
overvoltage category III
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules, w
ith 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
20 mm/ 0.787 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
17 mm / 0.669 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
20 mm/ 0.787 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
1
Pluggable Modules - Optocouplers
120
Optocoupler
Input 5 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC
Output 230 V AC/50 mA ... 1 A
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Optocoupler
Input 5 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC
Output 110 V DC/1.6 A
Negative switching
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
A1
+
1
+
A2
–
3
A2
–
2
–
A1
+
RL
1
~
Zero Volt switch
WSB marker cards
• Marking U; Item No.: 209-789
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking A1, A2, A2, 1, 3, 2, A1, A2, A2;
Item No.: 209-685
• Marking A1, A2, A2, 1, 2, 2, A1, A2, A2;
Item No.: 209-686
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
A2
–
A2
–
2
~
2
~
RL
~
Description
Input
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Input
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Optocoupler module
5 V DC (4.5 V ... 6,5 V DC)
12 V DC (10 V ... 20 V DC)
24 V DC (15 V ... 30 V DC)
286-726
286-728
286-730
1
1
1
5 V DC (3.5 V ... 7.5 V DC)
12 V DC (9 V ... 18 V DC)
24 V DC (10 V ... 30 V DC)
286-732
286-733
286-734
1
1
1
Technical Data
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
6.5 mA ... 20 mA DC
4 mA ... 12 mA DC
3.5 mA ... 8 mA DC
6.5 mA DC
6.4 mA DC
6.2 mA DC
110 V DC
99 V ... 121 V DC
150 V DC
1.6 A at 69 R
20 μs / 0.5 ms
350 Hz
3 μA
0.5 V
0.5 mA ... 17 mA DC
4 mA ... 11 mA DC
2 mA ... 8 mA DC
6 mA DC
Input current range
Current at nominal voltage
Output nominal voltage
Output voltage range
Reverse voltage transistor / Triac
Max. permissible continuous current
Switch on / Switch off time
Max. operating frequency
Leakage current at nominal voltage
Collector / emitter voltage drop Vce sat
Voltage drop at output
Test voltage input / output
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
20 mm/ 0.787 in
230 V AC
24 V ... 280 V AC
600 V AC
1A
1 half-wave ms / 1 half-wave ms
5 mA
2.5 kV eff.
250 V / 4 kV / 3
< 1.7 V AC
2.5 kV eff.
250 V / 4 kV / 3
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
17 mm / 0.669 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
20 mm/ 0.787 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
1
121
Optocoupler
Input 24 V DC
Output 60 V DC/100 mA
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
Module width 10 mm / 0.394 in
1
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Optocoupler
Input 10 V ... 30 V AC/DC
Output 24 V DC/1 mA ... 0.5 A
Negative switching
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
WSB marker cards
• Marking U; Item No.: 209-789
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking A1, A2, A2, 1, 3, 2, A1, A2, A2;
Item No.: 209-685
• Marking A1, A2, A2, 1, 2, 2, A1, A2, A2;
Item No.: 209-686
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
A1
~
1
+
A2
~
3
A2
~
2
–
1
+
A1
+
RL
RL
2
–
A2
–
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Optocoupler module
286-725
1
286-791
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Input voltage range
Input current range
Current at nominal voltage
Output nominal voltage
Output voltage range
Reverse voltage transistor / Triac
Max. permissible continuous current
Switch on / Switch off time
Max. operating frequency
Leakage current at nominal voltage
Collector / emitter voltage drop Vce sat
Max. output (reverse current)
Voltage drop at output
Test voltage input / output
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
10 V ... 30 V AC/DC
10 V ... 30 V AC/DC
2 mA ... 7 mA AC/DC
24 V DC
15 V ... 30 V DC
7.5 mA ... 18 mA DC
14 mA
60 V DC
20 V ... 60 V DC
80 V DC
100 mA
10 μs / 50 μs
3 kHz
2.5 μA
24 V DC
20 V ... 30 V DC
80 V DC
500 mA
< 5 ms / < 30 ms
max. 2.5 μA
1V
6.5 mA ... 10 mA DC
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
17 mm / 0.669 in
20 mm/ 0.787 in
2.5 kV eff.
250 V / 4 kV / 3
2V
2.5 kV eff.
250 V / 4 kV / 3
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
12 mm / 0.472 in
12 mm / 0.472 in
15 mm / 0.591 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-618
280-608
280-762
1
1
1
1
Pluggable Modules - Optocouplers
122
Dual channel optocoupler
2 inputs 2 x 24 V DC
2 outputs 2 x 24 V DC/2 x 250 mA
Module width 10 mm / 0.394 in
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Optocoupler
Input 24 V DC
Output 60 V DC/100 mA
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
WSB marker cards
• Marking U; Item No.: 209-789
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking A1, A2, A2, 1, 2, 2, A1, A2, A2;
Item No.: 209-686
• Marking A1+, A1+, A2-, A2-, 1, RL1, Rl2, 2;
Item No.: 209-955
• Marking A1+, A1+, A2-, A2-, 1+, 1+, A, 2-;
Item No.: 249-651
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
1
+
A1
+
RL
2
–
A2
–
1
+
RL
2
–
3
+ R
L
4
–
A1
+
A2
–
A1
+
A2
–
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Optocoupler module
286-794
1
286-792
1
Technical Data
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
24 V DC
18 V ... 30 V DC
2 mA ... 5 mA DC
4 mA DC
60 V DC
20 V ... 60 V DC
80 V DC
100 mA
80 μs / 100 μs
1.5 kHz
2.5 μA
24 V DC
7.5 V ... 30 V DC
4 mA ... 19 mA DC
15 mA DC
24 V DC
20 V ... 30 V DC
80 V DC
250 mA
< 60 μs / < 120 μs
1.5 kHz
2.6 μA
< 2.5 V
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Input voltage range
Input current range
Current at nominal voltage
Output nominal voltage
Output voltage range
Reverse voltage transistor / Triac
Max. permissible continuous current
Switch on / Switch off time
Max. operating frequency
Leakage current at nominal voltage
Collector / emitter voltage drop Vce sat
Voltage drop at output
Test voltage input / output
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
12 mm / 0.472 in
12 mm / 0.472 in
15 mm / 0.591 in
2V
2.5 kV eff.
250 V / 4 kV / 3
2.5 kV eff.
250 V / 4 kV / 3
-25 °C ... +60 °C
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-618
280-608
280-762
1
1
1
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
1
123
Optocoupler with 2 inverted outputs
Input 24 V DC
Output 2 x 24 V DC/500 mA
Optocoupler with bridge plug and
programmable outputs
Input 24 V DC
Output 24 V DC,
Short-circuit protected, positive switching
Module width 20 mm/ 0.787 in
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
286-938:
Optocoupler module with short-circuit protected, positive
switching output.
Two sockets with plug for programming the output.
Independent of the input signal the output can be switched
over to “H” (high) or “L” (low) by means of a bridge plug
(supplied with the module).
The short-circuit protected output is equipped with a current
limiter which limits load currents above 800 mA to
200 mA.
The maximum operating time of the current limiter is 60 s.
Status indication:
• Input green LED
• Output yellow LED
• Short circuit red LED
A1
+
1
+
A1
+
A1
+
1
+
1
+
RL1
A1
+
A2
–
RL2
A2
–
A2
–
2
–
H
1
A
L
A2
–
RL
2
–
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Optocoupler module
286-790
1
286-938
1
Technical Data
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
24 V DC
20 V ... 30 V DC
7 mA ... 12 mA DC
9 mA DC
24 V DC
20 V ... 30 V DC
100 V DC
500 mA
4 μs / 15 μs
2.5 kHz
2.5 μA
< 1.2 V
2.5 kV eff.
250 V / 4 kV / 3
24 V DC
10 V ... 30 V DC
4 mA ... 19 mA DC
14 mA DC
24 V DC
20 V ... 30 V DC
50 V DC
300 mA (800 mA max. 30 s)
< 5 μs / < 25 μs
20 kHz at 80 R
< 1 μA
< 1.1 V
5.5 mA (Input high, output low);
3 mA (Input low, output low);
11 mA (Output high) programmed
with bridge plug
2.5 kV eff.
250 V / 4 kV / 3
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Input voltage range
Input current range
Current at nominal voltage
Output nominal voltage
Output voltage range
Reverse voltage transistor / Triac
Max. permissible continuous current
Switch on / Switch off time
Max. operating frequency
Leakage current at nominal voltage
Collector / emitter voltage drop Vce sat
Max. output (reverse current)
Test voltage input / output
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
1
Pluggable Modules - S0 Optocouplers
124
The optocoupler for the S0 current meter interface sends counter pulses
from the supply lines.
Via this interface the user has the possibility to access data which is
created by pulse generating current meters with a S0 current meter
interface in accordance with DIN 43 864. The user can extract the data
without affecting the S0 circuit and use them for their own evaluations, for
example, optimizing energy consumption by reducing peak demands.
The optocoupler gets the input signal via a shunt resistance that is
integrated in a terminal block for pluggable modules. Two parallel
connected electrical contacts at the output allow reading of the S0
counter pulses. The optocoupler can be replaced without having to open
the current meter circuit. When using passive metering systems, S0 power
packs have to be added.
Power optocoupler
for S0 current meter interface
with AC output
Power optocoupler
for S0 current meter interface
with DC output
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
A1
+
Technical Data
Input current 1-Signal (H)
Input current 0-Signal (L)
Switch-on treshold
Switch-off treshold
Transmission frequency
Input wiring
Operating voltage range
Peak reverse voltage
Continuous current
Surge current t = 20 ms
Min. load current
Voltage drop at I max
Leakage current when turned off
Switch on / Switch off time
Output circuit
Test voltage input / output
Wire connection
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Approvals
Mounting position
Dimensions (mm) L x H x W incl. terminal block
1
3
14
23
A2
–
14
23
A2
–
24
Description
S0 interface
Terminal block for pluggable modules, with shunt
resistance
A1
+
1
3
22 mm /
0.866 in wide
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
286-740
286-740/001-000
1
1
24
22 mm /
0.866 in wide
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
286-741
286-740/001-000
1
1
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
> 10 mA ... < 27 mA
< 2 mA
> 8.5 mA
< 7 mA
> 10 mA ... < 27 mA
< 2 mA
> 8.5 mA
< 7 mA
15/35 mA Output 0 V
10 V ... 250 V AC/DC
45 mW / 900 mW
3V
5 ms
24 V DC
61 mA
50 mA
24 V DC
1.2 W
2 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
80 mA ... 6 A AC
Current < 80 mA Output 24 V DC
Current > 80 mA Output 0 V
5 V ... 250 V AC
1 mVA / 2.8 VA
13 mV ... 460 mV
40 ms
24 V DC
41 mA
50 mA
24 V DC
1.2 W
2 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Operation: LED = green output LOW, current interruption:
LED = red output HIGH
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Operation: LED = green output LOW, current interruption:
LED = red output HIGH
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
22 mm / 0.866 in wide
22 mm / 0.866 in wide
25 mm / 0.984 in wide
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
22 mm / 0.866 in wide
22 mm / 0.866 in wide
25 mm / 0.984 in wide
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
1
129
AC current flow monitoring module
0.2 A ... 3 A, adjustable (286-664)
1 A ... 10 A, adjustable (286-665)
1 changeover contact (1 u)
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
Module width 25 mm / 0.984 in
1
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
DC current flow monitoring module
0.4 A ... 3.5 A 1 make contact
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
WSB marker card
• Marking U; Item No.: 209-789
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking Lin, Lin, Lout, 11, 14, 14, Lin, Lin, Lout;
Item No.: 249-654
• Marking Lin, Lin, Lout, Lout, 24V, 11, 12, 14, 0V;
Item No.: 209-997
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
I
I
I
I
286-662
1
Pack.
Unit
286-664
286-665
1
1
0.4 A ... 3.5 A DC (-20 °C ... +40 °C);
0.4 A ... 3 A DC (-20 °C ... +60 °C);
0.4 A ... 2 A DC (-20 °C ... +70 °C)
12 V ... 28 V DC
45 mW / 630 mW
0.2 A ... 3 A AC (286-664)
1 A ... 10 A AC (286-665)
9 mVA / 1.3 VA (286-664)
23 mVA / 8.5 VA (286-665)
min. 0.2 A (adjustable) (286-664)
min. 1 A (adjustable) (286-665)
0.35 A / 0.07 A
24 mV ... 210 mV
44 mV ... 430 mV (286-664)
23 mV ... 850 mV (286-665)
300 ms (286-664)
200 ms (286-665)
1 changeover contact
24 V DC
17 mA (286-664)
28 mA (286-665)
5A
250 V AC
1250 VA
2.5 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
0.5 ms
1 make contact
0.5 A
200 V DC
10 W
1.5 kV
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
Item No.
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Response time
Switching current
Switching voltage
Switching power
Dielectric strength input / output
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Status indication
0V
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Switching treshold
Output
Operating voltage
Power consumption
14
14
Current flow monitoring module
Turn on / off point
Voltage drop
12
U
I
Pack.
Unit
Voltage range
Nominal power consumption min / max
11
I
14
Item No.
Current monitoring range
+24V
I
Description
Technical Data
I
11
17 mm / 0.669 in wide
17 mm / 0.669 in wide
20 mm/ 0.787 in wide
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Current < switching treshold LED red, Relay switched
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
27 mm / 1.063 in wide
27 mm / 1.063 in wide
30 mm / 1.181 in wide
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-639
280-629
280-765
1
1
1
1
Pluggable Modules - Bridge Rectifiers
130
Bridge with varistor protection for input
voltage 250 V AC/1 A
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Bridge with varistor protection for input
voltage 24 V AC/1 A
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
~
WSB marker card
• Marking V; Item No.: 209-784
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking +/-; Item No.: 209-652
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
+
~
+
–
~
–
~
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Bridge rectifiers
286-830
1
286-840
1
Technical Data
Input voltage
Nominal current
Current pulse limit
Max. charging capacitor
Max. nominal operating voltage input (Varistor)
Max. nominal operating voltage output (Varistor)
Ambient operating temperature
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
24 V AC
1A
10 A (10 ms)
2200 μF
35 V
60 V
-25 °C ... +40 °C
250 V AC
1A
10 A (10 ms)
500 μF
250 V
300 V
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
17 mm / 0.669 in wide
17 mm / 0.669 in wide
20 mm/ 0.787 in wide
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
17 mm / 0.669 in wide
17 mm / 0.669 in wide
20 mm/ 0.787 in wide
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
1
131
Bridge rectifier for input voltage
250 V AC/1 A
1
Module width 10 mm / 0.394 in
~
+
–
~
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Bridge rectifiers
280-804/281-419
1
Technical Data
Input voltage
Nominal current
Max. charging capacitor
Ambient operating temperature
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
250 V AC
1A
500 μF
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
12 mm / 0.472 in wide
12 mm / 0.472 in wide
15 mm / 0.591 in wide
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-618
280-608
280-762
1
1
1
1
Pluggable Modules - Fuses
132
Fuse modules for replaceable microfuses
5 x 20 mm; max. 6.3 A
with blown fuse indication Neon lamp
230 V AC/DC
Module width 10 mm / 0.394 in
Module width 10 mm / 0.394 in
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Fuse modules for replaceable microfuses
5 x 20 mm; max. 6.3 A
with blown fuse indication LED green
24 V AC/DC
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
WSB marker card
• Marking F1 ... F10; Item No.: 209-787
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking +/-; Item No.: 209-652
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
+
+
–
–
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Fuse module, with blown fuse indication
286-890
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Max. fuse capacity
Operating power
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Leakage current in case of blown fuse
Test voltage
˜
˜
˜
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
286-891
1
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
24 V AC/DC
6.3 A
100 mW
250 V / 4 kV / 3
230 V AC/DC
6.3 A
100 mW
250 V / 4 kV / 3
-25 °C ... +40 °C
5 mA
2.5 kV
-25 °C ... +40 °C
0.5 mA
2.5 kV
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
˜
12 mm / 0.472 in wide
12 mm / 0.472 in wide
15 mm / 0.591 in wide
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-618
280-608
280-762
1
1
1
12 mm / 0.472 in wide
12 mm / 0.472 in wide
15 mm / 0.591 in wide
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-618
280-608
280-762
1
1
1
1
Pluggable Modules - Diode Gates
133
Diode gate module
with 3, 5, 7 or 9 diodes 1 N 4007,
common cathode
Module width see Item No.
Module width see Item No.
1
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Diode gate module
with 3, 5, 7 or 9 diodes 1 N 4007,
common anode
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
WSB marker card
• Marking V; Item No.: 209-784
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking +/-; Item No.: 209-652
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
6
1
2
9
10
5
Description
Module width
Diode gate module with 3 diodes
with 5 diodes
with 7 diodes
with 9 diodes
10 mm / 0.394
15 mm / 0.591
20 mm / 0.787
25 mm / 0.984
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Peak reverse voltage
Rectified current for each diode, resistive
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
in
in
in
in
6
9
10
5
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Module width
286-803
286-805
286-807
286-809
1
1
1
1
10 mm / 0.394
15 mm / 0.591
20 mm / 0.787
25 mm / 0.984
in
in
in
in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
286-813
286-815
286-817
286-819
1
1
1
1
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
250 V AC/DC
1000 V
1A
250 V / 4 kV / 3
250 V AC/DC
1000 V
1A
250 V / 4 kV / 3
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
12 mm / 0.472 in wide
12 mm / 0.472 in wide
15 mm / 0.591 in wide
280-618
280-608
280-762
1
1
1
17 mm / 0.669 in wide
17 mm / 0.669 in wide
20 mm / 0.787 in wide
280-619
280-609
280-763
22 mm / 0.866 in wide
22 mm / 0.866 in wide
25 mm / 0.984 in wide
27 mm / 1.063 in wide
27 mm / 1.063 in wide
30 mm / 1.181 in wide
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
1
2
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
12 mm / 0.472 in wide
12 mm / 0.472 in wide
15 mm / 0.591 in wide
280-618
280-608
280-762
1
1
1
1
1
1
17 mm / 0.669 in wide
17 mm / 0.669 in wide
20 mm/ 0.787 in wide
280-619
280-609
280-763
1
1
1
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
22 mm / 0.866 in wide
22 mm / 0.866 in wide
25 mm / 0.984 in wide
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
280-639
280-629
280-765
1
1
1
27 mm / 1.063 in wide
27 mm / 1.063 in wide
30 mm / 1.181 in wide
280-639
280-629
280-765
1
1
1
1
Pluggable Modules - AND Gate and LED Indicator
134
LED indicator module
with 8 LED, common cathode
Module width 25 mm / 0.984 in
Module width 25 mm / 0.984 in
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
AND gate module
with 6 inputs
Relay output with 1 make contact
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
13
14
&
A
5
4
3
4
3
E6
2
2
8
E1
7
1
6
–
1
+
5
6
0
0
WSB marker card
• Marking D; Item No.: 209-783
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking +, -, 1, 2, 3, 13, 14, 4, 5, 6;
Item No.: 249-608
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Gate module
286-826
1
286-822
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Gate voltage - input
Power consumption at VN
Relay output
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Dielectric strength input / output
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
24 V DC
24 V ... 27.5 V DC
DC 24 V
max. 34.6 mA
make contact
250 V AC / 120 V DC
3A
120 W / 750 VA
2.5 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
24 V DC
20 V ... 26 V DC
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
5.1 mA each LED
27 mm / 1.063 in wide
27 mm / 1.063 in wide
30 mm / 1.181 in wide
-25 °C ... +40 °C
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-639
280-629
280-765
1
1
1
27 mm / 1.063 in wide
27 mm / 1.063 in wide
30 mm / 1.181 in wide
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-639
280-629
280-765
1
1
1
1
Pluggable Modules - Flip-Flop
135
Flip-Flop
Operating voltage 24 V DC
1
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
24V
IN
OUT
0V
0V
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Flip Flop module
286-825
1
Technical Data
Input voltage
Input current
Input voltage (High Signal)
Input voltage (Low Signal)
Pulse frequency
Min. output voltage
Max. output current
Operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Power consumption
Reverse voltage transistor
Test voltage input/output
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
24 V DC (± 10 %)
0.25 mA
>7V
100 mA / 12 V AC/DC
400 mW
7 ms / 3 ms / 3 ms
continuous duty
5 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
AgNi 90/10
VN -15 % ... +10 %
250 V AC/DC
4 s 25 A (AC)
12 A
3000 VA AC, DC see load limit curve
> 100 mA / 12 V AC/DC
0.96 VA
15 ms / 15 ms / 3 ms
continuous duty
5 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
30 x 106 switching operations
1.2 x 103 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
17.5 x 55 x 90
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
DIN VDE 0160 and IEC 60255;
DIN VDE 0435 (corresp. parts)
30 x 106 switching operations
1.2 x 103 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
17.5 x 55 x 90
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
DIN VDE 0160 and IEC 60255;
DIN VDE 0435 (corresp. parts)
1
141
Voltage (V)
Relay with 2 changeover contacts (2 u)
Nominal input voltage VN
24 V, 48 V, 110 V DC
300
Relay with 2 changeover contacts (2 u)
Nominal input voltage
VN 24 V AC/DC, 115 V, 230 V AC
1
2-pole
resistive load
200
2 contacts in serie
100
1 contact
50
40
30
20
10
0.1 0.2
0.5
1
2
5
10 20
Current (A)
Other coil voltages contact factory
A1
+
14
12
24
22
A2
–
A2
–
21
11
14
12
24
22
A1
~
A2
~
A2
~
21
11
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Relay modules in DIN-rail mounted enclosure, for
DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
48 V DC
110 V DC
21 mA
13 mA
6 mA
789-312
789-313
789-315
1
1
1
24 V AC/DC
115 V AC
230 V AC
22 mA
7.6 mA
4.2 mA
789-512
789-515
789-516
1
1
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Input voltage range
Max. switching voltage
Max. make current (resistive) at a 10 % duty cycle
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Recommended minimum load
Operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Dielectric strength open contact
Dielectric strength contact-contact
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see page 146
Accessories see page 146
AgNi 90/10
VN -15 % ... +10 %
250 V AC/DC
4 s / 15 A
8A
2000 VA AC, DC see load limit curve
> 100 mA / 12 V AC/DC
400 mW
7 ms / 2 ms / 3 ms
continuous duty
5 kV
1 kV
2.5 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
AgNi 90/10
VN -15 % ... +10 %
250 V AC/DC
4 s / 15 A
8A
2000 VA AC, DC see load limit curve
> 100 mA / 12 V AC/DC
0.96 VA
7 ms / 2 ms / 3 ms
continuous duty
5 kV
1 kV
1.5 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
3 x 107 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
17.5 x 55 x 90
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
DIN VDE 0160 and IEC 60255;
DIN VDE 0435 (corresp. parts)
5 x 106 switching operation
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
17.5 x 55 x 90
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
DIN VDE 0160 and IEC 60255;
DIN VDE 0435 (corresp. parts)
1
Relay Modules in DIN-Rail Mounted Enclosure
142
Contact voltage, V
Relay with 2 break and
2 make contacts (2 ar)
Nominal input voltage VN
24 V DC
Relay with 2 break and
2 make contacts ( 2 ar)
Nominal input voltage VN
12 V, 24 V AC/DC
1000
DC resistive load AC resistive load
100
10
0.1
1
10
Contact current, A
Note:Inductive loads have to be attenuated by an
appropriate protective circuit in order to protect relay coils
and contacts!
14 24 12 22
14 24 12 22
A1
+
A2
–
A2
–
A1
~
A2
~
A2
~
13 23 11 21
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Relay modules in DIN-rail mounted enclosure, for
DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
12 mA
789-336
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Input voltage range
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Recommended minimum load
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Max. switching frequency with load
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Dielectric strength open contact
Dielectric strength contact-contact
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
13 23 11 21
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
12 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
21 mA
12 mA
789-535
789-536
1
1
Accessories see page 146
Accessories see page 146
AuAg10 over AgNi 15
VN -15 % ... +10 %
250 V AC / 30 V DC
4 A AC / 3 A DC
1000 VA / 90 W, resistive see load limit curve
> 100 μA / 100 mV DC
15 ms / 10 ms / 1 ms
continuous duty
6 min-1
1.5 kV
0.75 kV
1 kV
230 V / 2.5 kV / 3
AuAg10 over AgNi 15
VN -15 % ... +10 %
250 V AC / 30 V DC
4 A AC / 3 A DC
1000 VA / 90 W, resistive see load limit curve
> 100 μA / 100 mV DC
20 ms / 20 ms / 1 ms
continuous duty
6 min-1
1.5 kV
0.75 kV
1 kV
230 V / 2.5 kV / 3
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
17.5 x 55 x 90
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
DIN VDE 0110 Part1 / 4.97 IEC 60 664-1;
DIN VDE 0435 (corresp. parts), EN 61 810
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
17.5 x 55 x 90
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
DIN VDE 0110 Part1 / 4.97 IEC 60 664-1;
DIN VDE 0435 (corresp. parts), EN 61 810
1
143
Contact voltage, V
Relay with 4 make contacts (4 a)
Nominal input voltage VN
24 V DC
Relay with 4 make contacts (4 a)
Nominal input voltage VN
12 V, 24 V AC/DC
1
1000
DC resistive load AC resistive load
100
10
0.1
1
10
Contact current, A
14 24 34 44
14 24 34 44
A1
+
A1
~
A2
–
A2
–
A2
~
A2
~
13 23 33 43
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Relay modules in DIN-rail mounted enclosure, for
DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
12 mA
789-352
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Input voltage range
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Recommended minimum load
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Max. switching frequency with load
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Dielectric strength open contact
Dielectric strength contact-contact
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
13 23 33 43
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
12 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
21 mA
12 mA
789-551
789-552
1
1
Accessories see page 146
Accessories see page 146
AuAg10 over AgNi 15
VN -15 % ... +10 %
250 V AC / 30 V DC
4 A AC / 3 A DC
1000 VA / 90 W, resistive see load limit curve
> 100 μA / 100 mV DC
15 ms / 10 ms / 1 ms
continuous duty
6 min-1
1.5 kV
0.75 kV
1 kV
230 V / 2.5 kV / 3
AuAg10 over AgNi 15
VN -15 % ... +10 %
250 V AC / 30 V DC
4 A AC / 3 A DC
1000 VA / 90 W, resistive see load limit curve
> 100 μA / 100 mV DC
20 ms / 20 ms / 1 ms
continuous duty
6 min-1
1.5 kV
0.75 kV
1 kV
230 V / 2.5 kV / 3
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
17.5 x 55 x 90
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
DIN VDE 0110 Part1 / 4.97 IEC 60 664-1;
DIN VDE 0435 (corresp. parts), EN 61 810
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
17.5 x 55 x 90
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
DIN VDE 0110 Part1 / 4.97 IEC 60 664-1;
DIN VDE 0435 (corresp. parts), EN 61 810
1
Relay Modules in DIN-Rail Mounted Enclosure
144
Latching relay with 1 make contact (1 a)
Nominal input voltage VN
24 V DC
55 mm / 2.17 in
Latching relay with 1 make contact (1 a)
Nominal input voltage VN
230 V AC
90 mm / 3.54 in
Lamp load: max. load 1500 W
Fluorescent lamp, dual circuit:
max. load 20 x 58 W series compensated
Electronic ballasts: 10 x 58 W
A1
+
14
A1
~
14
A2
–
13
A2
~
13
Description
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
IN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Relay modules in DIN-rail mounted enclosure, for
DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
42 mA
789-571
1
230 V AC
10 mA
789-570
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Input voltage range
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching current
Max. switching current
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Minimum switch-on time
Minimum break time
Coil control
Fuse protection
Nominal operating mode
Max. switching frequency with load
Max. switching frequency without load
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see page 146
Accessories see page 146
AgCdO
VN -15 % ... +10 %
400 V AC
0.1 A
50 A (20 ms)
16 A
4000 VA AC / 300 W DC
40 ms
180 ms
Impuls
circuit breaker max. 16 A B-charakteristic
continuous duty
6 min-1
4 s-1
4 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
AgCdO
VN -15 % ... +10 %
400 V AC
0.1 A
50 A (20 ms)
16 A
4000 VA AC / 300 W DC
40 ms
180 ms
Impuls
circuit breaker max. 16 A B-charakteristic
continuous duty
6 min-1
4 s-1
4 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
1 x 105 switching operations
5 x 104 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
17.5 x 55 x 90
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
DIN VDE 0160 and IEC 60255;
DIN VDE 0435 (corresp. parts); DIN VDE 0632
1 x 105 switching operations
5 x 104 switching operations
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
17.5 x 55 x 90
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
DIN VDE 0160 and IEC 60255;
DIN VDE 0435 (corresp. parts); DIN VDE 0632
1
145
Current (A)
Relay with 1 make contact (1a),
manual-0-automatic switch
Capability of different lamp loads:
(switching operations acc. to EN 60669)
100
AC resistive load
10
1
10
100
1000
Voltage (V)
(+24V)
Note:Inductive loads have to be attenuated by an
appropriate protective circuit in order to protect relay coils
and contacts!
A1
+
A3
+
A
0
1
A = Automatisk
0 = OFF
1 = Manuell PA
14
A2
A2
-
13 13
Description
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Relay modules in DIN-rail mounted enclosure, for
DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
789-323
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Input voltage range
Current input at rated voltage (coil 20 °C)
Max. switching voltage
Max. make current
Max. continuous current
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Recommended minimum load
Operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ.
Nominal operating mode
Dielectric strength contact-coil
Surge capacity open contact
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mechanical life
Mechanical life at max. load (resistance)
Mechanical life at max. lamp load
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see page 146
Ag-Legierung
VN -15 % ... +20 %
19 mA
250 V AC
120 A at 230 V AC (50 ms)
16 A
4000 VA AC, resistance see load limit curve
> 100 mA / 12 V AC/DC
400 mW
15 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4
1
250 V / 4 kV / 3
10 x 106 switching operations
min. 100.000 switching operations
see "Lamp loads" table
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
17,5 x 55 x 90
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
DIN VDE 0140 part 1, DIN EN 61140;
DIN VDE 0160, EN 50178;
degree of protection II
Type of load
Capability
Electrical life
Incandescent lamp
Halogen lamp 230 V AC
Halogen trafo
Fluorescent lamp not comp., CB, cos ϕ 0,4-0,6
Fluorescent lamp comp., Conv. ballast, C parallel
Fluorescent lamp comp., Conv. ballast, Duo-circuit
Fluorescent lamp with electronic ballast
Energy saving lamp 15 W
Energy saving lamp 13 W
Energy saving lamp 9 W
Gas discharge lamp
Dulux-Lamp not compensated
Dulux-Lamp compensated
Max. capacitance at 230 V AC
2200 W
1400 W
120 VA
20 x 58 W
9 x 58 W
600 W
12 x 58 W
25 pcs
30 pcs
38 pcs
1000 W
800 W
500 W
60 µF
20.000
50.000
20.000
25.000
25.000
20.000
25.000
20.000
20.000
20.000
20.000
20.000
20.000
min. 5.000
1
1
Accessories, 789 Series
146
Push-in type jumper bars
Commoning
Description
Push-in type jumper bars
Operating tool
uninsulated, 12-way, to be cut to the required length
Wire connection
Description
Marking pen
Operating tool, with partially insulated shaft
Miniature quick marking card
10 strips with 10 markers, white with black printing
Pack. Unit
789-112
100 (4x25)
Marking pen with fibre tip
Item No.
Pack. Unit
210-110
210-720
1
1
Item No.
Pack. Unit
plain
248-501
5 cards
1 ...10 (10 x)
11 ... 20 (10x)
21 ... 30 (10x)
31 ... 40 (10x)
41 ... 50 (10 x)
1 ... 50 (2 x)
K 1 ... K 10 (10 x)
K 11 ... K 20 (10 x)
K 100 (10 x)
U 1 ... U 10 (10 x)
U 11 ... U 20 (10 x)
U 100 (10 x)
248-502
248-503
248-504
248-505
248-506
248-566
248-450
248-451
248-452
248-453
248-454
248-455
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
for permanent marking
Type 2, blade (3.5 x 0.5) mm
Marking
Description
Miniature WSB Quick marking system
Marking software and printer/plotter see Section 8
Marking
Item No.
1
147
1
1
4-Channel EnOcean Radio Receivers in DIN-Rail Mount Enclosure
148
4-channel EnOcean radio receiver
with 4 changeover contacts, 8 A
4-channel EnOcean radio receiver
with 4 make contacts, 16 A
The 4-channel radio receiver in DIN-rail mount enclosure is
used to switch 4 independent electrical devices or loads.
The radio receiver processes telegrams transmitted by
sensors (binary information) using EnOcean radio
technology (PTM + STM modules).
The outputs are switched via relay contacts.
• Radio receiver for battery-less and wireless sensors
• LED indication of switch status
• External antenna for optimum transmission range
(required)
• Frequency band 868 MHz
• Transmitter-to-receiver assignment via learn mode
24V DC
+ -
24V DC
+ -
4-channel radio receiver
Us
4-channel radio receiver
Us
K1...K4
EnOcean
Receiver
K1...K4
LRN
K1...K4
EnOcean
Receiver
K1...K4
LRN
...
...
14 12 11 ... 44 42 41
14
13
... 44
43
Description
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Item No.
Pack.
unit
4-channel EnOcean radio receiver
789-602
1
789-601
1
Technical Data
Voltage supply
Voltage range
Current consumption (internal)
Number of receive channels
Number of channels
Output current (per channel)
Type of load
Switching frequency
Delay time transmitter /output command
Switching voltage
Fuse protection
Isolation
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative air humidity (no condensation)
Degree of pollution
Degree of protection
Mounting position
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories: RF magnetic antenna incl. 3m connecting
cable with SMA connector
24 V DC
-15 % ... + 20 %
max. 90 mA
40 (10 per output)
4 (relay outputs)
max. 8 A, AC1
resistive / motor load
max. < 5 Hz
< 100 ms; 40 ms ... 70 ms typ.
230 V AC
Loads: wire breaker, max.16 A
potential free contacts
0 °C ... +55 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
85 %
2
IP20
any
70 x 55 x 90
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Vibration and shock resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 and
IEC 60068-2-27
758-910
24 V DC
-15 % ... + 20 %
max. 90 mA
40 (10 per output)
4 (relay outputs)
max. 16 A, AC1
resistive / lamp load
max. < 5 Hz
< 100 ms; 40 ms ... 70 ms typ.
230 V AC
Loads: wire breaker, max.16 A
potential free contacts
0 °C ... +55 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
85 %
2
IP20
any
70 x 55 x 90
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Vibration and shock resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 and
IEC 60068-2-27
758-910
1
Manual Control Modules
149
Manual control module, digital, 4 outputs
Manual control module, analog, 4 outputs
The digital manual control module 789-810 controls the
different outputs 0 ... 3 and indicates their status via green
LEDs and the changeover contact of the power relay.
Depending on both the manual/automatic switch and
watchdog input, the states 0 or 1 are transmitted in an
electrically isolated from to the output via a relay.
The analog manual control module 789-811 controls the
different analog outputs 0 ... 3.
Depending on both the manual/automatic switch and
watchdog input, the voltages set between 0 ... 10 V are
transmitted to the output.
Watchdog- 24 V
Input
0V
Manual Input
24 V
0V
H-O
Manual Input H-C
Status
H-CM
DI 0..3 24 V WD-IN
Watchdog
W
0..3
0..3
Manual Input 0..3
Auto/Hand
H
24 V
0..3
AI 0..3 24 V WD-IN
Watchdog
W
WatchdogInput 0..3
10 V
DO 0..3-NC
DO 0..3-NO
DO 0..3-CM
H-O
H-C
Manual Input Status
H-CM
Auto/Hand
H
AO 0..3
24 V
Description
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Hand / Auto module
789-810
1
789-811
1
Technical Data
Voltage supply
Dielectric strength input / output
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Inputs
No. 1/10
No. 2
No. 3 ... 6
No. 11
Outputs
No. 7
No. 8
No. 9
No. 12/15/18/21
No. 13/16/19/22
No. 14/17/20/23
Max. switching voltage channel nos. 12 ... 23
Max. switching current channel nos. 12 ... 23
24 V DC ± 20 %
4 kV
0 °C ... +50 °C
-25 °C ... +70 °C
106 x 58 x 90
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 734 and 231 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 1.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
7 mm / 0.28 in
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
VDE 0110 (corresponding parts)
24 V DC ± 20 %
0 °C ... +50 °C
-25 °C ... +70 °C
106 x 58 x 90
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 734 and 231 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 1.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
7 mm / 0.28 in
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
VDE 0110 (corresponding parts)
24 V Operating voltage supply
GND ground
DI-0 ... 3; Input 0 ... 3; 24 V/max. 20 mA
WD-IN; Watchdog input; 24 V/max. 20 mA
24 V Operating voltage supply
GND ground
AI-0 ... 3; Input 0 ... 3; 0-10 V/max. 20 mA
WD-IN; Watchdog input; 24 V/max. 20 mA
H-C; Manual operation "closed"
H-CM; Manual operation "common"
H-O; Manual operation "open"
DO-0 ... 3-NC; Break contact; channel 0 ... 3
DO-0 ... 3-CM; Common; channel 0 ... 3
DO-0 ... 3-NO; Make contact; channel 0 ... 3
250 V AC / 30 V DC
8 A AC / 8 A DC
H-C; Manual operation "closed"
H-CM; Manual operation "common"
H-O; Manual operation "open"
GND
AO-0 ... 3; Output 0 ... 3; 0-10 V/max. 20 mA
GND
1
2
150
WAGO Application: Traffic Control System in
Canton of Tessin (Gotthard Route), Switzerland
WAGO Products:
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM (ETHERNET, CANopen),
WAGO X-COM®-SYSTEM,
MULTICONNECTION SYSTEM,
TOPJOB®S Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks
2
Interface Modules
151
2
289 Series
Interface Modules with D-Subminiature Male and Female Connector
152 – 159
289 Series
Interface Modules for Ribbon Cable Connectors
Interface Module with High Density D-Sub Header for 19" Racks
160 – 165
166
289, 704, 706 Series
Interface Modules for System Wiring
- Interface Modules for Siemes-SIMATIC
- Relay Output Module with Miniature Switching Relay
WAGO Ribbon Cables
168 – 171
172 – 178
179
289 Series
RJ-45 Interface Modules
180 – 182
289 Series
Connection Modules for Sensors and Actuators
184 – 185
289 Series
Rail-Mounted Modules - Diode Gates
Rail-Mounted Modules - Resistor Gates
186 – 189
190
289 Series
Rail-Mounted Modules for Building Custom Circuits
191
2
2
Interface Modules
152
flat cable
25 poles
conductor no.
Interface module
with D-subminiature male connector,
for mating connectors with solder connection,
mating direction vertical
Interface module
with D-subminiature male connector,
for mating connectors with IDC,
mating direction vertical
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 etc.
(1)
Sub-Min-Dconnector
25 poles
(2)
(14)
(3)
(15)
(4)
(16)
(no. of pins
in brackets)
terminal strip
terminal strip
locking thread - strain relief UNC 4-40
289-440 to 289-444
1 3 5 ...
1 2 3 ...
2 4 ... 50 max.
... 50 max.
1 3 5 ...
1 2 3 ...
26 27 28 ...
2 4 6 ...
Description
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module
9
15
25
37
50
38
53.5
79
120
157
289-445
289-446
289-447
289-448
289-449
1
1
1
1
1
9
15
25
37
50
38
53.5
79
120
157
289-440
289-441
289-442
289-443
289-444
1
1
1
1
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Connector contact
Contact resistance
Performance level
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
125 V AC / DC
1A
plating, 0.5 μm ... 0.8 μm Au over 2 μm Ni
3 mȍ
2 / 200 mating cycles
50 V / 0.8 kV / 2
125 V AC / DC
1A
plating, 0.5 μm ... 0.8 μm Au over 2 μm Ni
3 mȍ
2 / 200 mating cycles
50 V / 0.8 kV / 2
-20 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
W x 19 x 63,5
-20 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
W x 19 x 63,5
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
2
153
flat cable
25 poles
conductor no.
Interface module
with D-subminiature male connector,
for mating connectors with solder connection,
mating direction vertical
Interface module
with D-subminiature male connector,
for mating connectors with IDC,
mating direction vertical
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 etc.
(1)
Sub-Min-Dconnector
25 poles
(2)
(14)
(3)
(15)
(4)
(16)
(no. of pins
in brackets)
terminal strip
terminal strip
locking thread - strain relief UNC 4-40
289-540 to 289-544
1 3 5 ...
1 2 3 ...
2 4 ... 50 max.
... 50 max.
1 3 5 ...
1 2 3 ...
26 27 28 ...
2 4 6 ...
Description
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module
9
15
25
37
50
38
46
72
102
94
289-545
289-546
289-547
289-548
289-549
1
1
1
1
1
9
15
25
37
50
38
46
72
102
94
289-540
289-541
289-542
289-543
289-544
1
1
1
1
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Connector contact
Contact resistance
Performance level
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
125 V AC / DC
2A
plating, 0.5 μm ... 0.8 μm Au over 2 μm Ni
3 mȍ
2 / 200 mating cycles
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
125 V AC / DC
2A
plating, 0.5 μm ... 0.8 μm Au over 2 μm Ni
3 mȍ
2 / 200 mating cycles
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
-20 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
W x 34 x 85
-20 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
W x 34 x 85
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
2
Interface Modules
154
flat cable
25 poles
conductor no.
Interface module
with D-subminiature female connector,
for mating connectors with solder connection,
mating direction vertical
Interface module
with D-subminiature female connector,
for mating connectors with IDC,
mating direction vertical
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 etc.
(1)
Sub-Min-Dconnector
25 poles
(2)
(14)
(3)
(15)
(4)
(16)
(no. of pins
in brackets)
terminal strip
terminal strip
locking thread - strain relief UNC 4-40
289-450 to 289-454
... 50 max.
2 4 ... 50 max.
1 2 3 ...
1 3 5 ...
1 2 3 ...
1 3 5 ...
26 27 28 ...
2 4 6 ...
Description
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module
9
15
25
37
50
38
53.5
79
120
157
289-455
289-456
289-457
289-458
289-459
1
1
1
1
1
9
15
25
37
50
38
53.5
79
120
157
289-450
289-451
289-452
289-453
289-454
1
1
1
1
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Connector contact
Contact resistance
Performance level
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
125 V AC / DC
1A
plating, 0.5 μm ... 0.8 μm Au over 2 μm Ni
10 mȍ
2 / 200 mating cycles
50 V / 0.8 kV / 2
125 V AC / DC
1A
plating, 0.5 μm ... 0.8 μm Au over 2 μm Ni
10 mȍ
2 / 200 mating cycles
50 V / 0.8 kV / 2
-20 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
W x 19 x 63,5
-20 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
W x 19 x 63,5
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
2
155
flat cable
25 poles
conductor no.
Interface module
with D-subminiature female connector,
for mating connectors with solder connection,
mating direction vertical
Interface module
with D-Subminiature female connector,
for mating connectors with IDC,
mating direction vertical
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 etc.
(1)
Sub-Min-Dconnector
25 poles
(2)
(14)
(3)
(15)
(4)
(16)
(no. of pins
in brackets)
terminal strip
terminal strip
locking thread - strain relief UNC 4-40
289-550 to 289-554
... 50 max.
2 4 ... 50 max.
1 2 3 ...
1 3 5 ...
26 27 28 ...
2 4 6 ...
1 2 3 ...
1 3 5 ...
Description
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module
9
15
25
37
50
38
46
72
102
94
289-555
289-556
289-557
289-558
289-559
1
1
1
1
1
9
15
25
37
50
38
46
72
102
94
289-550
289-551
289-552
289-553
289-554
1
1
1
1
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Connector contact
Contact resistance
Performance level
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
125 V AC / DC
2A
plating, 0.5 μm ... 0.8 μm Au over 2 μm Ni
10 mȍ
2 / 200 mating cycles
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
125 V AC / DC
2A
plating, 0.5 μm ... 0.8 μm Au over 2 μm Ni
10 mȍ
2 / 200 mating cycles
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
-20 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
W x 34 x 85
-20 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
W x 34 x 85
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
2
Interface Modules
156
Interface module
with D-subminiature female connector,
for mating connectors with solder connection,
mating direction vertical,
shield (screen) connection
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Interface module
with D-subminiature male connector,
for mating connectors with solder connection,
mating direction vertical,
shield (screen) connection
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
... 50 max.
1 2 3 ...
1 2 3 ...
26 27 28 ...
... 50 max.
S
1 2 3 ...
1 2 3 ...
26 27 28 ...
s
Description
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module
9
15
25
37
33
43
68.5
99
289-575
289-576
289-577
289-578
1
1
1
1
9
15
25
37
38.5
46
71.5
102
289-585
289-586
289-587
289-588
1
1
1
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Connector contact
Contact resistance
Performance level
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
125 V AC / DC
2A
plating, 0.5 μm ... 0.8 μm Au over 2 μm Ni
10 mȍ
2 / 200 mating cycles
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
125 V AC / DC
2A
plating, 0.5 μm ... 0.8 μm Au over 2 μm Ni
10 mȍ
2 / 200 mating cycles
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
-20 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
W x 34 x 85
-20 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
W x 34 x 85
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
2
157
Interface module
with D-subminiature female connector,
for mating connectors with solder connection,
mating direction vertical,
shield (screen) connection
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Interface module
with D-subminiature male connector,
for mating connectors with solder connection,
mating direction vertical,
shield (screen) connection
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
2
Description
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module
25
37
56
74
289-623
289-624
1
1
25
37
56
74
289-620
289-621
1
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Connector contact
Contact resistance
Performance level
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mounting direction
Pull relief stud bolt
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
125 V AC / DC
2A
plating, 0.5 μm ... 0.8 μm Au over 2 μm Ni
10 mȍ
2 / 200 mating cycles
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
125 V AC / DC
2A
plating, 0.5 μm ... 0.8 μm Au over 2 μm Ni
10 mȍ
2 / 200 mating cycles
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
vertical
UNC 4-40
-20 °C ... +55 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
W x 62 x 85
-20 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
W x 62 x 85
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 737 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 737 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
2
Interface Modules
158
Interface module
with D-subminiature female connector
with shield (screen) connection
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
... 25 max.
14 15 16 ...
S
1 2 3 ...
Description
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module
9
25
33
68.5
289-650
289-652
1
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Connector contact
Contact resistance
Performance level
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mounting direction
Pull relief stud bolt
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
125 V AC / DC
2A
plating, 0.5 μm ... 0.8 μm Au over 2 μm Ni
< 10 mȍ
2 / 200 mating cycles
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
vertical
UNC 4-40
-20 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
W x 48 x 85
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 736 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
2
159
Interface module
with D-subminiature male connector
Interface module
with D-subminiature female connector
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
2
1 2 3 ...
1 2 3 ...
37
20 21 22 ... ... ... 37 S
1 2 3 ... ... ... ... 19
1 solder pin per pole is available for testing and patching
(except for shield (screen) contact)
37
1 2 3 ... ... ... ... 19
20 21 22 ... ... ... 37 S
Description
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module
9
15
25
37
33.5
43.5
69
99.5
289-720
289-721
289-722
289-723
1
1
1
1
9
15
25
37
33.5
43.5
69
99.5
289-725
289-726
289-727
289-728
1
1
1
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Connector contact
Contact resistance
Performance level
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mounting direction
Pull relief stud bolt
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
125 V AC / DC
2A
plating, 0.5 μm ... 0.8 μm Au over 2 μm Ni
10 mȍ
2 / 200 mating cycles
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
125 V AC / DC
2A
plating, 0.5 μm ... 0.8 μm Au over 2 μm Ni
10 mȍ
2 / 200 mating cycles
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
vertical
UNC 4-40
-20 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
W x 48 x 85
vertical
UNC 4-40
-20 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
W x 48 x 85
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 736 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 736 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
2
Interface Modules
160
Interface module
for ribbon cable connectors
acc. to DIN 41651
Interface module
for ribbon cable connectors
acc. to DIN 41651
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
1
1
2 4 6 ...
1 3 5 ...
3 6 9 ...
2 5 8 ...
1 4 7 ...
16
15
nc
64
63
Description
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module
10
14
16
35
40
45
289-611
289-612
289-613
1
1
1
20
26
34
40
50
64
47
55
65
74
88
114
289-614
289-615
289-616
289-617
289-618
289-619
1
1
1
1
1
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Connector contact
Performance level
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Mounting direction
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
125 V AC / DC
1A
phosphor-bronze, 0.38 μm Au selectively over 1.3 μm Ni
3
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
125 V AC / DC
1A
phosphor-bronze, 0.38 μm Au selectively over 1.3 μm Ni
3
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
vertical
-20 °C ... +55 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
W x 48 x 85
vertical
-20 °C ... +55 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
W x 62 x 85
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 736 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
IEC 60603-1 / DIN 41651 Part 1 and 2
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 737 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
IEC 60603-1 / DIN 41651 Part 1 and 2
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
2
161
Interface module
with header
acc. to DIN 41 651
Interface module
with header
acc. to DIN 41 651
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
2
1
1
2 4 6 ...
2 4 6 ...
1 3 5 ...
1 3 5 ...
Description
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module
10
14
16
20
26
34
40
50
64
41
51.5
56.5
66.5
81
102
126
151
187
289-401
289-402
289-403
289-404
289-405
289-406
289-407
289-408
289-409
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
14
16
20
26
34
40
50
64
64
38
43
46
53.5
71
94
114
132
170
120
289-501
289-502
289-503
289-504
289-505
289-506
289-507
289-508
289-509
289-510
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Connector contact
Performance level
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
125 V AC / DC
1A
phosphor-bronze, 0.38 μm Au selectively over 1.3 μm Ni
3
50 V / 0.8 kV / 2
125 V AC / DC
1A
phosphor-bronze, 0.38 μm Au selectively over 1.3 μm Ni
3
50 V / 0.8 kV / 2
W x 28 x 63,5
W x 36 x 85
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
2
Interface Modules
162
Interface module
for connectors acc. to DIN 41 612,
with male connector, type E,
with strain relief device
for ERNI mating connector
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Interface module
for connectors acc. to DIN 41 612,
with male connector, type F,
with strain relief device
for Harting mating connector
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Harting 09 06 0482905
250V 4A
250V 4A
ERNI 333
050
Description
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module
48
128
289-434
1
48
128
289-436
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Connector contact
Contact resistance
Performance level
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
250 V AC / DC
4A
Copper alloy, gold plated
16 mȍ
2 / 400 mating cycles
250 V / 1.5 kV / 2
250 V AC / DC
4A
Copper alloy, gold plated
16 mȍ
1 / 500 mating cycles
250 V / 1.5 kV / 2
W x 55 x 85
W x 39 x 85
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
2
163
Interface module
for connectors acc. to DIN 41 612,
with male connector, type C,
mating direction vertical
Interface module
for connectors acc. to DIN 41 612,
with male connector, type C,
mating direction horizontal
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
2
a
c
1 3 ...
a
c
1 2 3 ...
a
c
1 3 ...
1 2 3 ...
2 4 ...
1 3 ...
2 4 6 ...
1 2 3 ...
1 3 ...
a
2 4 ...
a
2 4 6 ...
c
c
289-422
Interface module, for female connector
with IDC
Interface module, for female connector
with solder contact
Interface module, for female connector
with solder contact
a
c
2 4 6 ...
a
Description
2 4 6 ...
2 4 ...
No. of
Poles
Width
64
c
289-423
1 2 3 ...
1 2 3 ...
1 2 3 ...
a
2 4 6 ...
c
289-426
a
c
2 4 6 ...
a
2 4 ...
c
2 4 6 ...
2 4 6 ...
a
1 2 3 ...
289-424
a
c
1 2 3 ...
c
289-425
289-427
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
187
289-422
1
64
187
289-423
1
32
97
289-424
1
32
97
289-425
1
64
187
289-426
1
64
187
289-427
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Connector contact
Contact resistance
Performance level
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
125 V AC / DC
1A
Copper alloy, gold plated
20 mȍ
2 / 400 mating cycles
50 V / 0.8 kV / 2
125 V AC / DC
1A
Copper alloy, gold plated
20 mȍ
2 / 400 mating cycles
50 V / 0.8 kV / 2
W x 21 x 63,5
W x 21 x 63,5
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
2
Interface Modules
164
Interface module
for connectors acc. to DIN 41 612,
with female connector, type C,
mating direction vertical, for male connector
with solder contact
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
c
a
2 4 6 ...
c
a
2 4 6 ...
2 4 6 ...
289-430
Interface module
for connectors acc. to DIN 41 612,
with female connector, type C,
mating direction vertical, for female connector
with IDC connection or with solder contact
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
1 2 3 ...
a
c
1 2 3 ...
289-431
c
2 4 6 ...
1 3 ...
289-522
c
a
c
1 2 3 ...
a
2 4 ...
a
1 2 3 ...
1 2 3 ...
289-526
a
1 2 3 ...
a
1 3 ...
2 4 ...
1 2 3 ...
1 2 3 ...
c
c
Description
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module
32
64
97
187
289-430
289-431
1
1
64
64
171
171
289-522
289-526
1
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Connector contact
Contact resistance
Performance level
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
125 V AC / DC
1A
Copper alloy, gold plated
20 mȍ
2 / 400 mating cycles
50 V / 0.8 kV / 2
125 V AC / DC
1A
Copper alloy, gold plated
20 mȍ
2 / 400 mating cycles
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
W x 21 x 63,5
W x 34 x 85
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
2
165
Interface module
for connectors acc. to DIN 41 612,
with female connector, type C,
mating direction horizontal, for female connector
with IDC connection or with solder contact
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Interface module
for connectors acc. to DIN 41 612,
with female connector, type C,
mating direction vertical, for male connector
with solder contact
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
2
a
c
1 3 ...
a
c
2 4 ...
1 3 ...
289-523
1 2 3 ...
c
a
a
1 2 3 ...
1 2 3 ...
289-527
c
a
2 4 ...
1 2 3 ...
1 2 3 ...
c
1 2 3 ...
1 2 3 ...
1 2 3 ...
a
c
Description
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module
64
64
171
171
289-523
289-527
1
1
64
171
289-531
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Connector contact
Contact resistance
Performance level
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
125 V AC / DC
1A
Copper alloy, gold plated
20 mȍ
2 / 400 mating cycles
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
125 V AC / DC
1A
Copper alloy, gold plated
20 mȍ
2 / 400 mating cycles
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
W x 34 x 85
W x 34 x 85
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
2
Interface Modules
166
Interface module
with high density D-sub header
for 19" racks
Description
No. of
Poles
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module for 19" racks
62
80
289-822
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Connector contact
Contact resistance
Performance level
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Touch-proof terminal strip
Touch-proof HD D-sub header
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Mounting direction
Pull relief stud bolt
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Approvals
125 V AC / DC
1A
Copper alloy, gold-plated 0.8 μm
10 mȍ
2 to DIN 41652 400 mating cycles, without corrosion
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
IP20
IP00
W x 27 x 132
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 739 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 1.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14 *
* (AWG14: THHN, THWN)
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
vertical
UNC 4-40
-20 °C ... +55 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
EN 60664
2
167
2
168
Interface Modules
for Siemens-SIMATIC® S5-95 U to 155 U, S7-300/ET 200 M and S7-400
SIMATIC® is a registered trademark of the
Siemens AG
Interface module, 8-pole,
for Siemens-SIMATIC® S5-95 U to 155 U,
S7-300/ET 200 M und S7-400
Single-wire connection,
without LED
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Interface module, 8-pole,
for Siemens-SIMATIC® S5-95 U to 155 U,
S7-300/ET 200 M und S7-400
Single-wire connection,
with LED
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Description
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module
44
289-680
1
44
289-681
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Nominal current per signal wire
Max. total current (supply)
Connector contact
Performance level
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
125 V AC/DC
1A
2A
phosphor-bronze, 0.38 μm Au selectively over 1.3 μm Ni
3
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
24 V DC
1A
2A
phosphor-bronze, 0.38 μm Au selectively over 1.3 μm Ni
3
W x 48 x 85
W x 48 x 85
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 736 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 736 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
2
169
SIMATIC® is a registered trademark of the
Siemens AG
Interface module, 8-pole,
for Siemens-SIMATIC® S5-95 U to 155 U,
S7-300/ET 200 M und S7-400
3-wire sensors,
without LED
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Interface module, 8-pole,
for Siemens-SIMATIC® S5-95 U to 155 U,
S7-300/ET 200 M und S7-400
3-wire sensors,
with LED
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
2
Description
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module
54
289-682
1
54
289-683
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Nominal current per signal wire
Max. total current (supply)
Connector contact
Performance level
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
125 V AC/DC
1A
2A
phosphor-bronze, 0.38 μm Au selectively over 1.3 μm Ni
3
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
24 V DC
1A
2A
phosphor-bronze, 0.38 μm Au selectively over 1.3 μm Ni
3
W x 62 x 85
W x 62 x 85
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 737 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 737 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
2
170
Interface Modules
for Siemens-SIMATIC® S5-95 U to 155 U, S7-300/ET 200 M and S7-400
SIMATIC® is a registered trademark of the
Siemens AG
Interface module, 32-pole,
for Siemens-SIMATIC® S5-95 U to 155 U,
S7-300/ET 200 M und S7-400
Single-wire connection,
without LED
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Interface module, 32-pole,
for Siemens-SIMATIC® S5-95 U to 155 U,
S7-300/ET 200 M und S7-400
Single-wire connection,
with LED
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Description
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module
112
289-684
1
112
289-685
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Nominal current per signal wire
Max. total current (supply)
Connector contact
Performance level
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
125 V AC/DC
1A
2 A / byte
phosphor-bronze, 0.38 μm Au selectively over 1.3 μm Ni
3
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
24 V DC
1A
2 A / byte
phosphor-bronze, 0.38 μm Au selectively over 1.3 μm Ni
3
W x 48 x 85
W x 48 x 85
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 736 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 736 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
2
171
SIMATIC® is a registered trademark of the
Siemens AG
Interface module, 32-pole,
for Siemens-SIMATIC® S5-95 U to 155 U,
S7-300/ET 200 M und S7-400
3-wire sensors,
without LED
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Interface module, 32-pole,
for Siemens-SIMATIC® S5-95 U to 155 U,
S7-300/ET 200 M und S7-400
3-wire sensors,
with LED
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
2
Description
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Width
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module
176
289-686
1
176
289-687
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Nominal current per signal wire
Max. total current (supply)
Connector contact
Performance level
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
125 V AC/DC
1A
2 A / byte
phosphor-bronze, 0.38 μm Au selectively over 1.3 μm Ni
3
125 V / 0.8 kV / 2
24 V DC
1A
2 A / byte
phosphor-bronze, 0.38 μm Au selectively over 1.3 μm Ni
3
W x 62 x 85
W x 62 x 85
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 737 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 737 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
2
16-Channel I/O Module with Interface Module
172
The new 750-14xx and 750-15xx Series
I/O Modules with flat ribbon cable
connection offer 16 digital channels in a
module less than 1⁄2 inch (12mm) wide.
Offering quick connections and a spaceefficient design, the DIN-rail mount interface
modules simplify installation in confined
areas and relocate the termination point.
When combined with WAGO interface
modules (e.g., item no. 289-614, 289611), a switch cabinet can be pre-wired
before install to minimize wiring time
and errors. This is beneficial as wiring
can be performed independently of a
plant’s construction. Pre-wired electronics
can be installed right before start-up,
saving valuable time during final stages
of project completion. The modules are
also ideal for connecting series machines
or relay modules tasked with the higher
loads common to buildings and industrial
applications. The interface module also
combines the advantages of relays (e.g.,
manual operation or rapid replacement
with socked-mounted versions) with the
benefits of a modern I/O system.
Another ideal application would be the
integration of pneumatic controllers into a
fieldbus network.
Most pneumatic modules have an
appropriate connector and can be
controlled by the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM.
Five variants are available: two 16-channel
input or output modules (one high-side and
one low-side switching variant), as well as a
version combining 8 inputs and 8 outputs.
2
Application Examples
173
Item. No.
Designation
PLC
Siemens S7-300
Card
6ES7 313-5BE01-0AB0
6ES7 314-6CG03-0AB0
6ES7 313-5BF03-0AB0
6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0
6ES7 313-6BE01-0AB0
6ES7 322-1BH10-0AA0
6ES7 313-6BF03-0AB0
6ES7 322-1BH80-0AA0
6ES7 313-6CE01-0AB0
6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
6ES7 313-6CF03-0AB0
6ES7 322-1BP00-0AA0
6ES7 314-6BF01-0AB0
6ES7 322-1EH01-0AA0
6ES7 314-6BG03-0AB0
6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0
6ES7 314-6CF01-0AB0
IC693 MDL740
IC693 MDL753
GEFANUC 90-30 / ALSPA 80-35
IC693 MDL742
704-5024
704-5044
704-5004
704-5014
704-5034
704-5054
704-5074
704-5064
TSX DMZ 28DT
TSX DMZ 64DTK
SCHNEIDER TSX 37 ( Micro )
TSX DMZ 28DTK
T16S
SCHNEIDER TSX 57 ( Premium )
TSX DSY 16T2
TSX DMY 28FK
TSX DSY 32T2K
TSX DMY 28RFK
TSX DSY 64T2K
BMX DDO 1602
BMX DDO 6402K
BMX DDO 3202K
BMX DDM 3202K
140 DDO 353 00
140 DDO 843 00
140 DDO 353 01
140 DVO 853 00
SCHNEIDER M340
SCHNEIDER QUANTUM
140 DDO 364 00
1769 - OB16
1769 - OB32
1769 - OB16P
1769 - OB32T
1756 - OB16D
1756 - OB32
ROCKWELL COMPACT-LOGIX (1769)
ROCKWELL CONTROL-LOGIX (1756)
1756 - OB16E
753-530 (x2)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750/753
750-1500
SIEMENS S7-300
GEFANUC 90-30 / ALSPA 80-35
704-5003
704-5013
SCHNEIDER TSX 57 ( Premium )
6ES7 312-5BD01-0AB0
6ES7 322-8BF00-0AB0
6ES7 312-5BE03-0AB0
6ES7 323-1BH01-0AA0
6ES7 322-1BF01-0AA0
6ES7 327-1BH00-0AB0
IC693 MDL730
TSX DSZ 08T2
IC693 MDL732
TSX DSZ 08T2K
TSX DSZ 04T22
TSX DMZ 16DTK
TSX DSY 08T2
T8S
SCHNEIDER M340
BMX DDM 16022
SCHNEIDER QUANTUM
140 DDM 390 00
ROCKWELL COMPACT LOGIX (1769)
1769 - OB8
1756 - OB8
ROCKWELL CONTROL LOGIX (1756)
1756 - OB8EI
753-530
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750/753
750-1502, -1500
1756 - OB8I
2
2
Interface Modules for System Wiring
174
Relay output module with miniature switching
relay for 16 channels, 1 changeover contact
each (1 u) with integrated status indication,
20-pole ribbon cable connector to DIN 41651
—
+F
17 19 18 20
1
+
16
—
1
17 19 18 20
16
Rel. 1
11 14 12
Rel. 16
AUTO
ON
OFF
F = 1A
• • •
F = 1A
• • •
Rel. 1
161 164 162
11 14 12
AUTO
+
ON
OFF
+F
Relay output module with miniature switching
relay for 16 channels, 1 changeover contact
each (1 u) with integrated status indication
and manual operation,
20-pole ribbon cable connector to DIN 41651
Rel. 16
161 164 162
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module,
for DIN 35 rail
704-5024
1
704-5044
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Contact type
Operating voltage
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current
Max. switching power (resistive)
Status indication
AgNi 90/10
1 changeover contact
24 V DC (± 10 %)
250 V AC / 48 V DC
5A
1250 VA / 50 W
LED green : Channel
LED yellow : Power supply
10 x 106 switching operations
4 kV
1 kV
Supply: 1 A
Relay output: –
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
111 x 65 x 105
AgNi 90/10
1 changeover contact
24 V DC (± 10 %)
250 V AC / 48 V DC
5A
1250 VA / 50 W
LED green : Channel
LED yellow : Power supply
10 x 106 switching operations
4 kV
1 kV
Supply: 1 A
Relay output: –
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
121 x 65 x 105
Wire connection
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input: 20-pole ribbon cable connector to DIN 41651
Output: CAGE CLAMP®
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input: 20-pole ribbon cable connector to DIN 41651
Output: CAGE CLAMP®
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
see page 173
Spare relay 857-152
see page 173
Spare relay 857-152
Mechanical life
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Dielectric strength contact-contact
Fuse
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H incl. mounting carrier and relay
Application examples
Accessories
2
175
Relay output module with miniature switching
relay for 16 channels, 1 changeover contact
each (1 u) with integrated status indication,
20-pole ribbon cable connector to DIN 41651
Relay output module with miniature switching
relay for 16 channels, 1 changeover contact
each (1 u) with integrated status indication
and output fuse,
20-pole ribbon cable connector to DIN 41651
2
+
—
+F
• • •
+
—
17 19 18 20
16
1
• • •
16
F = 1A
1
F = 1A
17 19 18 20
Rel. 16
Rel. 1
5A
Rel. 1
11 14 12
161 164 162
Rel. 16
5A
+F
11 14 12
161 164 162
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module,
for DIN 35 rail
Switching relay module without miniature switching
relay, for DIN 35 rail
704-5004
1
704-5034
1
704-5014
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Contact type
Operating voltage
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current
Inrush current
Max. switching power (resistive)
Status indication
AgNi 90/10
1 changeover contact
24 V DC (± 10 %)
250 V AC / 48 V DC
5A
2 s 16 A
1250 VA / 50 W
LED green : Channel
LED yellow : Power supply
30 x 106 switching operations
3 kV
1 kV
Supply: 1 A
Relay output: –
-25 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
180 x 50 x 105
AgNi 90/10
1 changeover contact
24 V DC (± 10 %)
250 V AC / 48 V DC
5A
2 s 16 A
1250 VA / 50 W
LED green : Channel
LED yellow : Power supply
30 x 106 switching operations
4 kV
1 kV
Supply: 1 A
Relay output: 5 A
-25 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
247 x 55 x 105
Wire connection
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input: 20-pole ribbon cable connector to DIN 41651
Output: CAGE CLAMP®
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input: 20-pole ribbon cable connector to DIN 41651
Output: CAGE CLAMP®
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
see page 173
Spare relay 788-154
see page 173
Spare relay 788-154
Mechanical life
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Dielectric strength contact-contact
Fuse
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H incl. mounting carrier and relay
Application examples
Accessories
2
Interface Modules for System Wiring
176
Relay output module with miniature switching
relay for 16 channels, 1 make contact each
(1 a) with integrated status indication,
disconnect terminal block and output fuse,
20-pole ribbon cable connector to DIN 41651
+F
+
—
Relay output module with miniature switching
relay for 16 channels, 1 make contact each
(1 a) with integrated status indication, double
disconnect terminal block and output fuse,
20-pole ribbon cable connector to DIN 41651
+F
• • •
8
9
• • •
+
—
17 19 18 20
16
1
• • •
16
F = 1A
F = 1A
17 19 18 20 1
Rel. 1
Rel. 8
Rel. 9
Rel. 16
C1 C1 C2 C2 1F 1K
8F 8K
C3 C3 C4 C4 9F 9K
5A
Rel. 16
5A
2A
2A
2A
2A
Rel. 1
16F 16K
11
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module,
for DIN 35 rail
704-5054
1
14
161
164
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
704-5074
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Contact type
Operating voltage
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current
Max. switching power (resistive)
Status indication
AgNi 90/10
1 make contact
24 V DC (± 10 %)
250 V AC / 48 V DC
2A
500 VA / 50 W
LED green : Channel
LED yellow : Power supply
30 x 106 switching operations
4 kV
1 kV
Supply: 1 A
Relay output: 2 A
-25 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
240 x 55 x 105
AgNi 90/10
1 make contact
24 V DC (± 10 %)
250 V AC / 48 V DC
5A
1250 VA / 50 W
LED green : Channel
LED yellow : Power supply
30 x 106 switching operations
4 kV
1 kV
Supply: 1 A
Relay output: 5 A
-25 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
240 x 55 x 105
Wire connection
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input: 20-pole ribbon cable connector to DIN 41651
Output: CAGE CLAMP®
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input: 20-pole ribbon cable connector to DIN 41651
Output: CAGE CLAMP®
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
see page 173
Spare relay 788-154
see page 173
Spare relay 788-154
Mechanical life
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Dielectric strength contact-contact
Fuse
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H incl. mounting carrier and relay
Application examples
Accessories
2
177
Relay output module with miniature switching
relay for 16 channels, 2 changeover contacts
each (2 u) with integrated status indication,
20-pole ribbon cable connector to DIN 41651
2
+F
+
—
1
• • •
16
F = 1A
17 19 18 20
1622
1621
1624
1612
122
1611
1614
121
124
Rel. 16
112
111
114
Rel. 1
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module,
for DIN 35 rail
704-5064
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Contact type
Operating voltage
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current
Inrush current
Max. switching power (resistive)
Status indication
Mechanical life
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Dielectric strength contact-contact
Fuse
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H incl. mounting carrier and relay
AgNi 90/10
2 changeover contact
24 V DC (± 10 %)
250 V AC / 48 V DC
5A
2s8A
1000 VA / 50 W
LED green : Channel
LED yellow : Power supply
30 x 106 switching operations
4 kV
1 kV
Supply: 1 A
Relay output: –
-25 °C ... +50 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
247 x 50 x 105
Wire connection
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input: 20-pole ribbon cable connector to DIN 41651
Output: CAGE CLAMP®
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Application examples
Accessories
see page 173
Spare relay 788-156
2
Interface Modules for System Wiring
178
+F
1
• • •
+
Rel. 1
11 14 12
—
9
8
F = 1A
10
F = 1A
9
Rel. 8
10
1
Rel. 1
81 84 82
8
• • •
11 14 12
AUTO
—
ON
OFF
+
ON
OFF
+F
Relay output module with miniature switching
relay for 8 channels, 1 changeover contact
each (1 u) with integrated status indication
and manual operation,
10-pole ribbon cable connector to DIN 41651
AUTO
Relay output module with miniature switching
relay for 8 channels, 1 changeover contact
each (1 u) with integrated status indication,
10-pole ribbon cable connector to DIN 41651
Rel. 8
81 84 82
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Switching relay module,
for DIN 35 rail
704-5003
1
704-5013
1
Technical Data
Contact material
Contact type
Operating voltage
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current
Max. switching power (resistive)
Status indication
AgNi 90/10
1 changeover contact
24 V DC (± 10 %)
250 V AC / 48 V DC
5A
1250 VA / 50 W
LED green : Channel
LED yellow : Power supply
10 x 106 switching operations
4 kV
1 kV
Supply: 1 A
Relay output: –
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
70 x 65 x 105
AgNi 90/10
1 changeover contact
24 V DC (± 10 %)
250 V AC / 48 V DC
5A
1250 VA / 50 W
LED green : Channel
LED yellow : Power supply
10 x 106 switching operations
4 kV
1 kV
Supply: 1 A
Relay output: –
-25 °C ... +40 °C
-40 °C ... +70 °C
75 x 65 x 105
Wire connection
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input: 10-pole ribbon cable connector to DIN 41651
Output: CAGE CLAMP®
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input: 10-pole ribbon cable connector to DIN 41651
Output: CAGE CLAMP®
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
see page 173
Spare relay 857-152
see page 173
Spare relay 857-152
Mechanical life
Dielectric strength contact-coil (AC, 1 min)
Dielectric strength contact-contact
Fuse
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H incl. mounting carrier and relay
Application examples
Accessories
2
WAGO Ribbon Cables
179
2
WAGO ribbon cables provide fast and easy connection of WAGO I/O modules
equipped with a ribbon cable connector (750-1400, -1402, -1500, -1501, 1502) to
appropriate interface or relay modules (16-channel) featuring a 20-pole female
connector. The cables are available in 1-, 2- and 3-meter lengths; each has one 20-pole
female connector at both ends.
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
WAGO ribbon cable 20/20, lenght 1 m
WAGO ribbon cable 20/20, lenght 2 m
WAGO ribbon cable 20/20, lenght 3 m
706-3057/300-100
706-3057/300-200
706-3057/300-300
1
1
1
Technical Data
Connections
Wire cross-section
Color coding
Current per channel
Operating temperature
Degree of protection
Length
WAGO ribbon cables provide fast and easy connection of WAGO I/O modules
equipped with a ribbon cable connector (750-1400, -1402, -1500, -1501, 1502) to
appropriate interface or relay modules featuring a 10-pole female connector. For
example, this cable connects 2 relay modules (8-channel) to a WAGO I/O module. The
cables are available in 1- and 2-meter lengths; each has one 20-pole and two 10-pole
female connectors on the ends.
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
WAGO ribbon cable 20/2x10, lenght 1 m
WAGO ribbon cable 20/2x10, lenght 2 m
706-7753/302-100
706-7753/302-200
1
1
Technical Data
2 x 20-pole female connector
acc. to DIN 41651
0.14 mm2 LiYY
acc. to DIN VDE 47100
max. 1 A
-25 °C ... +70 °C
IP20
1 m (706-3057/300-100)
2 m (706-3057/300-200)
3 m (706-3057/300-300)
Connections
Wire cross-section
Color coding
Current per channel
Operating temperature
Degree of protection
Length
1 x 20-pole / 2 x 10-pole female
connector
0.14 mm2 LiYY
acc. to DIN VDE 47100
max. 1 A
-25 °C ... +70 °C
IP20
1 m (706-7753/302-100)
2 m (706-7753/302-200)
2
Interface Modules
180
RJ-45 interface module
with shield clamping unit
for WAGO shield (screen) clamping saddle
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
RJ-45 interface module
cross-over connection
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module
289-178
1
289-177
1
Technical Data
Connecting cable
Max. transmission length
Connector
Min. mating cycles
Current load
Voltage load
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength contact-contact
Contact resistance
WAGO shield (screen) clamping saddle
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
min. CAT5
100 m
RJ-45 shielded
1000
2.1 A
35 V AC / 50 V DC
> 500 Mȍ
1 kV eff.
typ. 40 mȍ
11 mm wide; cable diameter up to 8 mm
-20 °C ... +85 °C
30 x 67 x 85
min. CAT5
100 m
RJ-45 shielded
1000
2.1 A
35 V AC / 50 V DC
> 500 Mȍ
1 kV eff.
typ. < 40 mȍ
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 739 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 1.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
ISO/IEC 11801: 2002-09; EN 55022
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
ISO/IEC 11801: 2002-09; EN 55022
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
-20 °C ... +85 °C
30 x 51 x 85
2
181
RJ-45 interface module
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
RJ-45 interface module
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 B
S
S
S
S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 B
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module
289-172
1
289-176
1
Technical Data
Connecting cable
Max. transmission length
Connector
Min. mating cycles
Current load
Voltage load
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength contact-contact
Contact resistance typ.
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
min. CAT5
100 m
RJ-45 shielded
500
1.5 A
30V AC / 42 V DC
> 500 Mȍ
1 kV eff.
< 20 mȍ
-20 °C ... +85 °C
20,5 x 51 x 85
min. CAT5
100 m
RJ-45 shielded
1000
2.1 A
35 V AC / 50 V DC
> 500 Mȍ
1 kV eff.
< 40 mȍ
-20 °C ... +85 °C
30 x 51 x 85
Approvals
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
ISO/IEC 11801: 2002-09; EN 55022
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
ISO/IEC 11801: 2002-09; EN 55022
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
2
Interface Modules
182
RJ-45 interface module
with shield clamping unit
for WAGO shield (screen) clamping saddle
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
RJ-45 interface module
with shield clamping unit
for WAGO shield (screen) clamping saddle
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Interface module
289-175
1
289-174
1
Technical Data
Connecting cable
Max. transmission length
Connector
Min. mating cycles
Current load
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength contact-contact
Contact resistance
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
WAGO shield (screen) clamping saddle
min. CAT5
100 m
RJ-45 shielded
500
1.5 A
> 500 Mȍ
1 kV eff.
typ. < 20 mȍ
-20 °C ... +85 °C
24 x 40 x 85
min. CAT5
100 m
RJ-45 shielded
500
1.5 A
> 500 Mȍ
1 kV eff.
typ. < 20 mȍ
-20 °C ... +85 °C
24 x 40 x 85
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 739 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 1.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
ISO/IEC 11801: 2002-09; EN 55022
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 739 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 1.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
ISO/IEC 11801: 2002-09; EN 55022
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
790-108 (11 mm wide; cable diameter up to 8 mm)
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
790-108 (11 mm wide; cable diameter up to 8 mm)
2
183
2
Front-entry
Connection module
for 8 x 3-conductor sensors
Connection module
for 8 x 3-conductor sensors
LED indicator for positive or negative
switching
Graphic 289-665
Pack.
Unit
Connection module
289-664
1
+ + + + + + + + + +
Item No.
– – – – – – – – – –
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
+ + + + + + + + + +
– – – – – – – – – –
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Description
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
184
Connection Modules for Sensors and Actuators
2
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
289-665
289-666
1
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Max. current per connection
Max. total current
Power consumption LED
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
125 V AC/DC
1A
8A
24 V DC (± 10 %)
1A
8A
5.2 mA
125 V / 1.5 kV / 2
56 x 34 x 85
56 x 34 x 105
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
2
185
Connection module
for 8 actuators
Connection module
for 8 actuators with ground (earth) contact
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
– – – – – – – – – –
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
– – – – – – – – – –
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Connection module
289-667
1
289-671
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Max. current per connection
Max. total current
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
125 V AC/DC
1A
8A
125 V / 1.5 kV / 2
125 V AC/DC
1A
8A
125 V / 1.5 kV / 2
56 x 34 x 85
56 x 34 x 85
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
2
Rail-Mounted Modules - Diode Gates
186
Open diode gate
with 8 diodes 1 N 4007
can be connected individually
* Max. admissible current acc. to the manufacter’s data
sheet. With all diodes loaded, the continuous current must
be reduced.
Open diode gate
with 8 diodes P 600 B
can be connected individually
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Open diode gate
289-101
1
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
289-103
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Peak reverse voltage
Rectified current for each diode *
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H incl. mounting carrier and
universal mounting feet
250 V AC/DC
1000 V
1A
250 V / 4 kV / 3
100 V AC/DC
100 V
6A
250 V / 4 kV / 3
-25 °C ... +40 °C
47 x 31.5 x 65.5
-25 °C ... +30 °C
47 x 31.5 x 65.5
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Mounting carrier, for screw-fixing or DIN-rail mounting
(with snap-fit type universal mounting feet to be ordered
separately)
288-001
1
288-001
1
Universal mounting foot; snap-fit type; suitable for DIN 15,
32 and 35 rails (also see page 258)
288-002
10
288-002
10
2
187
Open diode gate
with 9 diodes 1 N 5408
can be connected individually
2 inputs/2 outputs per diode including
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
2
* Max. admissible current acc. to the manufacter’s data
sheet. With all diodes loaded, the continuous current must
be reduced.
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Open diode gate
289-105
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Peak reverse voltage
Rectified current for each diode *
Rectified current for each diode
Forward voltage for each Diode
Forward current (resistent) for each diode
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H incl. mounting carrier and
universal mounting feet
250 V AC/DC
1000 V
3A
10 μA
1.3 V
3A
250 V / 4 kV / 3
-25 °C ... +40 °C
51 x 48 x 85
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 736 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-197
2
Rail-Mounted Modules - Diode Gates
188
Polarized diode gate
with 14 diodes 1 N 4007 common cathode
–
* Max. admissible current acc. to the manufacter’s data
sheet. With all diodes loaded, the continuous current must
be reduced.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
+
Polarized diode gate
with 14 diodes 1 N 4007 common anode
+
+
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
–
+
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Polarized diode gate
289-111
1
289-121
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Peak reverse voltage
Rectified current for each diode *
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H incl. mounting carrier and
universal mounting feet
250 V AC/DC
1000 V
1A
250 V / 4 kV / 3
250 V AC/DC
1000 V
1A
250 V / 4 kV / 3
-25 °C ... +40 °C
47 x 31.5 x 65.5
-25 °C ... +40 °C
47 x 31.5 x 65.5
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Mounting carrier, for screw-fixing or DIN-rail mounting
(with snap-fit type universal mounting feet to be ordered
separately)
288-001
1
288-001
1
Universal mounting foot; snap-fit type; suitable for DIN 15,
32 and 35 rails (also see page 258)
288-002
10
288-002
10
2
189
Lamp test circuit module
with 20 diodes for testing 10 lamps with
Mounting feet for DIN 35 rail
LED gate module
with 16 LEDs, common anode or cathode
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11 13
12 14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Gate module
289-151
1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
–
+
+
–
–
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
+
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
289-202
289-201
1
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Power consumption at VN
Peak reverse voltage
Rectified current for each diode, resistive
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L incl.
mounting feet or mounting carrier
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
250 V AC/DC
0 V ... 250 V AC/DC
24 V DC
20 V ... 26 V DC
5.6 mA each LED
1600 V
1A
250 V / 4 kV / 3
-25 °C ... +40 °C
69 x 21 x 50
-25 °C ... +40 °C
47 x 31.5 x 65.5
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Mounting carrier, for screw-fixing or DIN-rail mounting
(with snap-fit type universal mounting feet to be ordered
separately)
288-001
1
Universal mounting foot; snap-fit type; suitable for DIN 15,
32 and 35 rails (also see page 258)
288-002
10
2
Rail-Mounted Modules - Resistor Gates
190
Resistor gate
with 1 end commoned,
8 resistors 2 k 2; 1 W
Open resistor gate
with 8 resistors 2 k 7; 0.6 W
individual connection possible
other resistors – contact factory
* Max. admissible power dissipation of a single resistor.
With all resistors loaded, the max. admissible power
dissipation must be reduced.
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Resistor gate
289-113
1
289-114
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Resistor type
Temperature coefficient
Tolerance
Power dissipation *
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H incl. mounting carrier and
universal mounting feet
40 V AC/DC
DIN 0414
50 ppm
± 1%
1W
-25 °C ... +40 °C
47 x 31.5 x 65.5
40 V AC/DC
DIN 0207
50 ppm
± 1%
0.6 W
-25 °C ... +40 °C
47 x 31.5 x 65.5
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Mounting carrier, for screw-fixing or DIN-rail mounting
(with snap-fit type universal mounting feet to be ordered
separately)
288-001
1
288-001
1
Universal mounting foot; snap-fit type; suitable for DIN 15,
32 and 35 rails (also see page 258)
288-002
10
288-002
10
2
Rail-Mounted Modules for Building Custom Circuits
191
Module with 2 x 8 drilled holes
Diameter of drilled holes 1 mm,
Pin spacing 3.83 mm x 16 mm
Module with 2 x 8 soldering points
Pin spacing 5 mm x 12 mm
2
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Module for building custom circuits
289-102
1
289-131
1
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x W x H incl. mounting carrier and
universal mounting feet
250 V AC/DC
3A
-25 °C ... +40 °C
42.5 x 32 x 62.5
250 V AC/DC
3A
-25 °C ... +40 °C
42.5 x 32 x 62.5
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Mounting carrier, for screw-fixing or DIN-rail mounting
(with snap-fit type universal mounting feet to be ordered
separately)
288-001
1
288-001
1
Universal mounting foot; snap-fit type; suitable for DIN 15,
32 and 35 rails (also see page 258)
288-002
10
288-002
10
3
192
WAGO Application: Danone Group,
Ochsenfurt Plant, Germany
Producer of yogurt and other dairy-based products
WAGO Products:
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM with PROFIBUS Couplers
3
Transducers
193
3
857 Series
JUMPFLEX® Transducers
WAGOframe
WAGO USB Service Cable
Accessories, 857 Series
JUMPFLEX® 8-Channel Adapters for System Wiring
194 – 219
220
221
222
223
286 Series
Pluggable Modules - Temperature Transducers
224 – 228
786 Series
Pluggable Modules - Analog Signal Conditioning
Accessories
230 – 232
233
3
857-400
Isolation amplifier, with zero/span adjustment
IN+ 1
5 OUT+
IN
OUT
GND 1 2
6 GND 2
Us+ 3
7 Us+
POWER
GND 3 4
8 GND 3
194
JUMPFLEX® Transducers
____________
Short description:
The configurable 857-400 Isolation Amplifier is used to convert, amplify, filter
and electrically isolate analog standard signals. The device has a 3-way isolation with a 2.5kV test voltage. On the input and output side, the following signals can be configured via DIP switches that are accessible from the side of the
housing:
0 - 10V, 2 - 10V, 0 - 20mA, 4 - 20mA, 0 - 5V and 1 - 5V.
Measurement range switching is calibrated.
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Technical Data
Isolation amplifier, with zero/span
adjustment
857-400
1
Configuration
Input signal
General accessories
Input resistance
see pages 222 - 223
Output signal
Load impedance
Max. operating frequency
Approvals
Shipbuilding
4 r ANSI/ISA 12.12.01
Conformity marking
g (pending)
Class I, Div. 2, Grp. ABCD, T4
1
General Specifications
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
6 x 96 x 94
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
solid: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 28 ... 12
fine-stranded: 0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
6 mm/0.23 in
The device is supplied with 24VDC, which can be commoned using lateral
push-in type jumper bars in a quick and cost effective way. A green LED on the
front panel indicates normal operation. The isolation amplifier meets the requirements for safe isolation of input, output and supply circuits with 2.5kV test
voltage according to EN 61140.
Description
Accessories
_>
_>
3
Response time (T10-90)
Zero/span adjustment
Voltage supply VN
Supply voltage range
Current input at 24 V DC
Transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Test voltage
(input/output/supply)
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
DIP switch
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA,
0... 5 V, 0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V, 1 ... 5 V
(calibrated switchable)
50 Ω (In = mA)
100 kΩ (In = V)
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA,
0... 5 V, 0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V, 1 ... 5 V
(calibrated switchable)
600 Ω (Out = mA)
2 kΩ (Out = V)
100 Hz / > 5 kHz
(switchable via DIP switch)
< 3.5 ms / < 100 μs
±3%
24 V DC
16.8 V ... 31.2 V
< 25 mA
< 0.1 % of the full scale value
0.01 % /K
2.5 kV AC, 50 Hz, 1 min
-25 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
S
3
195
DIP Switch Adjustability
Dip Switch S1 (2-fold)
Dip Switch S2 (6-fold)
Input Signal
1
2
▯
Output Signal
1
2
Transmission
3
0 … 20 mA
▯
857-400
▯ = ON
4
5
0 … 20 mA
4 … 20 mA
Input / Output 1 : 1
▯
4 … 20 mA
▯
0 … 10 V
▯
▯
0 … 10 V
▯
2 … 10 V
▯
▯
2 … 10 V
0…5V
▯
▯
▯
0…5V
1…5V
▯
▯
▯
1…5V
Max. Operating Frequency
6
▯
Input LZ / Output DZ
f
approx.. 5 kHz
max.
▯
fmax. < 100 Hz
Input DZ / Output LZ
LZ = Live Zero (displaced zero-point, e.g., 4 - 20 mA)
DZ = Dead Zero (e.g., 0 - 20 mA)
3
Default Settings
- Input: 0 ... 20 mA
- Output: 0 ... 20 mA
- Max. Operating Frequency: > 5 kHz
857-401
Isolation amplifier, configurable with digital output
IN+ 1
GND 1 2
IN
U,I
OUT 5 OUT+
U,I 6 GND 2
DO
7 Us+
POWER
8 GND 3
DO 3
GND 3 4
196
JUMPFLEX® Transducers
____________
Short description:
The software-configurable 857-401 Isolation Amplifier is used to convert, amplify, filter and electrically isolate analog standard signals. The device has a 3way isolation with a 2.5kV test voltage. DIP switches accessible from the side
can be used to configure the signals in both input and output.
In addition to standard signals, bipolar (± 10V, ± 20mA) and 0 to 30V signals
can also be set on the input side. The analog output supports standard unipolar
signals. In addition, the devices can be configured using FDT/DTM software.
The software offers additional setting options such as special input and output
signal combinations with intermediate values or inversion of the analog output.
Measurement range switching is calibrated. A digital switching output is available that can also be configured using software.
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Technical Data
Isolation amplifier, configurable
with digital output
857-401
1
Configuration
Input signal
Max. input signal
Input resistance
Configuration software
WAGO USB Service Cable
General accessories
Output signal
- 759-370 FDT Frame Application
- DTM (Device Tool Manager)
Download: see www.wago.com
750-923
see pages 222 - 223
Approvals
Shipbuilding
4 r ANSI/ISA 12.12.01
Conformity marking
g (pending)
Class I Div2 ABCD T4
1
General Specifications
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
6 x 96 x 94
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
solid: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 28 ... 12
fine-stranded: 0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
6 mm/0.23 in
The device is supplied with 24VDC, which can be commoned using lateral
push-in type jumper bars in a quick and cost effective way. A green LED on the
front panel indicates normal operation. The isolation amplifier meets the requirements for safe isolation of input, output and supply circuits with 2.5kV test
voltage according to EN 61140.
Description
Accessories
_>
_>
3
Load impedance
Step response
Voltage supply VN
Supply voltage range
Current input at 24 V DC
Transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Min. measuring span
Output - Digital
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current
Test voltage
(input/output/supply)
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
DIP switch or configuration software
-10 ... +10 V, -20 ... +20 mA, 0 ... +30 V
(31.2 V (UIN) 100 mA (IIN)
200 Ω (I input)
> 100 kΩ (U input)
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA,
0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V, 0... 5 V, 1 ... 5 V,
0 ... 10 mA, 2 ... 10 mA
600 Ω (I output)
2 kΩ (U output)
8 ms
24 V DC
16.8 V ... 31.2 V
< 40 mA
< 0.1 % of upper range value
0.01 % /K
1 V, 2 mA (configurable)
Supply voltage applied
500 mA (up to 60 °C)
100 mA (60 °C ... 70 °C)
2.5 kV AC, 50 Hz, 1 min.
-25 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
S
3
197
DIP Switch Adjustability
857-401
▯ = ON
End Value
Start Value
Input Signal
DIP S1
DIP S1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Voltage
●
Current
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
-7
-10
●
-4.5
-9
●
●
-4
-8
●
●
-3.5
-7
●
●
●
-3
-6
●
-2.5
-5
●
-2
-4
●
●
-1.5
-3
●
●
-1
-2
●
●
-0.5
-1
●
●
0
0
●
●
●
0.5
1
●
●
●
1
2
●
●
1.5
3
●
●
2
4
●
●
●
2.5
5
●
●
●
3
6
●
●
●
3.5
7
●
●
●
●
4
8
●
4.5
9
●
●
●
●
5
10
●
7
14
●
●
7.5
15
●
●
8
16
●
●
●
8.5
17
●
●
7
8
●
●
19
●
●
10
20
●
●
10.5
●
11
●
●
11.5
●
●
●
12
●
●
●
●
13
●
●
●
●
14
●
●
15
●
●
16
●
●
●
17
●
●
●
18
●
●
●
19
●
●
●
20
●
●
●
●
21
●
●
●
●
22
●
●
●
23
●
●
●
24
●
●
●
●
25
●
●
●
●
26
●
●
●
●
27
●
●
●
●
28
●
●
●
●
●
29
●
●
●
●
●
30
Measuring Range
Overflow
Measuring Range
Underflow
Upper limit of output range
Lower limit of output range
+2.5%
-5%
Upper limit of output range
Lower limit of output range
9
Measuring Range Overflow/
Measuring Range Underflow
Signalisation*
8
DO GND switched
10
1
2
DIP S1
3
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
-8
-7
-14
-6
-12
-5
-10
●
-4.5
-9
●
●
-4
-8
●
●
-3.5
-7
●
●
●
-3
-6
-2.5
-5
●
-2
-4
●
●
-1.5
-3
●
●
-1
-2
●
●
-0.5
-1
●
●
0
0
●
●
●
0.5
1
●
●
●
1
2
●
●
1.5
3
●
●
2
4
●
●
●
2.5
5
●
●
●
3
6
●
●
3.5
7
●
●
●
4
8
●
●
●
●
4.5
9
●
●
●
●
5
10
DO
●
●
●
Upper limit of output range
Lower limit of output range
●
Upper limit of output range
Lower limit of output range
●
7
14
●
●
7.5
15
●
●
8
16
●
●
●
8.5
17
●
●
18
●
9
●
●
9.5
19
●
●
10
20
10.5
●
●
●
●
●
●
11
●
●
11.5
●
●
●
12
●
●
●
●
13
●
●
●
not active
active
- Input signal: Voltage
- Start value: 0 V
- Output signal: Current
- End value: 20 mA
- Measuring range underflow: 0 mA
- Measuring range overflow: 20.5 mA
Digital output
- not active
15
16
●
●
●
17
●
●
●
18
●
●
●
19
●
●
●
20
●
●
●
●
21
●
●
●
●
22
●
●
●
23
●
●
●
24
●
●
●
●
25
●
●
●
●
26
●
●
●
27
●
●
●
●
28
●
●
●
●
●
29
●
●
●
●
●
30
Default Settings
Input
14
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
1…5V
* related to input signal
●
●
- Start value: 0 mA
0…5V
12
●
●
11
13
●
●
mA
6
●
●
V
5.5
6.5
●
●
3
●
●
In delivery status all DIP switches are in the position “OFF“.
10
2
●
●
- End value: 10 V
●
1
●
●
-5.5 -11
●
●
DIP S2
10
-6.5 -13
●
●
●
-16
●
●
9
●
-7.5 -15
●
●
-18
●
●
8
-8.5 -17
●
●
-20
●
●
●
-10
●
●
●
20
●
●
●
10
-9
●
●
mA
-9.5 -19
●
●
V
●
●
DO Us+ switched
●
9
Output
●
●
18
9.5
●
2 … 10 V
●
9
●
●
+2.5%
2 … 10 mA
●
●
●
●
●
11
●
●
●
5.5
12
0 … 10 V
●
●
●
●
13
●
●
●
●
●
mA
6
●
●
V
6.5
●
●
0 … 10 mA
●
7
●
●
●
●
6
●
●
●
4 … 20 mA
5
●
●
●
0 … 20 mA
●
●
-5.5 -11
●
6
●
-12
-5
Output Signal Range
5
-6
●
●
4
-14
4
-6.5 -13
●
●
●
-16
●
●
●
-18
3
●
-7.5 -15
●
●
-20
●
●
●
-10
-8
●
●
●
0
2
-8.5 -17
●
●
●
0
-9
●
●
mA
-9.5 -19
●
●
V
DIP S2
3
857-409
Bipolar isolation amplifier
U+ 1
U– 2
I+ 3
I– 4
IN
U; I
5 OUT+
OUT
U; I 6 OUT7 Us+
POWER
8 GND
198
JUMPFLEX® Transducers
____________
Short description:
The 857-409 Bipolar Isolation Amplifier records bipolar analog signals (e.g.,
±10V or ± 20mA) and converts them into bipolar, analog standard signals. After conversion, the isolated signals are transmitted with high accuracy to the output where they are available in an amplified form and are electrically isolated.
In addition, unipolar signals (e.g., 0 - 20mA or 0 - 10V) and live zero signals
(e.g., 4 - 20mA or 2 - 10V) can be adjusted independently of one another at
both input and ouput via DIP switches.
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Technical Data
Bipolar isolation amplifier
857-409
1
Configuration
Input signal
General accessories
Output signal
see pages 222 - 223
Load impedance
Max. operating frequency
Approvals
Shipbuilding
4 r ANSI/ISA 12.12.01
Conformity marking
g (pending)
Class I, Div. 2, Grp. ABCD, T4
1
General Specifications
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
6 x 96 x 94
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
solid: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 28 ... 12
fine-stranded: 0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
6 mm/0.23 in
Adjusting the limiting frequency is also performed via DIP switches. Measured
distance adjustment is carried out via zero/span potentiometers on the front of
the device, while signal switching is performed in a calibrated way, which requires no additional adjustment when switching to another range. The device is
supplied with 24VDC, which can be commoned using lateral push-in type jumper bars in a quick and cost effective way. A green LED on the front panel indicates normal operation.
The bipolar isolation amplifier meets the requirements for safe isolation of input,
output and supply circuits with 2.5kV test voltage according to EN 61140.
Description
Accessories
_>
_>
3
Zero/span adjustment
Voltage supply VN
Supply voltage range
Transmission error
Test voltage
(input/output/supply)
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
DIP switch
± 5 V, 0 ... 5 V, 1 ... 5 V,
± 10 V, 0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V,
± 10 mA, 0 ... 10 mA, 2 ... 10 mA,
± 20 mA, 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA
± 5 V, 0 ... 5 V, 1 ... 5 V,
± 10 V, 0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V,
± 10 mA, 0 ... 10 mA, 2 ... 10 mA,
± 20 mA, 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA
600 Ω (I output)
2 kΩ (U output)
100 Hz / > 5 kHz
(switchable via DIP switch)
±5%
24 V DC
16.8 V ... 31.2 V
< 0.1 % of upper range value
2.5 kV AC, 50 Hz, 1 min
-25 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
S
3
199
DIP Switch Adjustability
DIP Switch S1 (4-fold)
1
2
3
▯
▯
Input
4
DIP Switch S2 (6-fold)
1
2
3
± 20 mA
▯
▯
± 10 mA
▯
▯
857-409
▯ = ON
▯
± 10 V
▯
▯
±5V
▯
▯
▯
Output
4
5
▯
▯
▯
± 20 mA
▯
± 10 mA
▯
± 10 V
▯
±5V
▯
0 … 10 mA
▯
2 … 10 mA
▯
0 … 10 V
▯
▯
▯
2 … 10 V
▯
▯
0…5V
▯
▯
▯
1…5V
▯
▯
▯
▯
Default Settings
- Input:
± 10 V
- Output:
± 10 V
- Max. Operating Frequency: > 5 kHz
▯
< 100 Hz
approx. 5 kHz
0 … 20 mA
4 … 20 mA
▯
▯
6
▯
0 … 20 mA
Max. Operating Frequency
▯
4 … 20 mA
▯
2 … 10 mA
▯
2 … 10 V
0 … 10 mA
0 … 10 V
0…5V
▯
1…5V
3
857-411,857-412
Isolation amplifiers, fixed setting for voltage or current signals
IN+ 1
5 OUT+
IN
OUT
GND 1 2
6 GND 2
Us+ 3
7 Us+
POWER
GND 3 4
8 GND 3
200
S
JUMPFLEX® Transducers
____________
_>
_>
3
6 mm/0.23 in
Short description:
The configurable isolation amplifiers convert, amplify, filter and electrically isolate analog standard signals. The devices have a 3-way isolation with a 2.5kV
test voltage. The 857-411 Isolation Amplifier provides electrical isolation between the 0(4) - 20mA input and the 0(4) - 20mA output analog current signals.
The 857-412 Isolation Amplifier provides electrical isolation between
the 0(2) - 10V input and the 0(2) - 10V output analog voltage signals.
The device is supplied with 24VDC, which can be commoned using lateral
push-in type jumper bars in a quick and cost effective way.
A green LED on the front panel indicates normal operation. The isolation amplifiers meet the requirements for safe isolation of input, output and supply circuits
with 2.5kV test voltage according to EN 61140.
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Technical Data
Isolation amplifier, fixed setting for current
signals
Isolation amplifier, fixed setting for
voltage signals
857-411
1
Input signal
857-412
1
Input resistance
Output signal
Accessories
General accessories
see pages 222 - 223
Load impedance
g (pending)
Class I, Div. 2, Grp. ABCD, T4
1
Max. operating frequency
Response time (T10-90)
Voltage supply VN
Supply voltage range
Current input at 24 V DC
Transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Test voltage
(input/output/supply)
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Approvals
Shipbuilding
4 r ANSI/ISA 12.12.01
Conformity marking
General Specifications
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
6 x 96 x 94
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
solid: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 28 ... 12
fine-stranded: 0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
6 x 96 x 94
0(4) ... 20 mA (857-411)
0(2) ... 10 V (857-412) (857-411)
50 Ω (In = mA)
100 kΩ (In = V)
0(4) ... 20 mA (857-411) (857-411)
0(2) ... 10 V (857-412) (857-412)
600 Ω (857-411)
2 kΩ (857-412)
100 Hz
< 3.5 ms
24 V DC
16.8 V ... 31.2 V
< 25 mA
< 0.1 % of the full scale value
0.01 % /K
2.5 kV AC, 50 Hz, 1 min
-25 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
857-451,857-452
S
JUMPFLEX® Transducers
Passive isolator, 1 channel, 2 channels
201
IN 1+ 1
5 OUT 1+
IN 1
OUT 1
GND 1 2
6 GND 2
IN 2+ 3
7 OUT 2+
IN 2
OUT 2
GND 3 4
8 GND 4
3
_>
_>
____________
6 mm/0.23 in
Short description:
The 1- and 2-channel passive isolators filter and electrically isolate 0(4) - 20mA
analog standard signals. The devices have a 2-way isolation with a 2.5kV test
voltage. The passive isolators require no additional power supply. The power
required for signal isolation is derived from the input circuit.
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Technical Data
Passive isolator, 1 channel
857-451
1
Passive isolator, 2 channels
857-452
1
Input signal
Voltage drop intput
Output signal
Load impedance
Max. operating frequency
Response time (T10-90)
Transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Accessories
General accessories
see pages 222 - 223
Approvals
Shipbuilding
4 r ANSI/ISA 12.12.01
Conformity marking
g (pending)
Class I, Div. 2, Grp. ABCD, T4
1
General Specifications
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
3
6 x 96 x 94
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
solid: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 28 ... 12
fine-stranded: 0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
0(4) ... 20 mA
< 2.0 V
0(4) ... 20 mA
600 Ω
100 Hz
< 3.5 ms
< 0.1 % of the full scale value
0.01 % /K
-25 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
857-420
Repeater power supply, configurable with current and voltage output
USensor+ 1
5 OUT+
OUT
6 GND 2
IN 2
IN
GND 1 3
GND 1 4
7 Us+
POWER
8 GND 3
202
JUMPFLEX® Transducers
____________
Short description:
The 857-420 Repeater Power Supply links 2- or 3-wire transmitters located in
the field. It provides the power required and transmits the analog signals in an
electrically isolated way. On the output side, the repeater power supply can be
configured for the following analog signals: 0 - 20mA, 4 - 20mA, 0 - 10V,
2 - 10V, 0 - 5V, 1 - 15V. The device has a 3-way isolation with a 2.5kV test
voltage. The devices can be configured via DIP switches that are accessible
from the side of the housing. Measurement range switching is calibrated.
In addition, the device can also be operated as a mere isolation amplifier.
Terminal assignment: [ IN+(2) and GND1(3) ].
The device is supplied with 24VDC, which can be commoned using lateral
push-in type jumper bars in a quick and cost effective way.
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Technical Data
Repeater power supply, configurable with
current and voltage output
857-420
1
Configuration
Input signal
General accessories
Input resistance
Output signal
see pages 222 - 223
Load impedance
Approvals
Shipbuilding
4 r ANSI/ISA 12.12.01
Conformity marking
g (pending)
Class I, Div. 2, Grp. ABCD, T4
1
General Specifications
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
6 x 96 x 94
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
solid: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 28 ... 12
fine-stranded: 0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
6 mm/0.23 in
A green LED on the front panel indicates normal operation. The repeater power
supply meets the requirements for safe isolation of input, output and supply
circuits with 2.5kV test voltage according to EN 61140.
Description
Accessories
_>
_>
3
Max. operating frequency
Response time (T10-90)
Voltage supply VN
Supply voltage range
Current input at 24 V DC
Transmitter supply
Transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Test voltage
(input/output/supply)
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
DIP switch
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA
(calibrated switchable)
50 Ω
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA,
0... 5 V, 0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V, 1 ... 5 V
(calibrated switchable)
600 Ω (Out = mA)
2 kΩ (Out = V)
100 Hz
< 3.5 ms
DC 24 V
16.8 V ... 31.2 V
< 45 mA
Vv = 18 V at 30 mA
< 0.1 % of the full scale value
0.01 % /K
2.5 kV AC, 50 Hz, 1 min
-25 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
S
3
203
DIP Switch Adjustability
857-420
▯ = ON
DIP 1
Input
Output
1
2
3
0 … 20 mA
0 … 20 mA
0 … 20 mA
4 … 20 mA
0 … 20 mA
0 … 10 V
▯
▯
0 … 20 mA
2 … 10 V
▯
▯
0 … 20 mA
0…5V
▯
▯
▯
0 … 20 mA
1…5V
▯
▯
▯
4 … 20 mA
0 … 20 mA
4 … 20 mA
4 … 20 mA
4 … 20 mA
0 … 10 V
▯
▯
4 … 20 mA
2 … 10 V
▯
▯
4 … 20 mA
0…5V
▯
▯
▯
4 … 20 mA
1…5V
▯
▯
▯
4
5
6
n.c.
▯
n.c.
n.c.
▯
n.c.
n.c.
▯
n.c.
▯
n.c.
▯
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
▯
n.c.
n.c.
Default Settings:
- Input: 0 … 20 mA
- Output: 0 … 20 mA
- DIP 6: n.c. - not connected
Connection assignment
857-420
IN
OUT
Transmitter
passive
+Us
1
OUT
2
Transmitter
aktive
+
2
Config
+
1
+Us 1
5 +
–
2
+IN 2
U/I
GND 3
6 –
2-wire
–
3
GND
3
3-wire
24 V DC
=
=
POWER
24 V DC
7 +
=
8 –
3
857-421
Repeater power supply, HART
USensor+ 1
5 OUT +
OUT
6 GND 2
IN 2
IN
N.C. 3
N.C. 4
7 Us+
POWER
8 GND 3
204
JUMPFLEX® Transducers
____________
Short description:
The 857-421 HART Repeater Power Supply links SMART transmitters located
in the field. It provides the power required and transmits the analog signals in
an electrically isolated way. Transmission of the data protocol (e.g., HART) is
bi-directional for SMART transmitters. Digital signals for data communication
between transmitter and process controller are superimposed on the analog
current signal, and they are used for diagnosing and calibrating the field transmitters. The device has a 3-way isolation with a 2.5kV test voltage.
The device is supplied with 24VDC, which can be commoned using lateral
push-in type jumper bars in a quick and cost effective way.
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Technical Data
Repeater power supply, HART
857-421
1
Input signal
Input resistance
Output signal
Load impedance
Max. operating frequency
Response time (T10-90)
Voltage supply VN
Supply voltage range
Current input at 24 V DC
Transmitter supply
Transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Test voltage
(input/output/supply)
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
General accessories
see pages 222 - 223
Approvals
Shipbuilding
4 r ANSI/ISA 12.12.01
Conformity marking
g (pending)
Class I, Div. 2, Grp. ABCD, T4
1
General Specifications
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
6 x 96 x 94
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
solid: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 28 ... 12
fine-stranded: 0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
6 mm/0.23 in
A green LED on the front panel indicates normal operation. The repeater power
supply meets the requirements for safe isolation of input, output and supply circuits with 2.5kV test voltage according to EN 61140.
Description
Accessories
_>
_>
3
4 ... 20 mA
50 Ω
4 ... 20 mA
600 Ω
100 Hz signal / 2.5 kHz HART
< 3.5 ms signal
24 V DC
16.8 V ... 31.2 V
< 45 mA
Vv = 18 V at 30 mA
< 0.1 % of the full scale value
0.01 % /K
2.5 kV AC, 50 Hz, 1 min
-25 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
S
3
205
Simultaneous transmission of analog and digital signals
857-421
mA
20
HART - signal (digital)
analog signal
3
4
t
857-423
Signal splitter with 2 configurable current outputs
IN+ 1
5 OUT 1+
IN
OUT 1
GND 1 2
6 GND 2
OUT 2+ 3
OUT 2
GND 4 4
7 Us+
POWER
8 GND 3
206
JUMPFLEX® Transducers
____________
_>
_>
3
6 mm/0.23 in
Short description:
The 857-423 Signal Splitter is used to convert, amplify, filter and electrically isolate analog standard signals. The device has a 3-way isolation with a 2.5kV test
voltage. The signal splitter transmits the configurable input signal (0 - 10V,
2 - 10V, 0 - 20mA, 4 - 20mA, 0 - 5V or 1 - 5V) in two analog current outputs
that can be set independently of one another between 0 - 20mA and 4 - 20mA.
Measurement range switching is calibrated.
The device is supplied with 24VDC, which can be commoned using lateral
push-in type jumper bars in a quick and cost effective way.
A green LED on the front panel indicates normal operation. The signal splitter
meets the requirements for safe isolation of input, output and supply circuits with
2.5kV test voltage according to EN 61140.
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Technical Data
Signal splitter with 2 configurable current
outputs
857-423
1
Configuration
Input signal
Input resistance
Accessories
General accessories
see pages 222 - 223
Output signal
Load impedance
Max. operating frequency
Approvals
Shipbuilding
4 r ANSI/ISA 12.12.01
Conformity marking
g (pending)
Class I, Div. 2, Grp. ABCD, T4
1
General Specifications
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
6 x 96 x 94
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
solid: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 28 ... 12
fine-stranded: 0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
Response time (T10-90)
Voltage supply VN
Supply voltage range
Current input at 24 V DC
Transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Test voltage
(input/output/supply)
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
DIP switch
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA, 0... 5 V,
0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V, 1 ... 5 V
(calibrated switchable)
50 Ω (In = mA)
100 kΩ (In = V)
2 x 0(4) ... 20 mA
(calibrated switchable)
2 x 300 Ω
100 Hz / 1 kHz
(switchable via DIP switch)
< 3.5 ms / < 300 μs
24 V DC
16.8 V ... 31.2 V
< 35 mA
< 0.1 % of the full scale value
0.01 % /K
2.5 kV AC, 50 Hz, 1 min
-25 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
S
3
207
DIP Switch Adjustability
857-423
▯ = ON
DIP Switch S1 (6-fold)
Input Signal
1
2
Max. Operating Frequency
3
▯
4
0 … 20 mA
▯
▯
4 … 20 mA
▯
2 … 10 V
▯
▯
Output 1
5
fmax. approx. 1 kHz
▯
fmax. < 100 Hz
Output 2
6
0 … 20 mA
▯
4 … 20 mA
0 … 20 mA
▯
4 … 20 mA
0 … 10 V
0…5V
▯
1…5V
3
Default Settings
- Input: 0 ... 20 mA
- Output 1: 0 … 20 mA
- Output 2: 0 … 20 mA
- Max. Operating Frequency: < 100 Hz
857-800
Temperature transducer for Pt100, Pt200, Pt500 and Pt1000 as well as resistors 0 ... 1 kȍ; 0 ... 4.5 kȍ
5 OUT+
1
OUT
6 GND 1
2
IN
7 Us+
POWER
8 GND 2
3
4
208
JUMPFLEX® Transducers
____________
Short description:
The 857-800 Temperature Transducer is suitable for the connection of Pt100,
Pt200, Pt500 and Pt1000 sensors in 2-, 3- and 4-conductor connection technology. On the input side, 0 - 1k or 0 - 4.5k resistance values can be measured. On the output side, the Pt100 temperature transducer converts the temperature signal into an analog standard signal. The following signals are available: 0 - 20mA, 4 - 20mA, 0 - 10V, 2 - 10V, 0 - 5V, 1 - 5V, 0 - 10mA and 2 - 10mA.
The device has a 3-way isolation with a 2.5kV test voltage. The devices can be
configured via DIP switches that are accessible from the side of the housing.
Measurement range switching is calibrated.
The device is supplied with 24VDC, which can be commoned using lateral
push-in type jumper bars in a quick and cost effective way.
_>
_>
3
6 mm/0.23 in
A green LED on the front panel indicates normal operation. The temperature
transducer meets the requirements for safe isolation of input, output and supply
circuits with 2.5kV test voltage according to EN 61140.
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Technical Data
Temperature transducer for Pt100, Pt200,
Pt500 und Pt1000 as well as resistors
0 ... 1 kΩ; 0 ... 4.5 kΩ
857-800
1
Configuration
Input signal
DIP switch
PT sensors and resistors
Output signal
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA,
0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V,
0... 5 V, 1 ... 5 V,
0 ... 10 mA, 2 ... 10 mA
600 Ω (Out = mA)
2 kΩ (Out = V)
180 ms (360 ms at 3-wire)
24 V DC
16.8 V ... 31.2 V
< 40 mA
Pt100, Pt200, Pt500, Pt1000
2-wire, 3-wire, 4-wire (switchable)
-200 °C ... +850 °C
0 ... 1 kΩ , 0 ... 4.5 kΩ
0.1 % at max. measuring span
((10 K / set measuring span [K]) + 0.1) %
Accessories
General accessories
see pages 222 - 223
Load impedance
Approvals
Shipbuilding
4 r ANSI/ISA 12.12.01
Conformity marking
g (pending)
Class I, Div. 2, Grp. ABCD, T4
1
General Specifications
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
6 x 96 x 94
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
solid: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 28 ... 12
fine-stranded: 0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
Step response
Voltage supply VN
Supply voltage range
Current input at 24 V DC
Sensor types
Sensor connection
Temperature range
Resistor input
Transmission error
Transmission error of set measuring span
Temperature coefficient
Min. measuring span
Test voltage
(input/output/supply)
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
0.02 % /K
50 K (50 Ω) (configurable)
2.5 kV AC, 50 Hz, 1 min
-25 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
S
3
209
DIP Switch Adjustability
857-800
▯ = ON
DIP Switch S1
Wire connection
1
Sensor type
2
3
4
2-wire
▯
6
7
8
Pt100
3-wire
▯
Output signal
5
▯
▯
▯
▯
Pt500
▯
Pt1000
▯
10
0 … 20 mA
Pt200
4-wire
9
▯
1 kΩ
▯
4.5 kΩ
4 … 20 mA
▯
▯
0 … 10 mA
▯
2 … 10 mA
▯
0 … 10 V
▯
2 … 10 V
▯
▯
0…5V
▯
▯
1…5V
▯
▯
Measuring range
underflow
Measuring range
overflow
Wire break
Lower limit of output range
-5 %
Upper limit of output range
+2.5 %
Upper limit of output range
5%
Lower limit of output range
-12.5 %
Upper limit of output range Upper limit of output range
+2.5 %
5%
Lower limit of output range
Lower limit of output range
▯
Lower limit of output range
Upper limit of output range
Lower limit of output range
Upper limit of output range Lower limit of output range
▯
▯
Short circuit
Upper limit of output range
5%
Upper limit of output range
5%
Lower limit of output range
▯
According to Namur NE 43
3
DIP Switch S2
Start temperature
1
2
3
4
▯
▯
-200
-328
-175
-283
▯
-150
-238
▯
-125
-193
▯
-100
-148
▯
▯
-90
-130
▯
▯
-80
-112
▯
-70
-94
▯
-60
-76
▯
▯
-50
-58
▯
▯
-40
-40
▯
▯
-30
-22
▯
▯
-20
-4
▯
▯
▯
-10
14
▯
▯
▯
0
32
▯
▯
▯
▯
End temperature
°F
▯
▯
▯
°C
5
6
7
8
9
▯
▯
32
5
41
▯
10
50
▯
15
59
▯
20
68
▯
▯
25
77
▯
▯
30
86
▯
35
95
▯
40
104
▯
▯
45
113
▯
▯
50
122
▯
▯
55
131
▯
▯
60
140
▯
▯
▯
65
149
▯
▯
▯
70
158
▯
▯
°F
0
▯
▯
°C
▯
▯
▯
10
5
6
7
8
▯
▯
°F
▯
75
167
80
176
▯
85
185
▯
▯
90
194
▯
▯
95
203
▯
▯
100
212
▯
▯
▯
110
230
▯
▯
▯
120
248
▯
▯
130
266
▯
▯
140
284
▯
▯
▯
150
302
▯
▯
▯
160
320
▯
▯
▯
170
338
▯
▯
▯
180
356
▯
▯
▯
▯
190
374
▯
▯
▯
▯
200
392
▯
▯
°C
▯
▯
▯
10
▯
▯
▯
9
5
6
7
8
▯
▯
In delivery status all DIP switches are in the position “OFF“.
- 2-wire
- Pt100
- Start temperature 0 °C
- End temperature 100 °C
- 0 … 20 mA
- Measuring range underflow 0 mA
- Measuring range overflow 20.5 mA
- Wire break 21 mA
- Short circuit 0 mA
410
220
428
230
446
▯
▯
240
464
▯
▯
250
482
▯
▯
260
500
▯
▯
▯
270
518
▯
▯
▯
280
536
▯
▯
290
554
▯
▯
300
572
▯
▯
▯
325
617
▯
▯
▯
350
662
▯
▯
▯
375
707
▯
▯
▯
400
752
▯
▯
▯
▯
425
797
▯
▯
▯
▯
450
842
The minimum distance from the start temperature to the end temperature may not fall short of 50K degrees on the Celsius (C) scale or 122K degrees on the Fahrenheit (F) scale.
Default settings
°F
210
▯
▯
▯
°C
▯
▯
▯
▯
10
▯
▯
▯
9
5
6
7
8
▯
▯
°F
475
887
932
▯
500
▯
▯
525
997
▯
▯
▯
550
1022
▯
▯
▯
575
1067
▯
▯
▯
600
1022
▯
▯
▯
▯
625
1112
▯
▯
▯
▯
650
1202
▯
▯
▯
675
1247
▯
▯
▯
700
1292
▯
▯
▯
▯
725
1337
▯
▯
▯
▯
750
1382
▯
▯
▯
▯
775
1427
▯
▯
▯
▯
800
1472
▯
▯
▯
▯
▯
825
1517
▯
▯
▯
▯
▯
850
1562
▯
▯
°C
▯
▯
▯
▯
10
▯
▯
▯
9
▯
857-801
Temperature transducer for Pt100, Pt200, Pt500 and Pt1000 * as well as resistors 0 ... 1 kȍ; 0 ... 4.5 kȍ
5 OUT+
1
OUT
6 GND 1
2
IN
7 Us+
POWER
8 GND 2
3
4
210
JUMPFLEX® Transducers
____________
Short description:
The 857-801 Temperature Transducer is suitable for the connection of Pt100,
Pt200, Pt500 and Pt1000 sensors in 2-, 3- and 4-conductor connection technology. On the input side, 0 - 1k or 0 - 4.5k resistance values can be measured. On the output side, the Pt100 temperature transducer converts the temperature signal into an analog standard signal. The following signals are available: 0 - 20mA, 4 - 20mA, 0 - 10V, 2 - 10V, 0 - 5V, 1 - 5V, 0 - 10mA and 2 - 10mA.
The device has a 3-way isolation with a 2.5kV test voltage. The devices can be
configured both via DIP switches that are accessible from the side of the housing and using a FDT/DTM software. The software offers additional setting options such as additional types of sensors at the input or inversion of the analog
output. Measurement range switching is calibrated.
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Technical Data
Temperature transducer for
Pt100, Pt200, Pt500 und Pt1000
* as well as resistors
0 ... 1 kΩ; 0 ... 4.5 kΩ
857-801
1
Configuration
Input signal
Output signal
Accessories
WAGO USB Service Cable
General accessories
- 759-370 FDT Frame Application
- DTM (Device Tool Manager)
Download: see www.wago.com
750-923
see pages 222 - 223
Approvals
Shipbuilding
4 r ANSI/ISA 12.12.01
Conformity marking
g (pending)
Class I, Div. 2, Grp. ABCD, T4
1
General Specifications
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
6 x 96 x 94
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
solid: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 28 ... 12
fine-stranded: 0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
6 mm/0.23 in
The device is supplied with 24VDC, which can be commoned using lateral
push-in type jumper bars in a quick and cost effective way.
A green LED on the front panel indicates normal operation. The temperature
transducer meets the requirements for safe isolation of input, output and supply
circuits with 2.5kV test voltage according to EN 61140.
Description
Configuration software
_>
_>
3
Load impedance
Step response
Voltage supply VN
Supply voltage range
Current input at 24 V DC
Sensor types
Sensor connection
Temperature range
Resistor input
Transmission error
Transmission error of set measuring span
Temperature coefficient
Min. measuring span
Test voltage
(input/output/supply)
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
DIP switch or via software
PT sensors and resistors
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA,
0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V,
0... 5 V, 1 ... 5 V,
0 ... 10 mA, 2 ... 10 mA
600 Ω (Out = mA)
2 kΩ (Out = V)
180 ms (360 ms at 3-wire)
24 V DC
16.8 V ... 31.2 V
< 40 mA
Pt100, Pt200, Pt500, Pt1000 *
2-wire, 3-wire, 4-wire (switchable)
-200 °C ... +850 °C
0 ... 1 kΩ , 0 ... 4.5 kΩ
0.1 % at max. measuring span
((10 K / set measuring span [K]) + 0.1) %
0.02 % /K
50 K (50 Ω) (configurable)
2.5 kV AC, 50 Hz, 1 min
-25 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
( * Setting of other types of sensors as well as output signal inversion using the
configuration software)
S
3
211
DIP Switch Adjustability
857-801
▯ = ON
DIP Switch S1
Wire connection
1
Sensor type
2
3
4
2-wire
▯
6
7
8
Pt100
3-wire
▯
Output signal
5
▯
▯
▯
▯
Pt500
▯
Pt1000
▯
Measuring range
underflow
10
0 … 20 mA
Pt200
4-wire
9
▯
1 kΩ
▯
4.5 kΩ
4 … 20 mA
▯
▯
0 … 10 mA
▯
2 … 10 mA
▯
0 … 10 V
▯
2 … 10 V
▯
▯
0…5V
▯
▯
1…5V
▯
▯
Measuring range
overflow
Wire break
Lower limit of output range
-5 %
Upper limit of output range
+2.5 %
Upper limit of output range Lower limit of output range
5%
-12.5 %
Lower limit of output range
Upper limit of output range
+2.5 %
Upper limit of output range Lower limit of output range
5%
Lower limit of output range
Upper limit of output range
Upper limit of output range
5%
Lower limit of output range
Upper limit of output range Lower limit of output range
▯
▯
▯
Short circuit
Upper limit of output range
5%
Lower limit of output range
▯
According to Namur NE 43
3
DIP Switch S2
Start temperature
1
2
3
4
▯
▯
-200
-328
-175
-283
▯
-150
-238
▯
-125
-193
▯
-100
-148
▯
▯
-90
-130
▯
▯
-80
-112
▯
-70
-94
▯
-60
-76
▯
▯
-50
-58
▯
▯
-40
-40
▯
▯
-30
-22
▯
▯
-20
-4
▯
▯
▯
-10
14
▯
▯
▯
0
32
▯
▯
▯
▯
End temperature
°F
▯
▯
▯
°C
5
6
7
8
9
▯
▯
32
5
41
▯
10
50
▯
15
59
▯
20
68
▯
▯
25
77
▯
▯
30
86
▯
35
95
▯
40
104
▯
▯
45
113
▯
▯
50
122
▯
▯
55
131
▯
▯
60
140
▯
▯
▯
65
149
▯
▯
▯
70
158
▯
▯
°F
0
▯
▯
°C
▯
▯
▯
10
5
6
7
8
▯
▯
°F
▯
75
167
80
176
▯
85
185
▯
▯
90
194
▯
▯
95
203
▯
▯
100
212
▯
▯
▯
110
230
▯
▯
▯
120
248
▯
▯
130
266
▯
▯
140
284
▯
▯
▯
150
302
▯
▯
▯
160
320
▯
▯
▯
170
338
▯
▯
▯
180
356
▯
▯
▯
▯
190
374
▯
▯
▯
▯
200
392
▯
▯
°C
▯
▯
▯
10
▯
▯
▯
9
5
6
7
8
▯
▯
In delivery status all DIP switches are in the position “OFF“.
- 2-wire
- Pt100
- Start temperature 0 °C
- End temperature 100 °C
- 0 … 20 mA
- Measuring range underflow 0 mA
- Measuring range overflow 20.5 mA
- Wire break 21 mA
- Short circuit 0 mA
410
220
428
230
446
▯
▯
240
464
▯
▯
250
482
▯
▯
260
500
▯
▯
▯
270
518
▯
▯
▯
280
536
▯
▯
290
554
▯
▯
300
572
▯
▯
▯
325
617
▯
▯
▯
350
662
▯
▯
▯
375
707
▯
▯
▯
400
752
▯
▯
▯
▯
425
797
▯
▯
▯
▯
450
842
The minimum distance from the start temperature to the end temperature may not fall short of 50K degrees on the Celsius (C) scale or 122K degrees on the Fahrenheit (F) scale.
Default settings
°F
210
▯
▯
▯
°C
▯
▯
▯
▯
10
▯
▯
▯
9
5
6
7
8
▯
▯
°F
475
887
932
▯
500
▯
▯
525
997
▯
▯
▯
550
1022
▯
▯
▯
575
1067
▯
▯
▯
600
1022
▯
▯
▯
▯
625
1112
▯
▯
▯
▯
650
1202
▯
▯
▯
675
1247
▯
▯
▯
700
1292
▯
▯
▯
▯
725
1337
▯
▯
▯
▯
750
1382
▯
▯
▯
▯
775
1427
▯
▯
▯
▯
800
1472
▯
▯
▯
▯
▯
825
1517
▯
▯
▯
▯
▯
850
1562
▯
▯
°C
▯
▯
▯
▯
10
▯
▯
▯
9
▯
857-810
Temperature transducer for thermocouples of types J and K
TC+ 1
5 OUT+
OUT
TC– 2
6 GND 1
IN
7 Us+
POWER
8 GND 2
3
4
212
JUMPFLEX® Transducers
____________
Short description:
The 857-810 Thermocouple Temperature Transducer is suitable for the connection of type J and K thermocouples. On the output side, the thermocouple temperature transducer converts the temperature signal into an analog standard signal. The following signals are available: 0 - 20mA, 4 - 20mA, 0 - 10V, 2 - 10V,
0 - 5V, 1 - 5V, 0 - 10mA and 2 - 10mA. The device has a 3-way isolation with
a 2.5kV test voltage. It can be configured via DIP switches that are accessible
from the side of the housing. Measurement range switching is calibrated.
The device is supplied with 24VDC, which can be commoned using lateral
push-in type jumper bars in a quick and cost effective way.
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Technical Data
Temperature transducer for thermocouples of
types J and K
857-810
1
Configuration
Input signal
Output signal
Accessories
see pages 222 - 223
Load impedance
Step response
Voltage supply VN
Supply voltage range
Current input at 24 V DC
Sensor types
Temperature range
Approvals
Shipbuilding
4 r ANSI/ISA 12.12.01
Conformity marking
g (pending)
Class I, Div. 2, Grp. ABCD, T4
1
General Specifications
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
6 x 96 x 94
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
solid: 0.20 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 24 ... 12
fine-stranded: 0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
6 mm/0.23 in
A green LED on the front panel indicates normal operation. The temperature
transducer meets the requirements for safe isolation of input, output and supply
circuits with 2.5kV test voltage according to EN 61140.
Description
General accessories
_>
_>
3
Cold junction compensation
Cold junction error
Transmission error
Transmission error of set measuring span
Temperature coefficient
Min. measuring span
Test voltage
(input/output/supply)
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
DIP switch
Thermocouples
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA,
0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V,
0... 5 V, 1 ... 5 V,
0 ... 10 mA, 2 ... 10 mA
600 Ω (Out = mA)
2 kΩ (Out = V)
60 ms / 120 ms with cold junction
compensation
24 V DC
16.8 V ... 31.2 V
< 40 mA
Thermocouples of types J and K
Type J: -150 °C ... +1200 °C
Type K: -150 °C ... +1350 °C
on / off (default: on)
3 K (typ. 2 K )
0.1 % at max. measuring span (Typ J, K)
(150 K / set measuring span [K]) %
0.04 % /K
100 K (configurable)
2.5 kV AC, 50 Hz, 1 min
-25 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
S
3
213
DIP Switch Adjustability
857-810
▯ = ON
DIP Switch S1
Cold junction compensation
2
3
4
on
▯
Output signal
Sensor type
1
5
6
7
J
off
▯
0 … 20 mA
K
▯
▯
4 … 20 mA
▯
0 … 10 mA
▯
2 … 10 mA
▯
0 … 10 V
▯
2 … 10 V
▯
▯
0…5V
▯
▯
1…5V
▯
▯
Measuring range
underflow
8
Measuring range
overflow
Lower limit of output range
-5 %
Upper limit of output range
+2.5 %
Upper limit of output range
5%
Lower limit of output range
Upper limit of output range
+2.5 %
Upper limit of output range
5%
Lower limit of output range
Upper limit of output range
Upper limit of output range
5%
Lower limit of output range
Upper limit of output range
▯
▯
▯
▯
Wire break
Lower limit of output range
According to Namur NE 43
DIP Switch S2
Start temperature
1
2
3
4
▯
▯
-200
-328
-175
-283
▯
-150
-283
▯
-125
-193
▯
-100
-148
▯
▯
-90
-130
▯
▯
▯
▯
▯
▯
-80
-112
▯
-70
-94
▯
-60
-76
▯
-50
-58
▯
-40
-40
▯
▯
-30
-22
▯
▯
-20
-4
▯
▯
▯
-10
14
▯
▯
▯
0
32
▯
▯
°F
▯
▯
▯
°C
End temperature
5
6
7
8
9
10
▯
▯
0
32
10
50
▯
20
68
▯
30
86
▯
40
104
▯
▯
50
122
▯
▯
▯
▯
▯
▯
60
140
▯
70
158
▯
80
176
▯
90
194
▯
100
212
▯
▯
125
257
▯
▯
150
302
▯
▯
▯
175
347
▯
▯
▯
200
392
▯
▯
°F
▯
▯
▯
°C
5
6
7
8
▯
▯
°F
▯
225
437
250
482
▯
275
527
▯
▯
300
572
▯
▯
325
617
▯
▯
350
662
▯
▯
▯
375
707
▯
▯
▯
▯
▯
▯
°C
▯
▯
▯
10
▯
▯
▯
9
▯
400
752
▯
▯
425
797
▯
▯
450
842
▯
▯
475
887
▯
▯
500
932
▯
▯
▯
525
977
▯
▯
▯
550
1022
▯
▯
▯
▯
575
1067
▯
▯
▯
▯
600
1112
5
6
7
8
9
▯
▯
650
1202
675
1247
▯
▯
700
1292
▯
▯
725
1337
▯
▯
750
1382
▯
▯
▯
775
1427
▯
▯
▯
▯
▯
800
1472
▯
▯
825
1517
▯
▯
850
1562
▯
▯
875
1607
▯
▯
900
1652
▯
▯
▯
925
1697
▯
▯
▯
950
1742
▯
▯
▯
▯
975
1787
▯
▯
▯
▯
1000
1832
The minimum distance from the start temperature to the end temperature may not fall short of 100K degrees on the Celsius (C) scale or 212K degrees on the Fahrenheit (F) scale.
Default settings
In delivery status all DIP switches are in the position “OFF“.
- Cold junction compensation “On“
- Termocouple of type J
- Start temperature 0 °C
- End temperature 1000 °C
- 0 … 20 mA
- Measuring range underflow 0 mA
- Measuring range overflow 20.5 mA
- Wire break 21 mA
1157
▯
▯
▯
°F
625
▯
▯
▯
°C
▯
▯
▯
▯
10
5
6
7
8
▯
▯
°F
1025
1877
▯
1050
1922
▯
▯
1075
1967
▯
▯
▯
1100
2012
▯
▯
▯
1125
2057
▯
▯
▯
1150
2102
▯
▯
▯
▯
1175
2147
▯
▯
▯
▯
▯
▯
°C
▯
▯
▯
▯
10
▯
▯
▯
9
▯
▯
▯
1200
2192
▯
▯
▯
1225
2237
▯
▯
▯
1250
2282
▯
▯
▯
1275
2327
2372
▯
▯
▯
1300
▯
▯
▯
▯
1325
2417
▯
▯
▯
▯
1350
2462
▯
▯
▯
▯
▯
1375
2507
▯
▯
▯
▯
▯
1400
2552
3
857-811
Temperature transducer for thermocouples of types J and K *
TC+ 1
5 OUT+
OUT
TC– 2
6 GND 1
IN
7 Us+
POWER
8 GND 2
3
4
214
JUMPFLEX® Transducers
____________
_>
_>
3
6 mm/0.23 in
A green LED on the front panel indicates normal operation. The temperature
Short description:
The 857-811 Thermocouple Temperature Transducer is suitable for the connec- transducer meets the requirements for safe isolation of input, output and supply
tion of type J and K thermocouples. On the output side, the thermocouple tem- circuits with 2.5kV test voltage according to EN 61140.
perature transducer converts the temperature signal into an analog standard signal. The following signals are available: 0 - 20mA, 4 - 20mA, 0 - 10V, 2 - 10V,
0 - 5V, 1 - 5V, 0 - 10mA and 2 - 10mA. The device has a 3-way isolation with
a 2.5kV test voltage. It can be configured both via DIP switches that are accessible from the side of the housing and using a FDT/DTM software. The software
offers additional setting options such as additional types of sensors at the input
or inversion of the analog output.
The device is supplied with 24VDC, which can be commoned using lateral
push-in type jumper bars in a quick and cost effective way.
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Technical Data
Temperature transducer for thermocouples of
types J and K *
857-811
1
Configuration
Input signal
Output signal
Accessories
Configuration software
WAGO USB Service Cable
General accessories
- 759-370 FDT Frame Application
- DTM (Device Tool Manager)
Download: see www.wago.com
750-923
see pages 222 - 223
Load impedance
g (pending)
Class I, Div. 2, Grp. ABCD, T4
1
Cold junction compensation
Cold junction error
Transmission error
Transmission error of set measuring span
Approvals
Shipbuilding
4 r ANSI/ISA 12.12.01
Conformity marking
General Specifications
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
6 x 96 x 94
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
solid: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 28 ... 12
fine-stranded: 0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
Step response
Voltage supply VN
Supply voltage range
Current input at 24 V DC
Sensor types
Temperature range
Temperature coefficient
Min. measuring span
Test voltage
(input/output/supply)
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
DIP switch or via software
Thermocouples
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA,
0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V,
0... 5 V, 1 ... 5 V,
0 ... 10 mA, 2 ... 10 mA
600 Ω (Out = mA)
2 kΩ (Out = V)
60 ms / 120 ms with cold junction
compensation
24 V DC
16.8 V ... 31.2 V
< 40 mA
Thermocouples of types J and K *
Type J: -150 °C ... +1200 °C
Type K: -150 °C ... +1350 °C
on / off (default: on)
3 K (typ. 2 K )
0.1 % at max. measuring span (Typ J, K)
(150 K / set measuring span [K]) %
0.04 % /K
100 K (configurable)
2.5 kV AC, 50 Hz, 1 min
-25 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
( * Setting of other types of sensors as well as output signal inversion using the
configuration software)
S
3
215
DIP Switch Adjustability
857-811
▯ = ON
DIP Switch S1
Cold junction compensation
Sensor type
1
2
on
▯
Output signal
3
4
5
6
J
off
▯
7
8
0 … 20 mA
K
▯
Measuring range
underflow
Measuring range
overflow
Wire break
Lower limit of output range
-5 %
Upper limit of output range
+2.5 %
Upper limit of output range
5%
Lower limit of output range
Upper limit of output range
+2.5 %
Upper limit of output range
5%
Lower limit of output range
Upper limit of output range
Upper limit of output range
5%
Lower limit of output range
Upper limit of output range
4 … 20 mA
▯
▯
0 … 10 mA
▯
2 … 10 mA
▯
▯
▯
0 … 10 V
▯
2 … 10 V
▯
▯
0…5V
▯
▯
1…5V
▯
▯
▯
Lower limit of output range
▯
According to Namur NE 43
3
DIP Switch S2
Start temperature
1
2
3
4
▯
▯
-200
-328
-283
▯
-150
-283
▯
-125
-193
▯
-100
-148
▯
▯
-90
-130
▯
▯
-80
-112
▯
-70
-94
▯
-60
-76
▯
▯
-50
-58
▯
▯
-40
-40
▯
▯
-30
-22
▯
▯
-20
-4
▯
▯
▯
-10
14
▯
▯
▯
0
32
▯
▯
°F
-175
▯
▯
°C
▯
▯
▯
End temperature
5
6
7
8
9
▯
▯
0
32
50
▯
20
68
▯
30
86
▯
40
104
▯
▯
50
122
▯
▯
60
140
▯
70
158
▯
80
176
▯
▯
90
194
▯
▯
100
212
▯
▯
125
257
▯
▯
150
302
▯
▯
▯
175
347
▯
▯
▯
200
392
▯
▯
°F
10
▯
▯
°C
▯
▯
▯
10
5
6
7
8
▯
▯
°F
225
437
250
482
▯
275
527
▯
▯
300
572
▯
▯
325
617
▯
▯
350
662
▯
▯
▯
375
707
▯
▯
▯
400
752
▯
▯
425
797
▯
▯
450
842
▯
▯
▯
475
887
▯
▯
▯
500
932
▯
▯
▯
525
977
▯
▯
▯
550
1022
▯
▯
▯
▯
575
1067
▯
▯
▯
▯
600
1112
▯
▯
10
▯
▯
▯
9
▯
▯
▯
°C
▯
5
6
7
8
▯
▯
In delivery status all DIP switches are in the position “OFF“.
- Cold junction compensation “On“
- Termocouple of type J
- Start temperature 0 °C
- End temperature 1000 °C
- 0 … 20 mA
- Measuring range underflow 0 mA
- Measuring range overflow 20.5 mA
- Wire break 21 mA
1157
650
1202
675
1247
▯
▯
700
1292
▯
▯
725
1337
▯
▯
750
1382
▯
▯
▯
775
1427
▯
▯
▯
800
1472
▯
▯
825
1517
▯
▯
850
1562
▯
▯
▯
875
1607
▯
▯
▯
900
1652
▯
▯
▯
925
1697
▯
▯
▯
950
1742
▯
▯
▯
▯
975
1787
▯
▯
▯
▯
1000
1832
The minimum distance from the start temperature to the end temperature may not fall short of 100K degrees on the Celsius (C) scale or 212K degrees on the Fahrenheit (F) scale.
Default settings
°F
625
▯
▯
▯
°C
▯
▯
▯
▯
10
▯
▯
▯
9
5
6
7
8
▯
▯
°F
1025
1877
▯
1050
1922
▯
▯
1075
1967
▯
▯
▯
1100
2012
▯
▯
▯
1125
2057
▯
▯
▯
1150
2102
▯
▯
▯
▯
1175
2147
▯
▯
▯
▯
1200
2192
▯
▯
▯
1225
2237
▯
▯
▯
1250
2282
▯
▯
▯
▯
1275
2327
▯
▯
▯
▯
1300
2372
▯
▯
▯
▯
1325
2417
▯
▯
▯
▯
1350
2462
▯
▯
▯
▯
▯
1375
2507
▯
▯
▯
▯
▯
1400
2552
▯
▯
°C
▯
▯
▯
▯
10
▯
▯
▯
9
▯
857-819
Millivolt transducer; Records all mV signals ranging from -100 mV to +100 mV; 0 mV ... 1000 mV. Application: Recording of lambda probes
IN+ 1
IN– 2
N.C. 3
N.C. 4
IN
mV
OUT
U,I
5 OUT+
6 GND 1
7 Us+
POWER
8 GND 2
216
JUMPFLEX® Transducers
____________
_>
_>
3
6 mm/0.23 in
A green LED on the front panel indicates normal operation. The millivolt transShort description:
The 857-819 Millivolt Transducer converts input millivolt signals into an analog ducer meets the requirements for safe isolation of input, output and supply circuits with 2.5kV test voltage according to EN 61140.
standard signal on the output side. The following signals are available:
0 - 20mA, 4 - 20mA, 0 - 10V, 2 - 10V, 0 - 5V, 1 - 5V, 0 - 10mA and 2 - 10mA.
The device has a 3-way isolation with a 2.5kV test voltage. The transducer can
be configured either using FDT/DTM software or via DIP switches that are accessible from the side of the housing. The software offers additional setting options such as the ability to invert the output signal.
The device is supplied with 24VDC, which can be commoned using lateral
push-in type jumper bars in a quick and cost effective way.
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Technical Data
Millivolt transducer, with millivolt input as well
as current and voltage output
857-819
1
Configuration
Input signal
Max. input signal
Output signal
Accessories
Configuration software
WAGO USB Service Cable
General accessories
- 759-370 FDT Frame Application
- DTM (Device Tool Manager)
Download: see www.wago.com
750-923
see pages 222 - 223
Approvals
Shipbuilding
4 r ANSI/ISA 12.12.01
Conformity marking
g (pending)
Class I, Div. 2, Grp. ABCD, T4
1
General Specifications
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
6 x 96 x 94
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
solid: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 28 ... 12
fine-stranded: 0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
Load impedance
Step response
Voltage supply VN
Supply voltage range
Transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Min. measuring span
Test voltage
(input/output/supply)
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
DIP switch or configuration software
-100 mV ... +100 mV, 0 mV ... 200 mV,
0 mV ... 300 mV, 0 mV ... 1000 mV
(in 100 mV increments)
30 V
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA,
0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V, 0... 5 V, 1 ... 5 V,
0 ... 10 mA, 2 ... 10 mA
600 Ω (I output)
2 kΩ (U output)
50 ms
24 V DC
16.8 V ... 31.2 V
< 0.1 % of upper range value
0.01 %/K
10 mV (configurable)
2.5 kV AC, 50 Hz, 1 min
-25 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
S
3
217
DIP Switch Adjustability
857-819
▯ = ON
Start value
DIP S1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
mV
1
-100
-98
-96
-94
-92
-90
-88
-86
-84
-82
-80
-78
-76
-74
-72
-70
-68
-66
-64
-62
-60
-58
-56
-54
-52
-50
-48
-46
-44
-42
-40
-38
-36
●
2
●
●
3
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
6
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
5
●
●
●
●
●
●
4
7
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
mV
-34
-32
-30
-28
-26
-24
-22
-20
-18
-16
-14
-12
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
1
2
●
●
●
●
3
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
4
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
6
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
5
7
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
mV
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
74
76
78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
98
100
3
End value
DIP S1
8
9
DIP S2
10
1
2
3
DIP S1
4
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
mV
8
-100
-98
-96
-94
-92
-90
-88
-86
-84
-82
-80
-78
-76
-74
-72
-70
-68
-66
-64
-62
-60
-58
-56
-54
-52
-50
-48
-46
-44
-42
-40
-38
-36
●
9
●
●
●
●
●
●
DIP S2
10
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
2
●
●
●
●
●
●
1
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
3
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
DIP S1
4
●
●
●
●
●
●
Measuring Range
Underflow
Measuring Range
Overflow
●
●
mV
-34
-32
-30
-28
-26
-24
-22
-20
-18
-16
-14
-12
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
8
9
●
●
●
●
DIP S2
10
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
1
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
3
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
2
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
DIP S1
4
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
mV
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
74
76
78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
98
100
8
●
●
9
●
●
DIP S2
10
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
1
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
2
3
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
DIP Switch S2
Output Signal
6
7
8
9
10
0 … 20 mA
▯
▯
4 … 20 mA
▯
0 … 10 mA
▯
2 … 10 mA
▯
0 … 10 V
▯
2 … 10 V
▯
▯
0…5V
▯
▯
1…5V
▯
▯
Default settings
In delivery status all DIP switches are in the position “OFF“.
Lower limit of output range
-5 %
Upper limit of output range
+2.5 %
Lower limit of output range
Upper limit of output range
+2.5 %
Lower limit of output range
Upper limit of output range
Lower limit of output range
Upper limit of output range
▯
- Measuring range 0 … 100 mV
- Output range 0 … 20 mA
▯
▯
▯
According to Namur NE 43
- Measuring range overflow 20.5 mA
- Measuring range underflow 0 mA
4
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
mV
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
857-531
Threshold value switch with analog input and changeover relay output
DO 1
DO
12 2
11 3
14 4
5 IN+
IN
U,I
6 GND 1
7 Us+
POWER
8 GND 2
218
JUMPFLEX® Transducers
____________
_>
_>
3
6 mm/0.23 in
Short description:
The threshold value switch for analog signals monitors analog standard signals
and reports signals exceeding a preset threshold. It is equipped with an analog
input and a changeover relay output. The device features a 24VDC nominal
voltage supply. In addition, the device has a digital output (DO) to indicate
other conditions, such as a range overflow or underflow. The threshold value
switch can be configured via DIP switches and teach-in function via push-slider
switch. Configuration via FDT/DTM software is also possible.
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Technical Data
Threshold value switch with analog input,
changeover relay output and digital output
857-531
1
Configuration
Input signal
Max. input signal
Input resistance
Accessories
Configuration software
WAGO USB Service Cable
General accessories
- 759-370 FDT Frame Application
- DTM (Device Tool Manager)
Download: see www.wago.com
750-923
see pages 222 - 223
Output - Relay
Contact type
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current (terminal
Max. Switching power (resistive)
Switching treshold
Configurable rise and fall delay time
g (pending)
Class I, Div. 2, Grp. ABCD, T4
1
General Specifications
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
1 changeover contact
250 V AC
max.6 A (to 60 °C),
3 A (60 to 70 °C)
1250 VA AC
1 bzw. 2 (adjustable)
10 s (via DIP switch),
Approvals
Shipbuilding
4 r ANSI/ISA 12.12.01
Conformity marking
DIP switch, teach-in function,
configuration software
-10...+10 V, -20...+20 mA, 0...+30 V
(31.2 V (UIN) 100 mA (IIN)
200 Ω (I input)
> 100 kΩ (U input)
6 x 96 x 94
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®S
solid: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 28 ... 12
fine-stranded: 0.34 mm² ... 2.5 mm² /
AWG 22 ... 12
9 ... 10 mm / 0.37 in
Output - Digital
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current
Supply voltage range
Test voltage
(input/output/supply)
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Supply voltage
500 mA (to 60 °C)
100 mA (60 to 70 °C)
16.8 V ... 31.2 V
2.5 kV AC, 50 Hz, 1 min
-25 °C ... +70 °C
-40 °C ... +85 °C
S
3
219
DIP Switch Adjustability
857-531
▯ = ON
DIP S1
1
2
3
Input signal limits
± 0.25 V; ± 0.5 mA
4
5
Hysteresis
●
10 mV, 20 μA
±10 V
●
●
●
2 … 10 V
●
0…5V
●
●
●
5 mV; 10 μA
0 … 10 V
1…5V
●
±5V
●
●
0 … 15 V
●
●
0 … 30 V
●
± 20 mA
●
●
●
0 … 20 mA
●
●
●
4 … 20 mA
●
●
3
0 … 10 mA
●
●
●
2 … 10 mA
●
± 10 mA
DIP S1
6
7
Configurable rise/
fall delay time in sec.
8
9
Measuring range overflow indication
0
●
DO Ub switched
1
●
●
●
●
DO GND switched
DO
not active
●
active
2
●
●
10
3
●
4
●
5
●
●
8
●
●
10
“Teach-In“ Switch Operation
Press
for
1 sec.
Default settings
Red
LED
flashes
briefly
Yellow
LED
flashes
No
flashing
LED
In delivery status all DIP switches are in the position “OFF“.
- Input range: ± 10 V
- Hysteresis: 5 mV
- Configurable rise/fall delay time: 0 s
SP2
SP1
SP2
SP1
SP1
SP2
SP1
SP2
SP1
SP1
Param. mode
SP1
Param. mode
SP1
SP2
Leave
param. mode
Param. mode
SP1
SP2
Leave
param. mode
Param. mode
SP1
Param. mode
SP1
Leave
param. mode
Param. mode
SP1
Leave
param. mode
Param. mode
Leave
param. mode
Leave param. mode wihout
storing a value
SP2
SP2
Leave
param. mode
Leave
param. mode
- DO: not active
759-370
3
220
WAGOframe
FDT frame application for parameterization, commissioning and diagnostics of devices with DTM device driver
WAGOframe: Parameterizing a JUMPLEX® transducer
WAGOframe: Wizard function
WAGOframe is an FDT/DTM-based software used for parameterization,
commissioning and diagnostics of field devices.
DTM device drivers for the devices employed are required to use the
WAGOframe FDT frame application.
The WAGOframe FDT frame application provides a wizard, which simplifies
the operation of components, such as WAGO JUMPFLEX® DTMs.
For example, this wizard guides the user through the different operating modes
of DTM device drivers.
Depending on the PC communication interface used, an appropriate communication cable including DTM is required.
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Technical Data
WAGOframe
759-370
1
System requirements:
PC
Operating system
RAM memory
Hard disk storage
CD-ROM
Graphics resolution
Mouse
Other
Accessories
857 Series JUMPFLEX®
WAGO USB service cable
767 Series SPEEDWAY configuration
USB communication cable
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
750-923
1
756-4101/042-030
1
Included:
Additional requirements:
Pentium 1 GHz or higher
Microsoft® Windows® 2000;
Microsoft® Windows® XP Professional;
Microsoft® Windows® Vista®
min. 512 Mbytes (Windows® 2000 + XP);
min. 1024 Mbytes (Windows® Vista®)
min. 50 Mbytes
required
XGA or higher
required
Free interface in PC for
communication with the device
(e.g., USB, Serial, ETHERNET, ...)
CD ROM with software and documentation
Cable between PC communication
interface and device.
DTM software for the communication
interface used in the PC.
DTM software of the device.
Cable between PC communication
Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation
750-923
3
WAGO USB Service Cable
221
3
The WAGO USB Service Cable connects a PC (notebook) to either the service
Interface of the 857 Series Signal Conditioners and Relay Modules
(JUMPFLEX®) or to WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM buscouplers/controllers.
Notice:
Using the WAGO 759-923 USB Service Cable in combination with some of
the programmable fieldbus controllers requires a certain firmware version or
higher:
750-841 as from firmware version 12
750-872/0020-0000 as from firmware version 2
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Technical Data
WAGO USB service cable
750-923
1
USB specification
Operating system
Operating temperature
Interface USB
Length
Connector dimensions (WxHxD)
Test voltage
Conformity marking
EMC 1-Immunity to interference
EMC 1-Emission of interference
2.0 compatible/full-speed device
Windows 98/2000/XP/VISTA
-25 °C ... +70 °C
type A/m
2.5 m
15 x 50 x 19 mm
2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
1
acc. to EN 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-6
acc. to EN 55022
3
JUMPFLEX® 8-Channel Adapter for System Wiring
222
8-channel adapter
with 16-pin ribbon cable connector
Analog
Interface
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
FLK 16
Description
Item No.
Pack.
unit
JUMPFLEX® 8-channel adapter for system wiring
857-980
1
Technical Data
Connection type, signal level
Performance level
Contact resistance
Current carrying capacity
Test voltage
Overvoltage category
Degree of pollution
Accessories
16-pin ribbon cable connector
acc. to DIN 41651
3
20 mΩ
1A
500 V / 50 Hz / 1 min.
III
2
WAGO ribbon cable on request
3
Accessories, 857 Series
223
Push-in type jumper bar
Commoning
Description
Push-in type jumper bars, light gray, insulated, 18 A
Item no. suffix for colored push-in type jumper bars
WMB Multi marking system
Item No.
Pack. Unit
859-402
859-403
859-404
859-405
859-406
859-407
859-408
859-409
859-410
... /000-029
... /000-005
... /000-006
200 (8x25)
200 (8x25)
200 (8x25)
200 (8x25)
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Item No.
Pack. Unit
plain
793-501
5 cards
1 ... 10 (10x)
11 ... 20 (10x)
21 ... 30 (10x)
31 ... 40 (10x)
41 ... 50 (10x)
1 ... 50 (2x)
793-502
793-503
793-504
793-505
793-506
793-566
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
2-way
3-way
4-way
5-way
6-way
7-way
8-way
9-way
10-way
yellow
red
blue
Marking
Description
WMB Multi marking system
Marking software and printer/plotter see Section 8
Marking
10 strips with 10 markers, white with black printing
Operating tool
Wire connection
Description
Operating tool, with partially insulated shaft
WAGO USB service cable
Type 2, blade (3.5 x 0.5) mm
WAGO USB
service cable
Configuration
Item No.
Pack. Unit
210-720
750-923
1
1
3
3
Pluggable Modules - Temperature Transducers
224
Input: Pt100 type RTD element
3-wire, with error output for broken wire and
short circuit of sensor
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Input: Pt100 type RTD element
2-wire, with error output for broken wire and
short circuit of sensor
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
Other temperature ranges contact factory.
LED indication of broken wire or short circuit
WSB marker card
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking 1, 2, 3, 0V, +UB, OUT, ERR., 0V;
Item No.: 249-622
• Marking 1, 2, 0V, +UB, OUT, ERR., 0V;
Item No.: 249-623
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
U, I
+UB
OUT
ERROR
0V
U, I
+UB
OUT
ERROR
0V
Description
Output
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Output
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Temperature transducer
0 - 10 V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
286-860
286-861
286-862
1
1
1
0 - 10 V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
286-870
286-871
286-872
1
1
1
Technical Data
Temperature range
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Load impedance
Error output - low upon error (fail safe)
Transmission error (measuring range)
Temperature coefficient
Ambient operating temperature
Electromagnetic compatibility test acc. to IEC 801-2/4/5
Accessories see page 233
Accessories see page 233
0 °C ... 100 °C
24 V DC (± 10 %)
IBN 30 mA
2 kΩ (Out = V)
500 Ω (Out = mA)
VB / max. 20 mA
0.3 %
0.02 %/K
0 °C ... +55 °C
B acc. to EN 50082 T2 (E3.94)
0 °C ... 100 °C
24 V DC (± 10 %)
IBN 30 mA
2 kΩ (Out = V)
500 Ω (Out = mA)
VB / max. 20 mA
0.3 %
0.02 %/K
0 °C ... +55 °C
B acc. to EN 50082 T2 (E3.94)
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
3
225
Input: Thermocouple K (NiCr-Ni)
with error output for broken wire
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Input: Thermocouple J (Fe-CuNi)
with error output for broken wire
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
3
Other temperature ranges contact factory.
LED indication of broken wire or short circuit
WSB marker card
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking 1, 2, 3, 0V, +UB, OUT, ERR., 0V;
Item No.: 249-622
• Marking 1, 2, 0V, +UB, OUT, ERR., 0V;
Item No.: 249-623
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
U, I
+UB
OUT
ERROR
0V
U, I
+UB
OUT
ERROR
0V
Description
Output
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Output
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Temperature transducer
0 - 10 V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
286-863
286-865
286-867
1
1
1
0 - 10 V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
286-864
286-866
286-868
1
1
1
Technical Data
Temperature range
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Load impedance
Error output - low upon error (fail safe)
Transmission error (measuring range)
Temperature coefficient
Ambient operating temperature
Electromagnetic compatibility test acc. to IEC 801-2/4/5
Accessories see page 233
Accessories see page 233
0 °C ... 750 °C
24 V DC (± 10 %)
IBN 30 mA (Out = V)
IBN 50 mA (Out = mA)
2 kΩ (Out = V)
500 Ω (Out = mA)
VB / max. 20 mA
2%
0.02 %/K
0 °C ... +55 °C
B acc. to EN 50082 T2 (E3.94)
0 °C ... 1000 °C
24 V DC (± 10 %)
IBN 30 mA (Out = V)
IBN 50 mA (Out = mA)
2 kΩ (Out = V)
500 Ω (Out = mA)
VB / max. 20 mA
2%
0.02 %/K
0 °C ... +55 °C
B acc. to EN 50082 T2 (E3.94)
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
3
Pluggable Modules - Temperature Transducers
226
Input: Pt100 type RTD element
3-wire, with error output for broken wire and
short circuit of sensor
-30 °C ... +150 °C
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Input: Pt100 type RTD element
2-wire, with error output for broken wire and
short circuit of sensor
-30 °C ... +150 °C
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
Linear temperature curve
Other temperature ranges contact factory.
LED indication of broken wire or short circuit
WSB marker card
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking 1, 2, 3, 0V, +UB, OUT, ERR., 0V;
Item No.: 249-622
• Marking 1, 2, 0V, +UB, OUT, ERR., 0V;
Item No.: 249-623
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
+24V
OUT
ERROR
0V
+24V
OUT
ERROR
0V
Description
Output
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Output
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Temperature transducer
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
286-860/150-030
286-861/150-030
286-862/150-030
1
1
1
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
286-870/150-030
286-871/150-030
286-872/150-030
1
1
1
Technical Data
Temperature range
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Load impedance
Error output (closed-current principle)
Transmission error (full scale)
Temperature coefficient
Ambient operating temperature
Electromagnetic compatibility test acc. to IEC 801-2/4/5
Accessories see page 233
Accessories see page 233
-30 °C ... 150 °C
24 V DC (± 10 %)
IN 30 mA
2 kΩ (Out = V)
500 Ω (Out = mA)
VB / 20 mA
0.2 %
0.02 %/K
0 °C ... +55 °C
B acc. to EN 50082 T2 (E3.94)
-30 °C ... 150 °C
24 V DC (± 10 %)
IN 30 mA
2 kΩ (Out = V)
500 Ω (Out = mA)
VB / 20 mA
0.2 %
0.02 %/K
0 °C ... +55 °C
B acc. to EN 50082 T2 (E3.94)
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
3
227
Input: Pt100 type RTD element
3-wire, with error output for broken wire and
short circuit of sensor
0 °C ... +300 °C
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Input: Pt100 type RTD element
2-wire, with error output for broken wire and
short circuit of sensor
0 °C ... +300 °C
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
3
Linear temperature curve
Other temperature ranges contact factory.
LED indication of broken wire or short circuit
WSB marker card
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking 1, 2, 3, 0V, +UB, OUT, ERR., 0V;
Item No.: 249-622
• Marking 1, 2, 0V, +UB, OUT, ERR., 0V;
Item No.: 249-623
+24V
OUT
ERROR
0V
+24V
OUT
ERROR
0V
Description
Output
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Output
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Temperature transducer
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
286-860/000-300
286-861/000-300
286-862/000-300
1
1
1
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
286-870/000-300
286-871/000-300
286-872/000-300
1
1
1
Technical Data
Temperature range
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Load impedance
Error output (closed-current principle)
Transmission error (full scale)
Temperature coefficient
Ambient operating temperature
Electromagnetic compatibility test acc. to IEC 801-2/4/5
Accessories see page 233
Accessories see page 233
0 °C ... 300 °C
24 V DC (± 10 %)
IN 30 mA
2 kΩ (Out = V)
500 Ω (Out = mA)
VB / 20 mA
0.2 %
0.02 %/K
0 °C ... +55 °C
B acc. to EN 50082 T2 (E3.94)
0 °C ... 300 °C
24 V DC (± 10 %)
IN 30 mA
2 kΩ (Out = V)
500 Ω (Out = mA)
VB / 20 mA
0.2 %
0.02 %/K
0 °C ... +55 °C
B acc. to EN 50082 T2 (E3.94)
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
3
Pluggable Modules - Temperature Transducers
228
Input: Pt1000 type RTD element
2-wire, with error output for broken wire and
short circuit of sensor
0 °C ... +100 °C
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
Linear temperature curve
Other temperature ranges contact factory.
LED indication of broken wire or short circuit
WSB marker card
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking 1, 2, 0V, +UB, OUT, ERR., 0V;
Item No.: 249-623
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
+24V
OUT
ERROR
0V
Description
Output
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Temperature transducer
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
286-873
286-874
286-875
1
1
1
Technical Data
Temperature range
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Load impedance
Error output (closed-current principle)
Transmission error (full scale)
Temperature coefficient
Ambient operating temperature
Electromagnetic compatibility test acc. to IEC 801-2/4/5
Accessories see page 233
0 °C ... 100 °C
24 V DC (± 10 %)
IN 30 mA
2 kΩ (Out = V)
500 Ω (Out = mA)
VB / 20 mA
0.3 %
0.02 %/K
0 °C ... +55 °C
B acc. to EN 50082 T2 (E3.94)
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-628
1
3
229
3
3
Pluggable Modules - Analog Signal Conditioning
230
Electrically isolated supply of input/output via
DC/DC converter Isolation voltage input/
output/supply voltage 4 kV
Input signal 0 V ... 10 V
Module width 20 mm/ 0.787 in
Module width 20 mm/ 0.787 in
112 mm / 4.41 in
Separate supply voltage for input/output
Isolation voltage input/output 4 kV
Input signal 0 V ... 10 V
85 mm / 3.35 in u
+24V
WSB marker card
• Marking V; Item No.: 209-784
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking +/-; Item No.: 209-652
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
IN+
IN0V
7
3
+24V
1
IN+
1
U
2
U/I
5
6
4
8
IN-
OUT+
NC
OUT0V
5
U
2
+24V
U/I
6
3
7
4
8
OUT+
OUTNC
0V
Description
Output signal
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Output signal
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Analog signal conditioning modules, for signal
transformation, amplification and transmission with
electrical isolation of input and output of standard
signals.
0 - 10 V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
786-301
786-302
786-303
1
1
1
0 - 10 V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
786-321
786-322
786-323
1
1
1
Technical Data
Input signal
Max. input voltage
Input resistance
Load impedance
Line break detection
Transmission error (full scale)
Error of transmission typ.
Temperature coefficient (full scale)
Critical frequency (sinus)
Isolation voltage input / output
Supply voltage RR 6 % input/output
Power consumption input
Power consumption output
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Approvals
Accessories see page 233
Accessories see page 233
0 V ... 10 V
13 V
100 kΩ
2 kΩ (Out = V); 750 Ω (Out = mA)
Measuring output (LED green = off)
0.15 %
0.1 %
0.02 %/K
1 kHz
4 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min
20 V ... 30 V DC
8 mA ... 20 mA
15 mA ... 40 mA
250 V / 4 kV / 3
0 V ... 10 V
13 V
100 kΩ
2 kΩ (Out = V); 750 Ω (Out = mA)
Measuring output (LED green = off)
0.15 %
0.1 %
0.02 %/K
1 kHz
4 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min
20 V ... 28 V DC
60 mA
60 mA
250 V / 4 kV / 3
0 °C ... + 55 °C
-40 °C ... +80 °C
EMC testing IEC 60801-2/4/5,
Grade B met acc. to EN 50 082 Part 2 (suppl. 3.94)
0 °C ... + 55 °C
-40 °C ... +80 °C
EMC testing IEC 60801-2/4/5,
Grade B met acc. to EN 50 082 Part 2 (suppl. 3.94)
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
3
231
Separate supply voltage for input/output
Isolation voltage input/output 4 kV
Input signal 4 mA ... 20 mA
Module width 20 mm/ 0.787 in
Module width 20 mm/ 0.787 in
112 mm / 4.41 in
Separate supply voltage for input/output
Isolation voltage input/output 4 kV
Input signal 0 mA ... 20 mA
3
85 mm / 3.35 in u
+24V
WSB marker card
• Marking V; Item No.: 209-784
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking +/-; Item No.: 209-652
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
IN+
IN0V
7
3
+24V
1
IN+
I
2
U/I
5
6
4
8
OUT+
IN-
0V
Description
Output signal
Item No.
Analog signal conditioning modules, for signal
transformation, amplification and transmission with
electrical isolation of input and output of standard
signals.
0 - 10 V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
786-304
786-305
786-306
1
1
1
Input signal
Max. input current
Input resistance
Max. voltage drop at input
Load impedance
Line break detection
Transmission error (full scale)
Error of transmission typ.
Temperature coefficient (full scale)
Critical frequency (sinus)
Isolation voltage input / output
Supply voltage RR 6 % input/output
Power consumption input
Power consumption output
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
IN-
+24V
2
I
3
U/I
5
6
8
4
OUT+
OUT0V
Output signal
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
0 - 10 V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
786-307
786-308
786-309
1
1
1
Accessories see page 233
Accessories see page 233
0 mA ... 20 mA
22 mA
50 Ω
0.15 %
0.1 %
0.02 %/K
1 kHz
4 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min
20 V ... 30 V DC
7 mA ... 18 mA
9 ... 16 mA; 13 ... 35 mA; 22 ... 40 mA
250 V / 4 kV / 3
4 mA ... 20 mA
22 mA
400 Ω
8V
2 kΩ (Out = V); 750 Ω (Out = mA)
Measuring input (LED green = off) and
Measuring output (LED green = off) (786-309)
0.15 %
0.1 %
0.02 %/K
1 kHz
4 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min
20 V ... 30 V DC
7 mA ... 18 mA
25 mA; 50 mA; 50 mA
250 V / 4 kV / 3
0 °C ... + 55 °C
-40 °C ... +80 °C
0 °C ... + 55 °C
-40 °C ... +80 °C
2 kΩ (Out = V); 750 Ω (Out = mA)
Measuring output (LED green = off)
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
7
1
OUT-
Pack.
Unit
Technical Data
IN+
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
3
Pluggable Modules - Analog Signal Conditioning
232
Electrically isolated supply of input/output via
DC/DC converter
Isolation voltage input/output/supply voltage
4 kV
Input signal 0 mA ... 20 mA
Module width 20 mm/ 0.787 in
112 mm / 4.41 in
Electrically isolated supply of input/output via
DC/DC converter
Isolation voltage input/output/supply voltage
4 kV
Input signal 0 mA ... 20 mA
Module width 20 mm/ 0.787 in
85 mm / 3.35 in u
1
IN+
WSB marker card
• Marking V; Item No.: 209-784
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking +/-; Item No.: 209-652
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
5
I
2
INNC
+24V
U/I
6
3
7
4
8
IN+
OUT+
OUT-
IN-
NC
NC
+24V
0V
1
5
I
2
U/I
6
3
7
4
8
OUT+
OUTNC
0V
Description
Output signal
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Output signal
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Analog signal conditioning modules, for signal
transformation, amplification and transmission with
electrical isolation of input and output of standard
signals.
0 - 10 V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
786-324
786-325
786-326
1
1
1
0 - 10 V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
786-337
786-338
786-339
1
1
1
Technical Data
Input signal
Max. input current
Input resistance
Max. voltage drop at input
Load impedance
Line break detection
Transmission error (full scale)
Error of transmission typ.
Temperature coefficient (full scale)
Critical frequency (sinus)
Isolation voltage input / output
Supply voltage RR 6 % input/output
Power consumption input
Power consumption output
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Accessories see page 233
Accessories see page 233
0 mA ... 20 mA
22 mA
50 Ω
0.15 %
0.1 %
0.02 %/K
1 kHz
4 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min
20 V ... 28 V DC
70 mA; 90 mA; 95 mA
70 mA; 90 mA; 95 mA
250 V / 4 kV / 3
4 mA ... 20 mA
22 mA
400 Ω
8V
2 kΩ (Out = V); 750 Ω (Out = mA)
Measuring input (LED green = off) and
Measuring output (LED green = off) (786-339)
0.15 %
0.1 %
0.02 %/K
1 kHz
4 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min
20 V ... 28 V DC
35 mA; 60 mA; 60 mA
35 mA; 60 mA; 60 mA
250 V / 4 kV / 3
0 °C ... + 55 °C
-40 °C ... +80 °C
0 °C ... + 55 °C
-40 °C ... +80 °C
2 kΩ (Out = V); 750 Ω (Out = mA)
Measuring input (LED green = off)
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules,
with 2-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➋
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
3
WSB Marker Cards
233
Miniature quick marking card
Description
Marking:
K
1 ... 10 (10 x)
A1, A2, 13, 14
A1, A2, 11, 12
11, 12, 14, A1, A2, A2, 11, 12, 14
12, A1, A2, 24, 11, 14, 21, 22
A1, A1, A2, A2, 11, 12, 13, 14, 23, 24
12, A1, A2, 23, 24, 11, 13, 14, 21, 22
12, A1, A2, 23, 24, 11, 13, 14, 33, 34
14, A1, A2, 33, 34, 13, 23, 24, 43, 44
A1, A2, 32, 31, 34, 42, 41, 12, 11, 14, 22, 21, 24, 44
L+, 1, L-, L-, 11, 12, 13, 14
A1, A2, A3, 11, 12, 14
A1, A1, A2, A2, 12, 11, 11, 14
A1, A1, St, A2, A2, 12, 11, 11, 14
U1, U2, U3, U4, 0V, 12, 11, 11, 14, 14
U
A1, A2, A2, 1, 3, 2
A1, A2, A2, 1, 2, 2
A1+, A1+, A2-, A2-, 1, RL1, RL2, 2
A1+, A1+, A2-, A2-, 1+, 1+, A, 2+/1, 2, 3, 0V, +UB, OUT, ERR., 0V
1, 2, 0V, +UB, OUT, ERR., 0V
Lin, Lin, Lout, Lout, 24V, UA, UA, 0V
Lin, Lin, Lout, 11, 14, 14, Lin, Lin, Lout
Iin, Iin, Iout, Iout, 24V, 11, 12, 14, 0V
S
V
F1 ... F10
D
+, -, 1, 2, 3, 13, 14, 4, 5, 6
L, N, Quitt, Störung, Test, N, 14, 24
A1, A2, Quitt, Störung, 12, 11, 11, 14
Item No.
Pack. Unit
209-782
209-702
209-952
209-953
209-994
209-995
209-693
209-691
209-690
209-692
249-656
209-954
249-607
209-996
209-601
209-951
209-789
209-685
209-686
209-955
249-651
209-552
249-622
249-623
209-957
249-654
209-997
209-682
209-784
209-787
209-783
249-608
249-606
249-653
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
Item No.
Pack. Unit
209-701
209-701/000-002
209-701/000-005
209-701/000-006
209-701/000-007
209-701/000-012
209-701/000-017
209-701/000-023
209-701/000-024
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
Colored marker cards
Description
Marker cards and tags WSB 4 mm/0.157 in (plain)
Marking software and printer/plotter see Section 8
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
white
yellow
red
blue
gray
orange
light green
green
violet
3
4
234
WAGO Application: Steag, Power Plant in Voerde,
Germany
WAGO Products:
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM with MODBUS Couplers
4
Power Supplies
235
4
787 Series
EPSITRON – PRO – Power Supplies
236 – 239
787 Series
EPSITRON – CLASSIC – Power Supplies
240 – 245
787 Series
EPSITRON – ECO – Power Supplies
246 – 247
787 Series
EPSITRON – Electronic Circuit Breakers
248 – 249
787 Series
EPSITRON – UPS Charger and Controller
EPSITRON – Lead Gel Battery Modules
250
251 – 252
288, 787 Series
EPSITRON – Capacitive Buffer Modules
EPSITRON – Back-up Capacitor Module
253
254
787 Series
EPSITRON – Redundancy Module
EPSITRON – Communication Cable
255
256
288, 289 Series
Rail-Mounted Modules – Constant Voltage Sources
Rail-Mounted Modules – Power Supplies
258 – 259
260 – 263
859, 289, 288 Series
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with DC/DC Converters
Rail-Mounted Modules – DC/DC Converter
264 – 265
266
4
4
236
Primary Switch Mode Power Supplies
EPSITRON - PRO - Power
Output voltage 24 V DC; 5 A,
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication,
PowerBoost
Output voltage 24 V DC; 10 A,
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication,
PowerBoost
• Primary switch mode power supply with PowerBoost
and TopBoost
• Stand-by input for switching off the output and
minimizing power consumption
• Parallel operation, series connection possible
• Prepared for class I equipment
• Natural convection cooling when horizontally mounted
• Enclosed for use in switchgear cabinets
L
N
L
DC+
DC+
DC DC -
N
DC+
DC+
DC DC -
Description
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Primary switch mode power supplies,
for DIN 35 rail
24 V DC, SELV
787-822
1
24 V DC, SELV
787-832
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Frequency
Input current Ii
Inrush current
Mains failure hold-up time
Internal/external fuse
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output voltage range
Output current Io
PowerBoost
TopBoost
Residual ripple
Derating
Adjustment accuracy
Current limitation
Efficiency
Test voltage pri.-gr./pri.-sec./sec.-gr.
Degree of protection
Operational indication
Power loss PV
Signaling
Type of mounting
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Weight
Approvals
100 V ... 240 V AC
85 V ... 264 V AC (120 V ... 373 V DC)
44 Hz ... 66 Hz
0.97 A at 230 V AC and 5 A DC
< 15 A
35 ms typ. at 230 V AC
4 AT
24 V DC, SELV
22 V... 29.5 V DC adjustable
5 A at 24 V DC
10 A DC (for 4 sec.); 7.5 A DC (for another 2 sec.)
23 A DC (for 25 ms)
< 70 mVpp
-2.5 % / K ( > 55 °C)
1%
1.1 x Io typ.
87.8 % typ.
- / 4.2 kV / IP20
LED green (Vo), LED red (error)
0.5 W (stand-by) / 5.0 W (no load) / 14.6 W (rated load)
Relay contact DC O.K. (changeover contact)
DIN-rail mounting (EN 60715) in 2 positions
-10 °C ... +70 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
57 x 163 x 163
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input/Output: WAGO 231 Series / WAGO 231 Series
Signalising: WAGO 733 Series
Input: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Output: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Signalising: 0.08 mm² ... 0.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 20
Input: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
Output: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
Signalising: 5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
1100 g
EN 60950, EN 61204-3, UL 60950*, UL 508*,
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3 (* pending)
100 V ... 240 V AC
85 V ... 264 V AC (120 V ... 373 V DC)
44 Hz ... 66 Hz
1.2 A at 230 V AC and 10 A DC
Ie (active inrush current limitation)
24 ms typ. at 230 V AC
6.3 AT
24 V DC, SELV
22 V... 29.5 V DC adjustable
10 A at 24 V DC
20 A DC (for 4 sec.); 15 A DC (for another 2 sec.)
60 A DC (for 25 ms)
< 70 mVpp
-2.5 % / K ( > 55 °C)
1%
1.1 x Io typ.
91.8 % typ.
- / 4.2 kV / IP20
LED green (Vo), LED red (error)
0.8 W (stand-by) / 3.5 W (no load) / 19.7 W (rated load)
Relay contact DC O.K. (changeover contact)
DIN-rail mounting (EN 60715) in 2 positions
-10 °C ... +70 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
57 x 163 x 179
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input/Output: WAGO 231 Series / WAGO 231 Series
Signalising: WAGO 733 Series
Input: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Output: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Signalising: 0.08 mm² ... 0.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 20
Input: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
Output: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
Signalising: 5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
1300 g
EN 60950, EN 61204-3, UL 60950*, UL 508*,
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3 (* pending)
4
237
Output voltage 24 V DC; 10 A
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication;
PowerBoost
Output voltage 24 V DC; 10 A
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication;
PowerBoost;
LineMonitor
• Primary switch mode power supply with PowerBoost
and TopBoost
• Line monitor for parameter setting and monitoring
• prepared for class I equipment
• natural convection cooling when horizontally mounted
• encapsulated, for use in switchgear cabinets
L1
L2
L3
L1
DC+
DC+
DC DC -
L2
L3
DC+
DC+
DC DC -
4
Description
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Primary switch mode power supplies,
for DIN 35 rail
24 V DC, SELV
787-840
1
24 V DC, SELV
787-850
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Frequency
Input current Ii
Inrush current
Mains failure hold-up time
Internal/external fuse
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output voltage range
Output current Io
PowerBoost
TopBoost
Residual ripple
Derating
Adjustment accuracy
Current limitation
Efficiency
Test voltage pri.-gr./pri.-sec./sec.-gr.
Degree of protection
Operational indication
Signaling
LineMonitor, parameter setting
Type of mounting
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Weight
Approvals
3x (2x) 400 V ... 500 V AC
340 V ... 550 V AC / 480 V ... 780 V DC
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
3 x 0.6 A at 340 V AC and 10 A DC
< 30 A
22 ms typ. at 3 x 400 V AC
3 x 1.6 AT / 24 V DC, SELV
22.8 V ... 28.8 V DC adjustable
10 A at 24 V DC
20 A DC (for 4 s); 15 A DC (for 8 s)
70 A DC (for 50 ms)
< 70 mVpp
-3 % / K ( > 50 °C)
1%
1.1 x Io typ.
91.7 % typ.
- / 4.2 kV / IP20
LED green (Vo), LED red (error)
DIN-rail mounting (EN 60715) in 2 positions
-10 °C ... +70°C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
57 x 163 x 179
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input/Output: WAGO 231 Series / WAGO 231 Series
Input: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Output: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Input: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
Output: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
1000 g
EN 60950, EN 61204-3, UL 60950, UL 508,
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3
3x (2x) 400 V ... 500 V AC
340 V ... 550 V AC / 480 V ... 780 V DC
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
3 x 0.6 A at 340 V AC and 10 A DC
< 30 A
22 ms typ. at 3 x 400 V AC
3 x 1.6 AT / 24 V DC, SELV
22.8 V ... 28.8 V DC adjustable
10 A at 24 V DC
20 A DC (for 4 s); 15 A DC (for 8 s)
70 A DC (for 50 ms)
< 70 mVpp
-3 % / K ( > 50 °C)
1%
1.1 x Io typ.
91.7 % typ.
- / 4.2 kV / IP20
LED green (Vo), LED yellow (warning), LED red (error)
LED, LCD, 4 x signal output 24 V DC, 25 mA
via LCD and RS-232 serial interface
DIN-rail mounting (EN 60715) in 2 positions
-10 °C ... +70°C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
57 x 163 x 179
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input/Output: WAGO 231 Series / WAGO 231 Series
Signalising: WAGO 733 Series
Input: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Output: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Signalising: 0.08 mm² ... 0.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 20
Input: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
Output: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
Signalising: 5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
1000 g
EN 60950, EN 61204-3, UL 60950, UL 508,
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3
4
238
Primary Switch Mode Power Supplies
EPSITRON - PRO - Power
Output voltage 24 V DC; 10 A
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication;
PowerBoost
Output voltage 24 V DC; 10 A
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication;
PowerBoost;
LineMonitor
• Primary switch mode power supply with PowerBoost
and TopBoost
• Line monitor for parameter setting and monitoring
• prepared for class I equipment
• natural convection cooling when horizontally mounted
• encapsulated, for use in switchgear cabinets
L1
L2
L3
L1
DC+
DC+
DC DC -
L2
L3
DC+
DC+
DC DC -
Description
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Primary switch mode power supplies,
for DIN 35 rail
24 V DC, SELV
787-842
1
24 V DC, SELV
787-852
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Frequency
Input current Ii
Inrush current
Mains failure hold-up time
Internal/external fuse
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output voltage range
Output current Io
PowerBoost
TopBoost
Residual ripple
Derating
Adjustment accuracy
Current limitation
Efficiency
Test voltage pri.-gr./pri.-sec./sec.-gr.
Degree of protection
Operational indication
Signaling
LineMonitor, parameter setting
Type of mounting
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Weight
Approvals
3x (2x) 400 V ... 500 V AC
340 V ... 550 V AC / 480 V ... 780 V DC
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
3 x 1.0 A at 340 V AC and 20 A DC
< 30 A
13 ms typ. at 3 x 400 V AC
3 x 2.5 AT / 24 V DC, SELV
22.8 V ... 28.8 V DC adjustable
20 A at 24 V DC
40 A DC (for 4 s); 30 A DC (for 8 s)
80 A DC (for 50 ms)
< 70 mVpp
-3 % / K ( > 50 °C)
1%
1.1 x Io typ.
92.9 % typ.
- / 4.2 kV / IP20
LED green (Vo), LED red (error)
DIN-rail mounting (EN 60715) in 2 positions
-10 °C ... +70°C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
77 x 171 x 179
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input/Output: WAGO 231 Series / WAGO 831 Series
Input: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Output: 0.5 mm² ... 10 mm² / AWG 20 ... 8
Input: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
Output: 13 ... 15 mm / 0.55 in
1300 g
EN 60950, EN 61204-3, UL 60950, UL 508,
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3
3x (2x) 400 V ... 500 V AC
340 V ... 550 V AC / 480 V ... 780 V DC
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
3 x 1.0 A at 340 V AC and 20 A DC
< 30 A
13 ms typ. at 3 x 400 V AC
3 x 2.5 AT / 24 V DC, SELV
22.8 V ... 28.8 V DC adjustable
20 A at 24 V DC
40 A DC (for 4 s); 30 A DC (for 8 s)
80 A DC (for 50 ms)
< 70 mVpp
-3 % / K ( > 50 °C)
1%
1.1 x Io typ.
92.9 % typ.
- / 4.2 kV / IP20
LED green (Vo), LED yellow (warning), LED red (error)
LED, LCD, 4 x signal output 24 V DC, 25 mA
via LCD and RS-232 serial interface
DIN-rail mounting (EN 60715) in 2 positions
-10 °C ... +70°C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
77 x 171 x 179
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input/Output: WAGO 231 Series / WAGO 831 Series
Signalising: WAGO 733 Series
Input: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Output: 0.5 mm² ... 10 mm² / AWG 20 ... 8
Signalising: 0.08 mm² ... 0.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 20
Input: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
Output: 13 ... 15 mm / 0.55 in
Signalising: 5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
1300 g
EN 60950, EN 61204-3, UL 60950, UL 508,
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3
4
239
Output voltage 24 V DC; 10 A
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication;
PowerBoost
Output voltage 24 V DC; 10 A
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication;
PowerBoost;
LineMonitor
• Primary switch mode power supply with PowerBoost
and TopBoost
• Line monitor for parameter setting and monitoring
• prepared for class I equipment
• natural convection cooling when horizontally mounted
• encapsulated, for use in switchgear cabinets
L1
L2
L3
L1
DC+
DC+
DC DC -
L2
L3
DC+
DC+
DC DC -
4
Description
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Primary switch mode power supplies,
for DIN 35 rail
24 V DC, SELV
787-844
1
24 V DC, SELV
787-854
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Frequency
Input current Ii
Inrush current
Mains failure hold-up time
Internal/external fuse
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output voltage range
Output current Io
PowerBoost
TopBoost
Residual ripple
Derating
Adjustment accuracy
Current limitation
Efficiency
Test voltage pri.-gr./pri.-sec./sec.-gr.
Degree of protection
Operational indication
Signaling
LineMonitor, parameter setting
Type of mounting
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Weight
Approvals
3x (2x) 400 V ... 500 V AC
340 V ... 550 V AC / 480 V ... 780 V DC
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
3 x 2.0 A at 340 V AC and 40 A DC
< 30 A
15 ms typ. at 3 x 400 V AC
3 x 3.2 AT / 24 V DC, SELV
22.8 V ... 28.8 V DC adjustable
40 A at 24 V DC
60 A DC (for 4 s); 50 A DC (for 8 s)
100 A DC (for 50 ms)
< 70 mVpp
-5 % / K ( > 45 °C)
1%
1.1 x Io typ.
93.6 % typ.
- / 4.2 kV / IP20
LED green (Vo), LED red (error)
DIN-rail mounting (EN 60715) in 2 positions
-10 °C ... +55°C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
128 x 171 x 205
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input/Output: WAGO 231 Series / WAGO 831 Series
Input: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Output: 0.5 mm² ... 10 mm² / AWG 20 ... 8
Input: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
Output: 13 ... 15 mm / 0.55 in
2500 g
EN 60950, EN 61204-3, UL 60950, UL 508,
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3
3x (2x) 400 V ... 500 V AC
340 V ... 550 V AC / 480 V ... 780 V DC
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
2.0 A at 340 V AC
< 30 A
15 ms typ. at 3 x 400 V AC
3 x 3.2 AT / 24 V DC, SELV
22.8 V ... 28.8 V DC adjustable
40 A at 24 V DC
60 A DC (for 4 s); 50 A DC (for 8 s)
100 A DC (for 50 ms)
< 70 mVpp
-5 % / K ( > 45 °C)
1%
1.1 x Io typ.
93.6 % typ.
- / 4.2 kV / IP20
LED green (Vo), LED yellow (warning), LED red (error)
LED, LCD, 4 x signal output 24 V DC, 25 mA
via LCD and RS-232 serial interface
DIN-rail mounting (EN 60715) in 2 positions
-10 °C ... +55°C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
128 x 171 x 205
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input/Output: WAGO 231 Series / WAGO 831 Series
Signalising: WAGO 733 Series
Input: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Output: 0.5 mm² ... 10 mm² / AWG 20 ... 8
Signalising: 0.08 mm² ... 0.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 20
Input: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
Output: 13 ... 15 mm / 0.55 in
Signalising: 5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
2500 g
EN 60950, EN 61204-3, UL 60950, UL 508,
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3
4
240
Primary Switch Mode Power Supplies
EPSITRON - CLASSIC - Power
Output voltage 12 V DC; 2 A
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication
Output voltage 12 V DC; 4 A
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication,
parallel connection possible,
thermal overload protection
• prepared for class I equipment
• natural convection cooling when horizontally mounted
• encapsulated, for use in switchgear cabinets
L
N
L
DC+
DC+
DC DC -
N
DC+
DC+
DC DC -
Description
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Primary switch mode power supplies,
for DIN 35 rail
12 V DC, SELV
787-601
1
12 V DC, SELV
787-611
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Frequency
Input current Ii
Inrush current
Mains failure hold-up time
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output voltage range
Output current Io
Residual ripple
Derating
Adjustment accuracy
Current limitation
Efficiency
Test voltage pri.-gr./pri.-sec./sec.-gr.
Degree of protection
Operational indication
Type of mounting
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Weight
Approvals
110 V ... 230 V AC
90 V ... 264 V AC; 130 V ... 300 V DC
(use of DC requires external protection)
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
0.3 A typ. at 230 V AC
< 10 A
> 20 ms at 230 V AC
12 V DC, SELV
11 V ... 15 V DC adjustable
2 A at 12 V DC
< 100 mVpp to 20 MHz
-3 % / K (>50 °C)
1.5 %
from approx. 1.5 x Io
78 % typ.
4.2 kV
IP20
LED green (12 V o.k.)
DIN-rail mounting (DIN EN 50022)
-10 °C ... +70 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
40 x 95 x 90
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 231 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
300 g
EN 60950-1, EN 61204-3, EN 61204-7
110 V ... 230 V AC
90 V ... 264 V AC; 130 V ... 300 V DC
(use of DC requires external protection)
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
0.6 A typ. at 230 V AC
< 15 A
> 20 ms at 230 V AC
12 V DC, SELV
11 V ... 15 V DC adjustable
4 A at 12 V DC
< 100 mVpp to 20 MHz
-3 % / K (>50 °C)
2%
from approx. 1.1 x Io
84 % typ.
4.2 kV
IP20
LED green (12 V o.k.)
DIN-rail mounting (DIN EN 50022)
-10 °C ... +70 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
51 x 133 x 120
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 231 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
690 g
EN 60950-1, EN 61204-3, EN 61204-7
4
241
Output voltage 12 V DC; 8 A
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication,
parallel connection possible,
thermal overload protection
Output voltage 24 V DC; 1 A
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication
• prepared for class I equipment
• Natural convection cooling when horizontally mounted
• encapsulated, for use in switchgear cabinets
L
N
L
DC+
DC+
DC DC -
N
DC+
DC+
DC DC -
4
Description
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Primary switch mode power supplies,
for DIN 35 rail
12 V DC, SELV
787-621
1
24 V DC, SELV
787-602
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Frequency
Input current Ii
Inrush current
Discharge current
Mains failure hold-up time
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output voltage range
Output current Io
Residual ripple
Derating
Adjustment accuracy
Current limitation
Efficiency
Test voltage pri.-gr./pri.-sec./sec.-gr.
Degree of protection
Operational indication
Type of mounting
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Weight
Approvals
110 V ... 230 V AC
90 V ... 264 V AC; 130 V ... 300 V DC
(use of DC requires external protection)
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
1.2 A typ. at 230 V AC
< 15 A
> 20 ms at 230 V AC
12 V DC, SELV
11 V ... 15 V DC adjustable
8 A at 12 V DC
< 100 mVpp to 20 MHz
-3 % / K (>50 °C)
2%
from approx. 1.1 x Io
85 % typ.
4.2 kV
IP20
LED green (12 V o.k.)
DIN-rail mounting (DIN EN 50022)
-10 °C ... +70 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
67 x 133 x 120
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 231 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
952 g
EN 60950-1, EN 61204-3, EN 61204-7
110 V ... 230 V AC
90 V ... 264 V AC; 130 V ... 300 V DC
(use of DC requires external protection)
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
0.3 A typ. at 230 V AC
< 10 A
900 μA typ.
> 20 ms at 230 V AC
24 V DC, SELV
21.6 V ... 26.4 V DC adjustable
1.3 A at 24 V DC
< 100 mVpp to 20 MHz
-3 % / K (>50 °C)
1.5 %
from approx. 1.5 x Io
81 % typ.
4.2 kV
IP20
LED green (24 V o.k.)
DIN-rail mounting (DIN EN 50022)
-10 °C ... +70 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
40 x 95 x 90
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 231 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
300 g
EN 60950-1, EN 61204-3, EN 61204-7,
UL 60950, UL 508
4
242
Primary Switch Mode Power Supplies
EPSITRON - CLASSIC - Power
Output voltage 24 V DC; 2.5 A
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication,
parallel connection possible,
thermal overload protection
Output voltage 24 V DC; 5 A
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication,
parallel connection possible,
thermal overload protection
• prepared for class I equipment
• natural convection cooling when horizontally mounted
• encapsulated, for use in switchgear cabinets
L
N
L
DC+
DC+
DC DC -
N
DC+
DC+
DC DC -
Description
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Primary switch mode power supplies,
for DIN 35 rail
24 V DC, SELV
787-612
1
24 V DC, SELV
787-622
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Frequency
Input current Ii
Inrush current
Discharge current
Mains failure hold-up time
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output voltage range
Output current Io
Residual ripple
Derating
Adjustment accuracy
Current limitation
Efficiency
Test voltage pri.-gr./pri.-sec./sec.-gr.
Degree of protection
Operational indication
Type of mounting
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Weight
Approvals
110 V ... 230 V AC
90 V ... 264 V AC; 130 V ... 300 V DC
(use of DC requires external protection)
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
0.6 A typ. at 230 V AC
< 10 A
940 μA typ.
> 20 ms at 230 V AC
24 V DC, SELV
22 V ... 28.8 V DC adjustable
2.5 A at 24 V DC
< 100 mVpp to 20 MHz
-3 % / K (>55 °C)
1.5 %
from approx. 1.1 x Io
88 % typ.
4.2 kV
IP20
LED green (24 V o.k.)
DIN-rail mounting (DIN EN 50022)
-10 °C ... +70 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
51 x 133 x 120
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 231 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
622 g
EN 60950-1, EN 61204-3, EN 61204-7,
UL 60950, UL 508
110 V ... 230 V AC
90 V ... 264 V AC; 130 V ... 300 V DC
(use of DC requires external protection)
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
1.2 A typ. at 230 V AC
< 50 A
550 μA typ.
> 20 ms at 230 V AC
24 V DC, SELV
22 V ... 28.8 V DC adjustable
5 A at 24 V DC
< 100 mVpp to 20 MHz
-3 % / K (>55 °C)
1.5 %
from approx. 1.1 x Io
89 % typ.
4.2 kV
IP20
LED green (24 V o.k.)
DIN-rail mounting (DIN EN 50022)
-10 °C ... +70 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
67 x 133 x 120
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 231 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
790 g
EN 60950-1, EN 61204-3, EN 61204-7,
UL 60950, UL 508
4
243
Output voltage 24 V DC; 10 A
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication,
parallel connection possible,
thermal overload protection
Output voltage 48 V DC; 1 A
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication,
parallel connection possible
• prepared for class I equipment
• natural convection cooling when horizontally mounted
• encapsulated, for use in switchgear cabinets
L
N
L
DC+
DC+
DC DC -
N
DC+
DC+
DC DC -
4
Description
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Primary switch mode power supplies,
for DIN 35 rail
24 V DC, SELV
787-632
1
48 V DC, SELV
787-613
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Frequency
Input current Ii
Inrush current
Discharge current
Mains failure hold-up time
Internal/external fuse
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output voltage range
Output current Io
Residual ripple
Derating
Adjustment accuracy
Current limitation
Efficiency
Test voltage pri.-gr./pri.-sec./sec.-gr.
Degree of protection
Operational indication
Type of mounting
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Weight
Approvals
110 V ... 230 V AC
85 V ... 264 V AC; 90 V ... 350 V DC
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
2.8 A at 230 V AC (6 A at 115 V AC)
< 30 A
1 mA typ.
>20 ms at 230 V AC, 24 V DC, 10 A
6.3 A / 16 A recommended
24 V DC, SELV
22.8 V ... 28.8 V DC adjustable
10 A at 24 V DC
< 100 mVpp
-3 % / K (>50 °C)
3%
from 1.2 x Ia
88 % typ.
1.5 kV / 4.2 kV / 0.5 kV
IP20 (EN 60529, 1991)
LED green at Vo > DC 18 V /LED red at overcurrent
DIN-rail mounting (DIN EN 50022)
-10 °C ... +70 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
115 x 87 x 140
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 231 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
950 g
EN 60950-1, EN 61204-3, EN 61204-7,
UL 60950, UL 508
110 V ... 230 V AC
90 V ... 264 V AC; 130 V ... 300 V DC
(use of DC requires external protection)
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
0.6 A typ. at 230 V AC
< 50 A
> 20 ms at 230 V AC
48 V DC, SELV
43.2 V ... 52.8 V DC adjustable
1 A at 48 V DC
< 200 mVpp at 20 MHz
-3 % / K (>60 °C)
2%
from 1.1 x Ia
85 % typ.
4.2 kV
IP20
LED green (48 V o.k.)
DIN-rail mounting (DIN EN 50022)
-10 °C ... +70 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
51 x 133 x 120
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 231 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
690 g
EN 60950-1, EN 61204-3, EN 61204-7
4
244
Primary Switch Mode Power Supplies
EPSITRON - CLASSIC - Power
Output voltage 48 V DC; 2 A
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication,
parallel connection possible
•
•
•
•
•
Output voltage 48 V DC; 5 A
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication,
parallel connection possible
Thermal overload protection
Parallel connection possible
Prepared for class I equipment
Natural convection cooling when horizontally mounted
Encapsulated, for use in switchgear cabinets
L
N
L
DC+
DC+
DC DC -
N
DC+
DC+
DC DC -
Description
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Primary switch mode power supplies,
for DIN 35 rail
48 V DC, SELV
787-623
1
48 V DC
787-633
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Frequency
Input current Ii
Inrush current
Mains failure hold-up time
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output voltage range
Output current Io
Residual ripple
Derating
Adjustment accuracy
Current limitation
Efficiency
Test voltage pri.-gr./pri.-sec./sec.-gr.
Degree of protection
Operational indication
Type of mounting
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Weight
Approvals
110 V ... 230 V AC
90 V ... 264 V AC; 130 V ... 300 V DC
(use of DC requires external protection)
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
1.2 A typ. at 230 V AC
< 50 A
> 20 ms at 230 V AC
48 V DC, SELV
42 V ... 52.8 V DC adjustable
2 A at 48 V DC
< 200 mVpp at 20 MHz
-3 % / K (>55 °C)
2%
from 1.1 x Ia
90 % typ.
4.2 kV
IP20
LED green (48 V o.k.)
DIN-rail mounting (DIN EN 50022)
-10 °C ... +70 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
67 x 133 x 120
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 231 Series)
0.1 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
0.5 mm² ... 10 mm² / AWG 20 ... 8 (THHN, THWN)
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
800 g
EN 60950-1, EN 61204-3, EN 61204-7
110 V ... 230 V AC
176 V ... 264 V AC / 90 V ... 132 V
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
2.8 A typ. at 230 V AC / 6.0 A typ. at 115 V AC
< 50 A
> 20 ms at 230 V AC
48 V DC
43.2 V ... 52.8 V DC adjustable
5 A at 48 V DC
< 200 mVpp at 20 MHz
-3 % / K (>50 °C)
3%
from 1.2 x Ia
85 % typ.
4.2 kV
IP20
LED green (48 V o.k.)
DIN-rail mounting (DIN EN 50022)
-10 °C ... +70 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
115 x 87 x 140
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 231 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
940 g
EN 60950-1, EN 61204-3, EN 61204-7
4
245
Power supply for AS-Interface;
Input 115V/230V AC;
Output 30.5V DC; 3A
• Min. cond. cross section acc. to
AS-Interface specification: 1.5 mm2
• natural convection cooling when horizontally mounted
• encapsulated, for use in switchgear cabinets
L
ASI+
N
4
ASI -
Description
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Primary switch mode power supply,
for DIN 35 rail
30.5 V DC (PELV)
787-692
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Frequency
Input current Ii
Inrush current
Mains failure hold-up time
Internal/external fuse
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output voltage range
Output current Io
Residual ripple
Mains / load regulation
Derating
Current limitation
Efficiency
Test voltage pri.-gr./pri.-sec./sec.-gr.
Degree of protection
Operational indication
Type of mounting
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Weight
Approvals
110 V ... 230 V AC
90 V ... 264 V AC; 130 V ... 300 V DC
(use of DC requires external protection)
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
2 A at 115 V AC / 1 A at 230 V AC
< 50 A (cold)
> 15 ms at 115 V AC / > 50 ms at 230 V AC
4 AT
30.5 V DC (PELV)
26 V ... 33 V DC
3 A at 30.5 V DC; 2.5 A at Vi < 97 V AC
< 300 mVpp to 20 MHz
< 750 mV
-3 % / K (>55 °C)
3.4 A typ.
89 % typ.
4.2 kV
IP20
LED green (operating condition at Vo)
DIN-rail mounting (DIN EN 50022)
-10 °C ... +70 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
51 x 133 x 120
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 231 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
690 g
EN 60950-1, EN 61204-3, EN 61204-7,
UL 60950, UL 508
4
246
Primary Switch Mode Power Supplies
EPSITRON - ECO - Power
Output voltage 24 V DC; 2.5 A
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication
Output voltage 24 V DC; 5 A
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication
• prepared for class I equipment
• natural convection cooling when horizontally mounted
• encapsulated, for use in switchgear cabinets
L
N
3
L
DC+
DC+
DC–
DC–
N
3
DC+
DC+
DC–
DC–
Description
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Primary switch mode power supplies,
for DIN 35 rail
24 V DC, SELV
787-712
1
24 V DC, SELV
787-722
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Frequency
Input current Ii
Inrush current
Mains failure hold-up time
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output voltage range
Output current Io
Residual ripple
Derating
Adjustment accuracy
Current limitation
Efficiency
Test voltage pri.-gr./pri.-sec./sec.-gr.
Degree of protection
Operational indication
Type of mounting
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Weight
Approvals
230 V AC
85 V ... 264 V AC*
*with derating -3 % / V (< 90 V)
47 Hz ... 63 Hz
0.7 A typ. at 230 V AC
< 30 Ap
> 20 ms at 230 V AC
24 V DC, SELV
22 V ... 28 V DC adjustable
2.5 A at 24 V DC
< 100 mVpp to 20 MHz
-3.3 % / K (>55 °C at 230 V AC)
1%
from 1.15 to 1.4 x Io
82 % typ.
1.5 kV / 3 kV / 0.5 kV
IP20
LED green (24 V DC o.k.), LED red (overload)
DIN-rail mounting (DIN EN 50022)
-10 °C ... +70°C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
50 x 92 x 136
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 745 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 4 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
470 g
EN 60950, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3
UL 60950, UL 508* (* pending)
230 V AC
85 V ... 264 V AC*
*with derating -0.8 % / V (< 110 V)
47 Hz ... 63 Hz
1.0 A typ. at 230 V AC
< 30 Ap
> 20 ms at 230 V AC
24 V DC, SELV
22 V ... 28 V DC adjustable
5 A at 24 V DC
< 100 mVpp to 20 MHz
-2.67 % / K ( > 40 °C)
1%
from 1.15 to 1.4 x Io
82 % typ.
1.5 kV / 3 kV / 0.5 kV
IP20
LED green (24 V DC o.k.), LED red (overload)
DIN-rail mounting (DIN EN 50022)
-10 °C ... +70°C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
75 x 92 x 136
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 745 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 4 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
740 g
EN 60950, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3
UL 60950, UL 508* (* pending)
4
247
Output voltage 24 V DC; 10 A
open circuit and short-circuit protected,
adjustable output voltage,
LED status indication
• prepared for class I equipment
• natural convection cooling when horizontally mounted
• encapsulated, for use in switchgear cabinets
L
N
3
DC+
DC+
DC–
DC–
4
Description
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Primary switch mode power supply,
for DIN 35 rail
24 V DC, SELV
787-732
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Frequency
Input current Ii
Inrush current
Mains failure hold-up time
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output voltage range
Output current Io
Residual ripple
Derating
Adjustment accuracy
Current limitation
Efficiency
Test voltage pri.-gr./pri.-sec./sec.-gr.
Degree of protection
Operational indication
Type of mounting
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Weight
Approvals
230 V AC
85 V ... 264 V AC*
*with derating -0.8 % / V (< 110 V)
47 Hz ... 63 Hz
1.5 A typ. at 230 V AC
< 30 Ap
> 20 ms at 230 V AC
24 V DC, SELV
22 V ... 28 V DC adjustable
10 A at 24 V DC
< 100 mVpp to 20 MHz
-2.67 % / K (>55 °C at 230 V AC)
1%
from 1.15 to 1.4 x Io
82 % typ.
1.5 kV / 3 kV / 0.5 kV
IP20
LED green (24 V DC o.k.), LED red (overload)
DIN-rail mounting (DIN EN 50022)
-10 °C ... +70°C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
110 x 92 x 136
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 745 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 4 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
1030 g
EN 60950, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3
UL 60950, UL 508* (* pending)
4
EPSITRON - Electronic Circuit Breakers
248
Electronic circuit breaker
4-channel, 1 A ... 6 A DC,
parametrizable
Electronic circuit breaker
4-channel, 1 A ... 10 A DC,
parametrizable
• Electronic circuit breaker with 4 channels,
parametrizable
• Time-delayed switching of channels
• Floating switch contact
• Current and voltage monitoring via RS-232 interface
and LCD
• Watchdog functions with active signal ports
Description
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Electronic circuit breakers, for DIN 35 rail
4 x 24 V DC
787-860
1
4 x 24 V DC
787-862
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Internal/external fuse
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Nominal current
Voltage drop
Trip time
Switch-on capacity
Switch-on behavior
Parallel operation of single channels
Series connection of several devices
Degree of protection
Operational indication
Signaling
Remote input
LineMonitor, parameter setting
Type of mounting
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Weight
Approvals
24 V DC
18 … 30 V DC
6.3 AT
4 x 24 V DC
4 x 1 ... 6 A DC
(adjustable for each channel in 1 A steps)
120 mV at 6 A
100 s (100 ms .. 600 s; adjustable)
1000 μF per 1 A DC (max. 7000 μF)
time-delayed channel switching (250 ms each)
not permitted
not permitted
IP20
LED green (all channels o.k.), LED yellow (warning),
LED red (at least one channel has tripped)
LCD, 4 x signal output 24 V DC, 25 mA and 1 x floating
relay contact 60 V DC, 3 A
Reactivation of all tripped channels via 18 V … 30 V DC
impulse for min. 50 ms
via LCD and RS-232 serial interface
DIN-rail mounting (EN 60715) in 2 positions
-10 °C ... +60°C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
40 x 171 x 163
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input: (WAGO 831 Series)
Output: (WAGO 231 Series)
Input: 0.5 mm² ... 10 mm² / AWG 20 ... 8
Output: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Input: 13 ... 15 mm / 0.55 in
Output: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
800 g
EN 60950, UL 508*, EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-3 (* pending)
24 V DC
18 … 30 V DC
15 AT
4 x 24 V DC
4 x 1 ... 10 A DC
(adjustable for each channel in 1 A steps)
120 mV at 6 A, 240 mV at 10 A
100 s (100 ms .. 600 s; adjustable)
1000 μF per 1 A DC (max. 7000 μF)
time-delayed channel switching (250 ms each)
not permitted
not permitted
IP20
LED green (all channels o.k.), LED yellow (warning),
LED red (at least one channel has tripped)
LCD, 4 x signal output 24 V DC, 25 mA and 1 x floating
relay contact 60 V DC, 3 A
Reactivation of all tripped channels via 18 V … 30 V DC
impulse for min. 50 ms
via LCD and RS-232 serial interface
DIN-rail mounting (EN 60715) in 2 positions
-10 °C ... +60°C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
40 x 171 x 163
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input: (WAGO 831 Series)
Output: (WAGO 231 Series)
Input: 0.5 mm² ... 10 mm² / AWG 20 ... 8
Output: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Input: 13 ... 15 mm / 0.55 in
Output: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
800 g
EN 60950, UL 508*, EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-3 (* pending)
4
249
Electronic circuit breaker
4-channel, 1 A ... 8 A DC,
parametrizable,
active current limitation
• Electronic circuit breaker with 4 channels,
parametrizable
• Features active current limitation, reliably prevents
voltage drops
• Time-delayed switching of channels
• Current and voltage monitoring via RS-232 interface
and LCD
• Watchdog functions with active signal ports
4
Description
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Electronic circuit breakers, for DIN 35 rail
4 x 24 V DC
787-861
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Internal/external fuse
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Nominal current
Voltage drop
Trip time
Switch-on capacity
Switch-on behavior
Parallel operation of single channels
Series connection of several devices
Trip current
Current limitation
Degree of protection
Operational indication
Signaling
LineMonitor, parameter setting
Type of mounting
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Weight
Approvals
24 V DC
18 … 30 V DC
15 AT
4 x 24 V DC
4 x 1 ... 8 A DC
(adjustable for each channel in 1 A steps)
240 mV at 8 A
100 ms (100 ms .. 1.5 s;
adjustable, depending on nominal current)
max. 20,000 μF
time-delayed channel switching (250 ms each)
not permitted
not permitted
1.1 x nominal current typ.
1.5 x nominal current typ.
IP20
LED green (all channels o.k.), LED yellow (warnings),
LED red (at least one channel has tripped)
LCD, 4 x signal output 24 V DC, 25 mA
via LCD and RS-232 serial interface
DIN-rail mounting (EN 60715) in 2 positions
-10 °C ... +60°C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
40 x 171 x 163
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input: (WAGO 831 Series)
Output: (WAGO 231 Series)
Input: 0.5 mm² ... 10 mm² / AWG 20 ... 8
Output: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Input: 13 ... 15 mm / 0.55 in
Output: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
800 g
EN 60950, UL 2367*, EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-3 (* pending)
4
EPSITRON - UPS Charger and Controller
250
UPS charger and controller
24 V DC, 10 A,
parametrizable
UPS charger and controller
24 V DC, 20 A
parametrizable
• Charger and controller for uninterruptible power supply
(UPS)
• Current and voltage monitoring, as well as parameter
setting via LCD and RS-232 interface
• Active signal outputs for watchdog functions
• Remote input for switching off buffered output
• Input for temperature control of connected battery
DC+ DC–
TEMP
REMOTE
DC+ DC–
ACCU
IN
TEMP
REMOTE
ACCU
DC+
DC+
DC–
DC–
DC+
DC–
OUT
IN
DC+
DC+
DC–
DC–
DC+
DC–
3
OUT
3
Description
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
UPS charger and controller, for DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
787-870
1
24 V DC
787-875
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Input current Ii
Inrush current
Switch-on threshold (adjustable)
Internal/external fuse
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output voltage range
Output current Io
Current limitation
Buffer time
Final load voltage
Charging current
Degree of protection
Operational indication
Signaling
Remote input
LineMonitor, parameter setting
Type of mounting
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Weight
Approvals
24 V DC
20.4 V ... 28.8 V DC
0.1 A (no-load running); 0.8 A (charging); 10.8 A (max.)
< 4 A (no load)
20 V ... 25.5 V DC
15 AT / 24 V DC
Vi - 0.5 V DC (below switch-on threshold);
20 V ... 25.5 V DC (during buffer operation)
10 A
typ. 11 A ... 14 A
10 s ... 600 s or constant (adjustable)
26 V ... 29.5 V DC or temperature controlled (adjustable)
max. 0.6 A
IP20
LED green (Vo), LED yellow (warning), LED red (error)
LCD, 3 x signal output 24 V DC, 25 mA and 1 x floating
relay contact 30 V DC, 1 A
to switch off buffer operation
via LCD and RS-232 serial interface
DIN-rail mounting (EN 60715) in 2 positions
-10 °C ... +60°C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
40 x 163 x 163
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input: (WAGO 231 Series)
Output: (WAGO 231 Series)
Input: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Output: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Input: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
Output: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
800 g
EN 60950, UL 60950*, UL 508*,
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3 (* pending)
24 V DC
20.4 V ... 28.8 V DC
0.1 A (no-load running); 1.5 A (charging); 21.5 A (max.)
< 4 A (no load)
20 V ... 25.5 V DC
15 AT / 24 V DC
Vi - 1 V DC (below switch-on threshold);
20 V ... 25.5 V DC (buffer mode)
20 A
typ. 22 A ... 26 A
10 s ... 600 s or constant (adjustable)
26 V ... 29.5 V DC or temperature controlled (adjustable)
max. 1.0 A
IP20
LED green (Vo), LED yellow (warning), LED red (error)
LCD, 3 x signal output 24 V DC, 25 mA and 1 x floating
relay contact 30 V DC, 1 A
to switch off buffer operation
via LCD and RS-232 serial interface
DIN-rail mounting (EN 60715) in 2 positions
-10 °C ... +60 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
57 x 163 x 171
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Intput/Output: (WAGO 831 Series)
Signalising: (WAGO 733 Series)
Input/Output: 0.5 mm² ... 10 mm² / AWG 20 ... 8
Signalising: 0.08 mm² ... 0.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 20
Input/Output: 13 ... 15 mm / 0.55 in
Signalising: 5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
1200 g
EN 60950, UL 60950*, UL 508*,
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3 (* pending)
4
EPSITRON - Lead Gel Battery Modules
251
Lead gel battery module
24 V DC, 3.2 Ah
Lead gel battery module
24 V DC, 7 Ah
• Lead gel battery module for uninterruptible power
supply (UPS)
• Can be connected to 787-873 and 787-875 (only
787-872) UPS Controllers
• Parallel connection to increase the buffer time
• Features built-in NTC K164 temperature sensor
DC+
DC–
DC+
DC–
TEMP
TEMP
4
TEMP
TEMP
Description
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Lead gel battery modules
24 V DC
787-871
1
24 V DC
787-872
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Internal/external fuse
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output current Io
Final load voltage
Charging current
Capacity
Temperature sensor
Service life
Degree of protection
Type of mounting
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Weight
Approvals
24 V DC
15 AT / 24 V DC
12 A
max. 27 V DC (at 25 °C)
max. 0.8 A
3.2 Ah
NTC K164 (4.7 kΩ)
typ. 5/ 4/ 2 years at 20 °C/ 30 °C/ 40 °C
IP20
Screw mount
-10 °C ... +40 °C
-20 °C ... +40 °C
76.2 x 168 x 175,5
Input/Output: (WAGO 231 Series)
Temperature sensor: (WAGO 231 Series)
Input/Output: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 20 ... 12
Temperature sensor: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Input/Output: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
Temperature sensor: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
4200 g
battery is tested to VdS
24 V DC
25 AT / 24 V DC
21 A
max. 27 V DC (at 25 °C)
max. 1.8 A
7 Ah
NTC K164 (4.7 kΩ)
typ. 5/ 4/ 2 years at 20 °C/ 30 °C/ 40 °C
IP20
Screw mount
-10 °C ... +40 °C
-20 °C ... +40 °C
86 x 239 x 217.5
Input/Output: (WAGO 831 Series)
Temperature sensor: (WAGO 231 Series)
Input/Output: 0.5 mm² ... 10 mm² / AWG 20 ... 8
Temperature sensor: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Input/Output: 13 ... 15 mm / 0.55 in
Temperature sensor: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
6500 g
battery is tested to VdS
4
EPSITRON - Lead Gel Battery Modules
252
Lead gel battery module
24 V DC, 12 Ah
• Lead gel battery module for uninterruptible power
supply (UPS)
• Can be connected to 787-873 and 787-875 UPS
Controllers
• Parallel connection to increase the buffer time
• Features built-in NTC K164 temperature sensor
DC+
DC–
TEMP
TEMP
Description
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Lead gel battery module
24 V DC
787-873
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Internal/external fuse
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output current Io
Final load voltage
Charging current
Capacity
Temperature sensor
Service life
Degree of protection
Type of mounting
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Weight
Approvals
24 V DC
25 AT / 24 V DC
21 A
max. 27 V DC (at 25 °C)
max. 3 A
12 Ah
NTC K164 (4.7 kΩ)
typ. 5/ 4/ 2 years at 20 °C/ 30 °C/ 40 °C
IP20
Screw mount
-10 °C ... +40 °C
-20 °C ... +40 °C
120.5 x 239 x 217.5
Input/Output: (WAGO 831 Series)
Temperature sensor: (WAGO 231 Series)
Input/Output: 0.5 mm² ... 10 mm² / AWG 20 ... 8
Temperature sensor: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Input/Output: 13 ... 15 mm / 0.55 in
Temperature sensor: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
10600 g
Battery is tested to VdS
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
4
EPSITRON - Capacitive Buffer Modules
253
Capacitive buffer module
24 V DC, 10 A
Capacitive buffer module
24 V DC, 20 A
• Capacitive buffer module bridges short duration voltage
drops
• For uninterruptible power supply
• Potential-free contact for charge condition monitoring
DC+
IN
DC–
DC+
DC+
DC–
DC–
DC+
OUT
IN
DC–
DC+
DC+
DC–
DC–
OUT
4
Description
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Capacitive buffer modules, for DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
787-880
1
24 V DC
787-881
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Input current Ii
Switch-on threshold (adjustable)
Charging time
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output voltage range
Output current Io
Current limitation
Buffer time
Parallel operation
Power loss PV
Feedback voltage
Degree of protection
Operational indication
Signaling
Type of mounting
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Weight
Approvals
24 V DC
20 V ... 30 V DC
60 mA (no-load running); 1 A (charging); 11 A (max.)
20 V ... 24 V DC
typ. 5 minutes
24 V DC
Vi - 0.5 V DC (below switch-on threshold);
20.4 V ... 24 V DC (during buffer operation)
10 A
electronic, typ. 11 A
0.06 s ... 7.2 s
(depends on load current and switch-on threshold)
yes
1.5 W open circuit
6.5 W nominal load
max. 35 V DC
IP20
LED green (Va > 20 V), LED yellow (charging),
LED red (Va < 20 V)
1 x floating relay contact 30 V DC, 1 A
DIN-rail mounting (EN 60715) in 2 positions
-10 °C ... +50°C
-10 °C ... +60 °C
57 x 179 x 163
Input/Output: (WAGO 231 Series)
Relay: (WAGO 231 Series)
Input/Output: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Relay: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Input/Output: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
Relay: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
1000 g
EN 60950, UL 60950*, UL 508*,
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3 (* pending)
24 V DC
20 V ... 30 V DC
60 mA (no-load running); 1 A (charging); 22 A (max.)
20 V ... 24 V DC
typ. 5 minutes
24 V DC
Vi - 1 V DC (below switch-on threshold);
20.4 V ... 24 V DC (during buffer operation)
20 A
electronic, typ. 22 A
0.17 s ... 16.5 s
(depends on load current and switch-on threshold)
yes
1.5 W open circuit
15 W nominal load
max. 35 V DC
IP20
LED green (Va > 20 V), LED yellow (charging),
LED red (Va < 20 V)
1 x floating relay contact 30 V DC, 1 A
DIN-rail mounting (EN 60715) in 2 positions
-10 °C ... +50°C
-10 °C ... +60 °C
57 x 179 x 181
Input/Output: (WAGO 831 Series)
Relay: (WAGO 231 Series)
Input/Output: 0.5 mm² ... 10 mm² / AWG 20 ... 8
Relay: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Input/Output: 13 ... 15 mm / 0.55 in
Relay: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
1000 g
EN 60950, UL 60950*, UL 508*,
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3 (* pending)
4
EPSITRON - Back-Up Capacitor Module
254
Back-up capacitor module
smoothes unstable
24 V DC power supplies
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
This module is equipped with a capacitor which smoothes
unstable 24VDC power supplies in case the voltage
tolerances mentioned in our data sheets cannot be
ensured. Reasons for voltage transients could be:
• Voltage disconnections (switching transients) on primary
side
• Overloads on secondary side
• Switching of inductive or capacitive loads
The back-up capacitor module is connected between the
24V power supply and the electronic device which has to
be protected.
Notice:
If using a non-filtered single-phase power supply, the
capacitor causes a voltage increase.
24V 0V
Power supply
Supply via power
jumper contacts
24 V
0V
IN
24V
OUT
GND
0V
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Back-up capacitor module
288-824
1
Technical Data
Nominal voltage
Nominal current
Nominal capacity
Weight
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
24 V DC (+25 %)
1A
10000 μF
104.4 g
38 x 81 x 85
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
see page 323
white 709-198 / transparent 709-196
4
EPSITRON - Redundancy Module
255
Redundancy module
24 V DC, 20 A
• Redundancy module with 2 inputs for decoupling
2 power supplies
• For redundant or uninterruptible power supply
• With potential-free contact for input voltage monitoring
1
+
−
2
+
−
+
OUT
IN
4
−
Description
Vo nom
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Redundancy module, for DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
787-885
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Input current Ii
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output current Io
Parallel operation
Power loss PV
Efficiency
Degree of protection
Operational indication
Signaling
Type of mounting
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Weight
Approvals
2 x 24 V DC
18 V ... 30 V DC
2 x 20 A, max. 1 x 40 A
24 V DC
20 A, max. 40 A
yes
1.5 W open circuit
14 W nominal load (20 A) / 26 W nominal load (40 A)
97 % typ.
IP20
LED green (Vo), 2 x LED yellow (Vi)
1 x floating relay contact 30 V DC, 1 A
DIN-rail mounting (EN 60715) in 2 positions
-10 °C ... +60°C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
40 x 163 x 181
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Input/Output: (WAGO 831 Series)
Relay: (WAGO 231 Series)
Input/Output: 0.5 mm² ... 10 mm² / AWG 20 ... 8
Relay: 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12
Input/Output: 13 ... 15 mm / 0.55 in
Relay: 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
800 g
EN 60950, UL 60950*, UL 508*,
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3 (* pending)
787-890
4
EPSITRON - RS-232 Communication Cable
256
1
2
3
4
RxD
PC
TxD
PC
5
6
7
8
Pin 2 = RxD PC
Pin 3 = TxD PC
Pin 5 = GND
The 787-890 Communication Cable is used for configuration and visualization
via PC or controller.
It is suitable for all 787 Series devices equipped with an RS-232 serial
interface.
PC software for 787 Series devices can be downloaded
at: www.wago.com/epsitron
Function blocks for communication with WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 are also
available.
NOTE:
The 787-890 Communication Cable is not electrically isolated.
Description
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Technical Data
RS-232 communication cable
787-890
1
Type of signal
Connections
Isolation
Cross sections
Ambient operating temperature
Degree of protection
Length
RS-232
1 x 8-pole 231-108 Female Connector
with strain relief
(787-8xx Module side),
1x 9-pole SUB-D female connector
(PC/controller side)
No
3 x 0.34 mm² (AWG 22), shielded
-10 °C ... +70 °C
IP20
1.8 m
4
257
4
4
Rail-Mounted Modules - Constant Voltage Sources
258
24 V DC; 3 A
Input 27 V ... 35 V DC
24 V DC; 3 A
Input 24 V AC +10 %, 50 Hz ... 60 Hz
Mounting feet for DIN 35 rail
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
UE
Constant
voltage source
UA
~
Constant
voltage source
~
0V
UA1
UA2
0V
0V
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Constant voltage source 24 V DC
289-907
1
288-800
1
Technical Data
Input voltage
Output voltage
Nominal output current
Ambient operating temperature
Weight
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
27 V ... 35 V DC
24 V DC (± 10 %)
3A
-25 °C ... +40 °C
88 g
78.5 x 39 x 66
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
24 V AC +10%
24 V DC (± 10 %)
3A
-25 °C ... +40 °C
209 g
140 x 44 x 85
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
see page 323
white 709-198 / translucent 709-196
4
259
24 V DC; 5 A
Input 24 V AC +10 %
Electronic overload protection
Output voltage indication by LED
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
~
Constant
voltage source
with overload
protection
UA
~
4
0V
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Constant voltage source 24 V DC
288-801
1
Technical Data
Input voltage
Output voltage
Nominal output current
Overload protection
Voltage returns after removal of overload
Ambient operating temperature
Weight
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
24 V AC +10%
24 V DC (± 10 %)
5A
electronic
after 4s
0 °C ... +30 °C
600.5 g
170 x 85 x 108
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
see page 323
white 709-198 / translucent 709-196
4
Rail-Mounted Modules - Power Supplies
260
115 V AC / 24 V DC; 0.5 A
Output voltage indication by LED
230 V AC / 24 V DC; 0.5 A
Output voltage indication by LED
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
L
grey
regulator
0,8 A T
+
orange
light grey
N
blue
–
L
grey
regulator
0,8 A T
+
orange
light grey
N
blue
–
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Power supply, with universal mounting carrier
288-809
1
288-810
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Frequency
Power consumption at nominal load
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output voltage range
Output current Io
Residual ripple
Output fuse
Ambient operating temperature
Weight
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
115 V AC
± 10 %
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
30 VA
24 V DC
±4%
0.5 A
10 mVss
0.8 A slow
0 °C ... +50 °C
579 g
77 x 52 x 106
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Transformer acc. to VDE 0551
230 V AC
± 10 %
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
30 VA
24 V DC
±4%
0.5 A
10 mVss
0.8 A slow
0 °C ... +50 °C
552 g
77 x 52 x 106
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Transformer acc. to VDE 0551
see page 323
white 709-198 / translucent 709-196
see page 323
white 709-198 / translucent 709-196
4
261
230 V AC / 12 V DC; 0.5 A
Output voltage indication by LED
115 V AC / 24 V DC; 2 A
Output voltage indication by LED
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
0,5 A MT
L
grey
regulator
0,8 A T
L
+
orange
light grey
N
blue
–
+
grey
regulator
light grey
N
orange
blue
–
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Power supply, with universal mounting carrier
288-808
1
288-813
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Frequency
Power consumption at nominal load
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output voltage range
Output current Io
Residual ripple
Input fuse
Output fuse
Short-circuit current
Ambient operating temperature
Weight
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
230 V AC
± 10 %
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
23 VA
12 V DC
±4%
0.5 A
10 mVss
0 °C ... +50 °C
574 g
77 x 52 x 106
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Transformer acc. to VDE 0551
115 V AC
± 10 %
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
80 VA
24 V DC
± 10 %
2A
80 mVss
0.8 A medium-slow
electronic, short-circuit protected
2.5 A
0 °C ... +40 °C
1969 g
182 x 98 x 106
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (256 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Transformer acc. to VDE 0551
see page 323
white 709-198 / translucent 709-196
see page 323
white 709-198 / translucent 709-196
0.8 A slow
4
4
Rail-Mounted Modules - Power Supplies
262
230 V AC / 24 V DC; 2 A
Output voltage indication by LED
230 V AC / ± 12 V DC; 0.5 A
230 V AC / ± 15 V DC; 0.5 A
Output voltage indication by LED
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
0,5 A MT
L
L
+
regulator
light grey
N
+
orange
orange
blue
–
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Power supply, with universal mounting carrier
288-812
1
T
grey
regulator
grey
light grey
N
blue
regulator
–
dark grey
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
288-814
288-815
1
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Frequency
Power consumption at nominal load
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output voltage range
Output current Io
Residual ripple
Input fuse
Output fuse
Short-circuit current
Ambient operating temperature
Weight
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
230 V AC
± 10 %
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
80 VA
24 V DC
± 10 %
2A
80 mVss
0.5 A medium-slow
electronic, short-circuit protected
2.5 A
0 °C ... +40 °C
1900 g
230 V AC
± 10 %
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
27 VA
± 12 V DC (288-814)
± 15 V DC (288-815)
±4%
2 x 0.5 A
10 mVss
2 x 0.8 A slow
182 x 98 x 106
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (256 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Transformer acc. to VDE 0551
0 °C ... +40 °C
675 g (288-814)
665 g (288-815)
94 x 57 x 106
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (256 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Transformer acc. to VDE 0551
see page 323
white 709-198 / translucent 709-196
see page 323
white 709-198 / translucent 709-196
4
263
230 V AC / ± 15 V DC;
2 x 1 A short-circuit proof
Output voltage indication by LED
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
L
regulator
grey
+
orange
T
light grey
N
blue
regulator
–
dark grey
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Power supply, with universal mounting carrier
288-816
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage Vi nom
Input voltage range
Frequency
Power consumption at nominal load
Nominal output voltage Vo nom
Output voltage range
Output current Io
Residual ripple
Short-circuit current
Ambient operating temperature
Weight
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
230 V AC
± 10 %
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
53 VA
± 15 V DC
±4%
2x1A
10 mVss
approx. 1.5 A
0 °C ... +40 °C
1011 g
138 x 87 x 106
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (256 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Transformer acc. to VDE 0551
see page 323
white 709-198 / translucent 709-196
4
4
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with DC/DC Converter
264
DC/DC converter
24 V / 10 V, 0.5 A DC
56 mm/2.2 in
DC/DC converter
24 V / 5 V, 0.5 A DC
91 mm/3.58 in
Description
VN / V O
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN / VO
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
DC/DC converter, for DIN 35 rail
24 V DC / 5 V DC ± 2 %
859-801
1
24 V DC / 10 V DC ± 2 %
859-802
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Input voltage range
Output voltage
Output current (max.)
Line regulation, max. (full load, over input voltage range)
Max. load regulation (no load to full load, nominal input
Efficiency at full load (24 V DC in)
Output noise peak-to-peak max. (20 MHz bandwidth)
Switching frequency
Isolation
Reverse voltage protection, input
Minimum load requirement
Max. transient recovery time (recovery time for load
change from 25 % to 75% of full load)
Max. startup time (24 V DC in, full load)
Max. hold time (nominal input voltage, full load)
Input fuse
Output short circuit protection
Temperature coefficient
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
24 V DC
10 V ... 30 V DC
5 V DC ± 2 %
500 mA
2%
0.5 %
70 %
150 mV
200 kHz (nominal)
non-isolated
yes
no
40 μs
24 V DC
15 V ... 30 V DC
10 V DC ± 2 %
500 mA
0.5 %
0.7 %
85 %
20 mV
200 kHz (nominal)
non-isolated
yes
no
500 μs
3 ms
1 ms
TVS diode
temporary (short-circuit of the output for 1 minute without
damage to the device)
70 ppm/°C
0 °C ... +40 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
3 ms
500 μs
TVS diode
temporary (short-circuit of the output for 1 minute without
damage to the device)
100 ppm/°C
-25 °C ... +55 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
4
265
DC/DC converter
24 V / 12 V, 0.5 A DC
56 mm/2.2 in
DC/DC converter
12 V / 24 V, 250 mA DC
91 mm/3.58 in
4
Description
VN / V O
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN / VO
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
DC/DC converter, for DIN 35 rail
12 V DC / 24 V DC ± 1 %
859-804
1
24 V DC / 12 V DC ± 2 %
859-805
1
Technical Data
Nominal input voltage (VN)
Input voltage range
Output voltage
Output current (max.)
Line regulation, max. (full load, over input voltage range)
Max. load regulation (no load to full load, nominal input
Efficiency at full load (24 V DC in)
Output noise peak-to-peak max. (20 MHz bandwidth)
Switching frequency
Isolation
Reverse voltage protection, input
Minimum load requirement
Max. transient recovery time (recovery time for load
change from 25 % to 75% of full load)
Max. startup time (24 V DC in, full load)
Max. hold time (nominal input voltage, full load)
Input fuse
Output short circuit protection
Temperature coefficient
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
12 V DC
8 V ... 16 V DC
24 V DC ± 1 %
250 mA
0.5 %
0.5 %
83 %
40 mV
1.2 MHz (nominal)
non-isolated
yes
no
50 μs
24 V DC
15 V ... 30 V DC
12 V DC ± 2 %
500 mA
0.5 %
0.7 %
85 %
20 mV
200 kHz (nominal)
non-isolated
yes
no
500 μs
8 ms
500 μs
TVS diode
fuse
3 ms
500 μs
TVS diode
temporary (short-circuit of the output for 1 minute without
damage to the device)
100 ppm/°C
-25 °C ... +55 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
100 ppm/°C
-25 °C ... +55 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
4
Rail-Mounted Modules - DC/DC Converter
IN +
IN –
OUT +
OUT –
266
24 V / 24 V; 0.21 A DC
24 V / 18 V; 0.4 A DC
Mounting feet for DIN 35 rail
Mounting carrier for DIN 35 rail
IN –
IN –
IN +
OUT –
OUT +
OUT +
IN +
S
OUT –
289-913
288-895
+
DC 24V
–
+
DC
DC
+
DC 24V
DC 24V
–
–
+
DC
DC
DC 18 V
–
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
DC/DC converter
289-913
1
288-895
1
Technical Data
Input voltage
Input voltage range
Output voltage
Nominal output current
Peak output current
Efficiency
Test voltage input/output
Short circuit protection
Ambient operating temperature
Weight
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
EMC 1-Immunity to interference
EMC 1-Emission of interference
Accessories
WMB Multi marking system for mounting carrier
Marker strips for mounting carrier
24 V DC
± 10 %
24 V DC (± 3 %)
210 mA
315 mA
65 % ... 75 %
DC 500 V
Thermal cut-out
-25 °C ... +40 °C
77 g
83 x 25 x 77
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
24 V DC
18 V ... 36 V DC
18 V DC (± 1 %)
400 mA
82 %
DC 1500 V
permanent
-25 °C ... +70 °C
75.9 g
50 x 25 x 85
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (256 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
acc. to EN 50082-2 (1996) * * Only in conjunction with
DALI/DSI Master Module 750-641
acc. to EN 50081-1 (1993) * * Only in conjunction with
DALI/DSI Master Module 750-641
see page 323
white 709-198 / translucent 709-196
4
267
4
5
268
WAGO Application: Lighting Control System,
easyCredit Stadium in Nuremberg, Germany
WAGO Products:
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM with ETHERNET Controllers,
Power Supplies Units and
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks
5
Overvoltage Protection
269
5
792 Series
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Overvoltage Protection
Accessories, 792 Series
270 – 272
273
280/870 Series
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Overvoltage Protection
274 – 277
286 Series
Pluggable Modules - Surge Suppression Devices
Pluggable Modules - Surge Suppression Devices
278 – 279
280 – 283
5
5
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Overvoltage Protection
270
Overvoltage protection for information
technology systems MD24 24 V DC; for
protection of balanced interfaces (line/line)
with electrical isolation (telecommunications)
56 mm/2.2 in
Overvoltage protection for information
technology systems ME24 24 V DC; for
protection of 2 single lines (line/protected
ground), unbalanced interfaces as well as
RS-485 and RS-422 interfaces
91 mm/3.58 in
3
1
3
1
4
2
4
2
The coordination characteristics give information about the
let-through energy of the overvoltage protector and the
protection capacity.
Description
Nominal Voltage
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Nominal Voltage
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Overvoltage protection in terminal block,
for DIN 35 Rail
24 V DC
792-800
1
24 V DC
792-801
1
Technical Data
Nominal voltage
Max. cont. operating voltage
Nominal current
Nominal discharge current ISN (8/20) μs
Voltage protection level at IN category C2
Voltage protection level at 1 kV/μs category C3
Coordination characteristics
Series impedance R / line
Response time ta
Limiting frequency
Capacitance C
Degree of protection
Degree of protection with end and intermediate plate
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see page 273
Accessories see page 273
DC 24 V
33 V DC / 23 V AC
0.5 A
5 kA per line ; 10 kA total
65 V (line/protected ground); 110 V (line/line)
45 V (line/protected ground); 90 V (line/line)
X/1
1.8 ȍ
1 ns
6 MHz line/protected ground
1.0 nF (line/protected ground); 0.5 nF (line/line)
IP00
IP20
-40 °C ... +80 °C
-40 °C ... +80 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
IEC 61643-21
DC 24 V
33 V DC / 23 V AC
0.5 A
5 kA per line ; 10 kA total
50 V (line/line); 750 V (line/protected ground)
45 V (line/line); 650 V (line/protected ground)
X/1
1.8 ȍ
100 ns (line/protected ground); 1 ns (line/line)
6 MHz line/protected ground
5 pF (line/protected ground); 1 nF (line/line)
IP00
IP20
-40 °C ... +80 °C
-40 °C ... +80 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
IEC 61643-21
5
271
Overvoltage protection for information
technology systems MDEX24 24 V DC; for
protection in intrinsically safe circuits
56 mm/2.2 in
Overvoltage protection for information
technology systems SD24 24 V DC; for
protection of supply lines (power supply units)
91 mm/3.58 in
3
1
3
1
4
2
4
2
The coordination characteristics give information about the
let-through energy of the overvoltage protector and the
protection capacity.
Description
Nominal Voltage
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Nominal Voltage
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Overvoltage protection in terminal block,
for DIN 35 Rail
24 V DC
792-802
1
24 V DC
792-803
1
5
Technical Data
Nominal voltage
Max. cont. operating voltage
Max. Input voltage acc. to EN 50020 Ui
Max. input current acc. to EN 50020 Ii
Nominal current
Nominal discharge current ISN (8/20) μs
Voltage protection level at IN category C2
Voltage protection level at 1 kV/μs category C3
Coordination characteristics
Series impedance R / line
Response time ta
Limiting frequency
Capacitance C
Degree of protection
Degree of protection with end and intermediate plate
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see page 273
Accessories see page 273
DC 24 V
33 V DC / 23 V AC
DC 24 V
33 V DC / 23 V AC
30 V
0.5 A
0.5 A
5 kA per line ; 10 kA total
1500 V (line/protected ground); 50 V (line/line)
1400 V (line/protected ground); 45 V (line/line)
X/1
1.8 ȍ
100 ns (line/protected ground); 1 ns (line/line)
6 MHz
6 pF (line/protected ground); 1 nF (line/line)
IP00
IP20
-40 °C ... +80 °C
-40 °C ... +80 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
IEC 61643-21
10 A
5 kA (line/protected ground); 300 A (line/line)
50 V (line/line); 750 V (line/protected ground)
45 V (line/line); 650 V (line/protected ground)
X/1
100 ns (line/protected ground); 1 ns (line/line)
7 MHz
12 pF (line/protected ground); 1 nF (line/line)
IP00
IP20
-40 °C ... +80 °C
-40 °C ... +80 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
IEC 61643-21
5
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Overvoltage Protection
272
Overvoltage protection for information
technology systems MDHF5 5 V DC; for
protection of PROFIBUS networks
56 mm/2.2 in
Overvoltage protection for information
technology systems MD48LON 48 24 V DC;
for protection of LON networks
(FTT 10 or LPT 10)
91 mm/3.58 in
3
1
3
1
4
2
4
2
The coordination characteristics give information about the
let-through energy of the overvoltage protector and the
protection capacity.
Description
Nominal Voltage
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Nominal Voltage
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Overvoltage protection in terminal block,
for DIN 35 Rail
48 V DC
792-804
1
5 V DC
792-805
1
Technical Data
Nominal voltage
Max. cont. operating voltage
Nominal current
Nominal discharge current ISN (8/20) μs
Voltage protection level at IN category C2
Voltage protection level at 1 kV/μs category C3
Coordination characteristics
Series impedance R / line
Response time ta
Limiting frequency
Capacitance C
Degree of protection
Degree of protection with end and intermediate plate
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories see page 273
Accessories see page 273
DC 48 V
55 V DC / 38.5 V AC
1.7 A
5 kA per line ; 10 kA total
100 V (line/line); 750 V (line/protected ground)
70 V (line/line); 650 V (line/protected ground)
X/1
0.4 ȍ
100 ns (line/lineound); 1 ns (line/protected ground)
10 MHz
0.6 pF (line/protected ground); 10 pF (line/line)
IP00
IP20
-40 °C ... +80 °C
-40 °C ... +80 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
IEC 61643-21
DC 5 V
6 V DC / 4.2 V AC
0.1 A
5 kA per line ; 10 kA total
27 V (line/line); 50 V (line/protected ground)
14 V (line/line); 14 V (line/protected ground)
X/1
1ȍ
1 ns
250 MHz / 180 MHz line/protected ground
16 pF (line/protected ground); 19 pF (line/line)
IP00
IP20
-40 °C ... +80 °C
-40 °C ... +80 °C
6 x 56 x 91
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
IEC 61131-3
5
Accessories, 792 Series
273
Operating tool
Wire connection
Marking pen
with fibre tip
Test pin
End and
intermediate plate
Description
Item No.
Pack. Unit
End and intermediate plate; 1 mm / 0.039 in thick, gray
Test pin; Ø 1 mm / 0.039 in; test wire for sold. onto test plug
Marking pen
Operating tool, with partially insulated shaft
859-525
859-500
210-110
210-720
100 (4x25)
1 (1x1)
1
1
Item No.
Pack. Unit
859-402
859-403
859-404
859-405
859-406
859-407
859-408
859-409
859-410
... /000-029
... /000-005
... /000-006
200 (8x25)
200 (8x25)
200 (8x25)
200 (8x25)
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
100 (4x25)
Item No.
Pack. Unit
plain
248-501
5 cards
1 ...10 (10 x)
11 ... 20 (10x)
21 ... 30 (10x)
31 ... 40 (10x)
41 ... 50 (10 x)
1 ... 50 (2 x)
K 1 ... K 10 (10 x)
K 11 ... K 20 (10 x)
K 100 (10 x)
U 1 ... U 10 (10 x)
U 11 ... U 20 (10 x)
U 100 (10 x)
248-502
248-503
248-504
248-505
248-506
248-566
248-450
248-451
248-452
248-453
248-454
248-455
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
Push-in type jumper bar
for permanent marking
Type 2, blade (3.5 x 0.5) mm
Commoning
Description
Push-in type jumper bars, light gray, insulated, 18 A
Item no. suffix for colored push-in type jumper bars
Miniature quick marking card
2-way
3-way
4-way
5-way
6-way
7-way
8-way
9-way
10-way
yellow
red
blue
Marking
Description
Miniature WSB Quick marking system
Marking software and printer/plotter see Section 8
Marking
10 strips with 10 markers, white with black printing
5
5
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Overvoltage Protection
274
Terminal block width 5 mm/0.197 in
Terminal block width 5 mm/0.197 in
(_________ 58,5mm/2.30 in ________)
With suppressor diode
VBN AC/DC 24 V ... AC 230 V;
ISN 11 A ... 122 A
Rated current 20 A
(_________ 58,5mm/2.30 in ________)
With varistor
VBN AC/DC 24 V ... 110/120 V;
ISN 60 A ... 130 A
Rated current 20 A
Through terminal blocks with the same shape
see Full Line Catalog Volume 1
Description
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Terminal block with surge suppression device and
direct connection to DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
115 V DC
24 VAC
110/120 VAC
280-502/281-609
280-502/281-610
280-502/281-611
280-502/281-612
280-502/281-613
280-502/281-614
50
50
50
50
50
50
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
115 V DC
24 VAC
110/120 VAC
230 VAC
280-502/281-602
280-502/281-603
280-502/281-604
280-502/281-605
280-502/281-606
280-502/281-607
280-502/281-608
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
Technical Data
VN
Max. Operating
Voltage VB max.
Nominal Discharge
Current ISN
Max. Surge
Current IS max.
Capacity
Protection
Level
Terminal blocks with
varistor
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
115 V DC
24 VAC
110/120 VAC
31 V DC
65 V DC
85 V DC
150 V DC
30 V AC
140 V AC
60 A
60 A
130 A
130 A
60 A
130 A
250 A
250 A
1.2 kA
1.2 kA
250 A
1.2 kA
1.25 nF
0.72 nF
0.48 nF
0.22 nF
1.05 nF
0.18 nF
77 V DC
135 V DC
165 V DC
300 V DC
93 V AC
360 V AC
Terminal blocks with
suppressor diode
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
115 V DC
24 VAC
110/120 VAC
230 VAC
30.8 V DC
58 V DC
77 V DC
136 V DC
28 V AC
133 V AC
253 V AC
122 A
59 A
44 A
25 A
86 A
18 A
11 A
1 nF
0.63 nF
0.55 nF
0.4 nF
0.8 nF
0.35 nF
0.36 nF
64 V DC
111 V DC
162 V DC
282 V DC
84 V AC
388 V AC
706 V AC
Technical Data
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
Accessories
Item No.
Pack. Unit
Item No.
Pack. Unit
280-341
280-340
100 (4*25)
100 (4*25)
280-341
280-340
100 (4*25)
100 (4*25)
End and Intermediate Plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
orange
gray
orange
gray
5
275
With suppressor diode
VBN AC/DC 24 V ... AC 230 V;
ISN 37 A ... 305 A
Rated current 20 A
Terminal block width 10 mm/0.394 in
Terminal block width 10 mm/0.394 in
(___ 39,5 mm/1.56 in ___)
(___ 39,5 mm/1.56 in ___)
With varistor
VBN AC/DC 24 V ... AC 230 V;
ISN 300 A ... 1 kA
Rated current 20 A
Description
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Terminal block with surge suppression device and
direct connection to DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
115 V DC
24 V AC
110/120 V AC
230 V AC
280-502/281-582
280-502/281-583
280-502/281-584
280-502/281-585
280-502/281-586
280-502/281-587
280-502/281-588
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
115 V DC
24 V AC
110/120 V AC
230 V AC
280-502/281-589
280-502/281-590
280-502/281-591
280-502/281-592
280-502/281-593
280-502/281-594
280-502/281-595
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
Technical Data
VN
Max. Operating
Voltage VB max.
Nominal Discharge
Current ISN
Max. Surge
Current IS max.
Capacity
Protection
Level
Terminal blocks with
varistor andend plate
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
115 V DC
24 V AC
110/120 V AC
230 V AC
31 V DC
56 V DC
85 V DC
150 V DC
30 V AC
150 V AC
275 V AC
300 A
300 A
1 kA
1 kA
300 A
1 kA
1 kA
1 kA
1 kA
4.5 kA
4.5 kA
1 kA
4.5 kA
4.5 kA
4.6 nF
2.8 nF
1.7 nF
0.8 nF
3.5 nF
0.57 nF
0.32 nF
77 V DC
135 V DC
165 V DC
300 V DC
93 V AC
360 V AC
710 V AC
Terminal blocks with
varistor and end plate
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
115 V DC
24 V AC
110/120 V AC
230 V AC
28 V DC
53 V DC
70 V DC
128 V DC
26 V AC
133 V AC
253 V AC
305 A
162 A
123 A
68 A
258 A
46 A
37 A
2.7 nF
1.7 nF
1.35 nF
0.85 nF
2.4 nF
0.63 nF
0.4 nF
59 V DC
111 V DC
146 V DC
265 V DC
70 V AC
388 V AC
706 V AC
Technical Data
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
5
5
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Overvoltage Protection
276
With gas filled surge arrester
VBN AC 24 V ... 230 V;
ISN 5 kA
Rated current 20 A
Terminal block width 10 mm/0.394 in
Terminal block width 10 mm/0.394 in
(____ 40 mm/1.57 in ____)
(___ 39,5 mm/1.56 in ___)
With gas filled surge arrester
VBN AC 24 V ... 230 V;
ISN 5 kA
Rated current 20 A
Description
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Terminal block with surge suppression device and
direct connection to DIN 35 rail
24 V AC/DC
110/120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
280-503/281-579
280-503/281-580
280-503/281-581
25
25
25
24 V AC/DC
110/120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
870-523/281-579
870-523/281-580
870-523/281-581
25
25
25
Technical Data
Max. operating voltage VB max.
Nominal discharge current ISN
Capacity
Protection level
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
70 V AC/90 V DC
180 V AC/230 V DC
450 V AC/600 V DC
5 kA
2 pF
600 V AC
650 V AC
1100 V AC
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14
8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
70 V AC/90 V DC
180 V AC/230 V DC
450 V AC/600 V DC
5 kA
2 pF
600 V AC
650 V AC
1100 V AC
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / 4 mm² "f" / AWG 28 ... 14
6 ... 7 mm / 0.26 in
Accessories
End and Intermediate Plate, 2 mm/0.079 in thick
gray
orange
Item No.
Pack. Unit
870-518
870-519
100 (4*25)
100 (4*25)
5
277
With suppressor diode
VBN AC/DC 24 V ... AC 230 V;
ISN 37 A ... 305 A
Rated current 20 A
Terminal block width 10 mm/0.394 in
Terminal block width 10 mm/0.394 in
(____ 40 mm/1.57 in ____)
(____ 40 mm/1.57 in ____)
With varistor
VBN AC/DC 24 V ... AC 230 V;
ISN 300 A ... 1 kA
Rated current 20 A
Description
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
VN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Terminal block with surge suppression device and
direct connection to DIN 35 rail
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
115 V DC
24 V AC
110/120 V AC
230 V AC
870-523/281-582
870-523/281-583
870-523/281-584
870-523/281-585
870-523/281-586
870-523/281-587
870-523/281-588
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
115 V DC
24 V AC
110/120 V AC
230 V AC
870-523/281-589
870-523/281-590
870-523/281-591
870-523/281-592
870-523/281-593
870-523/281-594
870-523/281-595
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
Technical Data
VN
Max. Operating
Voltage VB max.
Nominal Discharge
Current ISN
Max. Surge
Current IS max.
Capacity
Protection
Level
Terminal block with
varistor
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
115 V DC
24 V AC
110/120 V AC
230 V AC
31 V DC
56 V DC
85 V DC
150 V DC
30 V AC
150 V AC
275 V AC
300 A
300 A
1 kA
1 kA
300 A
1 kA
1 kA
1 kA
1 kA
4.5 kA
4.5 kA
1 kA
4.5 kA
4.5 kA
4.6 nF
2.8 nF
1.7 nF
0.8 nF
3.5 nF
0.57 nF
0.32 nF
77 V DC
135 V DC
165 V DC
300 V DC
93 V AC
360 V AC
710 V AC
Terminal block with
suppressor diode
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
115 V DC
24 V AC
110/120 V AC
230 V AC
28 V DC
53 V DC
70 V DC
128 V DC
26 V AC
133 V AC
253 V AC
169 A
90 A
69 A
68 A
258 A
46 A
37 A
2.7 nF
1.7 nF
1.35 nF
0.85 nF
2.4 nF
0.63 nF
0.4 nF
59 V DC
111 V DC
146 V DC
265 V DC
70 V AC
388 V AC
706 V AC
Technical Data
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / 4 mm² "f" / AWG 28 ... 14
6 ... 7 mm / 0.26 in
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / 4 mm² "f" / AWG 28 ... 14
6 ... 7 mm / 0.26 in
5
5
Pluggable Modules - Surge Suppression Devices
278
Single stage suppression for 3-wire control,
signal or power circuits
No interruption of current flow when
changing module 24 V AC/DC
Single stage suppression for 3-wire control,
signal or power circuits
No interruption of current flow when
changing module 110 V / 120 V AC; 230 V AC
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
Note:
For isolation measurements the ground (earth) contact at
the transient suppression module must be disconnected.
WSB marker card
• Marking F; Item No.: 209-791
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking Lin, N, PE Lout, N, PE, Lin, N, PE;
Item No.: 249-655
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
LIN
LOUT
LIN
LOUT
N
N
N
N
PE
PE
PE
PE
UBN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
230 V AC
115 V AC
286-835
286-835/115-000
1
1
Description
UBN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Surge suppression module
24 V AC/DC
286-836
1
Technical Data
Nominal operating voltage VBN
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Nominal discharge current between L/N and PE
Nominal discharge current between L and N
Max. surge current between L/N and PE
Max. surge current between L and N
Protection level between L/N and PE
Protection level between L and N
Response time between L/N and PE
Response time between L and N
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x H x W incl. terminal block
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
24 V AC/DC
35 V AC / 45 V DC
10 A
300 A
300 A
1 kA
1 kA
700 V
100 V
1 μs
25 ns
250 V / 4 kV / 3
230 V AC; 115 V AC
275 V AC; 150 V AC
10 A
1 kA
1 kA
4.5 kA
4.5 kA
1,3 kV; 1 kV
700 V; 400 V
1 μs
25 ns
250 V / 4 kV / 3
-25 °C ... +85 °C
17 x 82.5 x 73
-25 °C ... +85 °C
17 x 82.5 x 73
5
279
Single stage suppression for 3-wire control,
signal or power circuits
No interruption of current flow when
changing module with fault indication
110 V / 120 V AC
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
Single stage suppression for 3-wire control,
signal or power circuits
No interruption of current flow when
changing module with fault indication
230 V AC
Module width 15 mm / 0.591 in
LIN
LIN
Note:
For isolation measurements the ground (earth) contact at
the transient suppression module must be disconnected.
WSB marker card
• Marking F; Item No.: 209-791
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking Lin, N, PE Lout, N, PE, Lin, N, PE;
Item No.: 249-655
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
LOUT
ϑ
ϑ
LOUT
ϑ
N
PE
N
PE
N
PE
ϑ
N
PE
Description
UBN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
UBN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Surge suppression module
230 V AC
286-838
1
115 V AC
286-838/115-000
1
5
Technical Data
Nominal operating voltage VBN
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Nominal discharge current between L/N and PE
Nominal discharge current between L and N
Max. surge current between L/N and PE
Max. surge current between L and N
Protection level between L/N and PE
Protection level between L and N
Response time between L/N and PE
Response time between L and N
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Dimensions (mm) L x H x W incl. terminal block
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
230 V AC
300 V AC
10 A
1 kA
1 kA
2.5 kA
2.5 kA
1 kV
800 V
1 μs
25 ns
250 V / 4 kV / 3
115 V AC
150 V AC
10 A
1 kA
1 kA
2.5 kA
2.5 kA
800 V
400 V
1 μs
25 ns
250 V / 4 kV / 3
-25 °C ... +85 °C
17 x 82.5 x 73
-25 °C ... +85 °C
17 x 82.5 x 73
5
Pluggable Modules - Surge Suppression Devices
280
Three-stage suppression for 3-wire data,
measuring and control circuits 12 V DC
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Three-stage suppression for 2-wire data,
measuring and control circuits 24 V DC
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
Note:
For isolation measurements the ground (earth) contact at the
transient suppression module must be disconnected.
WSB marker card
• Marking F; Item No.: 209-791
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking +/-; Item No.: 209-652
• Marking Lin, PE, PE, N, Lout, PE, PE, N;
Item No.: 249-652
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
+
+
U
LIN
LOUT
PE
PE
N
N
B
–
–
Description
UBN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
UBN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Surge suppression module
24 V DC
286-833
1
12 V DC
286-834
1
Technical Data
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
24 V DC
30 V DC
0.1 A
12 V DC
14 V DC
6A
1.5 kA
Nominal operating voltage VBN
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Nominal discharge current between L/N and PE
Nominal discharge current between L and N
Max. surge current between L/N and PE
Max. surge current between L and N
Protection level between L/N and PE
Protection level between L and N
Response time between L/N and PE
Response time between L and N
Through resistance / inductivity
Ambient operating temperature
5 kA
1.5 kA
5 kA
22 V
59 V
10 ns
10 ns
20 mȍ / 2 x 7 μH
-25 °C ... +85 °C
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules, with 2conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
50 mȍ / 14 μH
-25 °C ... +85 °C
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
5
281
Two-stage suppression for 3-wire control,
signal or power circuits 24 V AC/DC
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Three-stage suppression for 3-wire data,
measuring and control circuits 24 V DC
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
Note:
For isolation measurements the ground (earth) contact at the
transient suppression module must be disconnected.
WSB marker card
• Marking F; Item No.: 209-791
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking Lin, PE, PE, N, Lout, PE, PE, N;
Item No.: 249-652
• Marking PE, N, Lin, PE, N, Lout;
Item No.: 209-911
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
LIN
LOUT
LIN
LOUT
PE
PE
N
N
N
N
PE
PE
Description
UBN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
UBN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Surge suppression module
24 V DC
286-834/024-000
1
24 V AC/DC
286-831
1
5
Technical Data
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
24 V DC
30 V DC
6A
1.5 kA
24 V AC/DC
30 V AC / 38 V DC
6A
200 A
1.5 kA
500 A
1.5 kA
93 V
93 V
25 ns
25 ns
25 mȍ / 2 x 7 μH
250 V / 4 kV / 3
Nominal operating voltage VBN
Operating voltage
Nominal current
Nominal discharge current between L/N and PE
Nominal discharge current between L and N
Max. surge current between L/N and PE
Max. surge current between L and N
Protection level between L/N and PE
Protection level between L and N
Response time between L/N and PE
Response time between L and N
Through resistance / inductivity
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
1.5 kA
59 V
10 ns
50 mȍ / 14 μH
-25 °C ... +85 °C
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules, with 2conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
-25 °C ... +85 °C
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
5
Pluggable Modules - Surge Suppression Devices
282
Two-stage suppression for 3-wire control,
signal or power circuits with filter 115 V DC,
230 V DC, 110 V / 120 V AC, 230 V AC/DC
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
Module width 25 mm / 0.984 in
82,5 mm / 3,25 in
Two-stage suppression for 3-wire control,
signal or power circuits 24 V AC/DC
50 mm / 1.97 in u
73 mm / 2.87 in v
Note:
For isolation measurements the ground (earth) contact at
the transient suppression module must be disconnected.
WSB marker card
• Marking F; Item No.: 209-791
• Marking 1 ... 10; Item No.: 209-702
• Marking PE, N, Lin, PE, N, Lout;
Item No.: 209-911
5 cards, each containing 10 strips with 10 markers
LIN
LOUT
LIN
LOUT
N
N
N
N
PE
PE
PE
PE
UBN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
115 V DC
110 V/120 V AC
230 V DC
230 V AC
286-844
286-843
286-841
286-842
1
1
1
1
Description
UBN
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Surge suppression module
24 V AC/DC
286-832
1
Technical Data
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
Accessories see pages 138 ... 139
24 V AC/DC
115 V DC; 110 V/120 V AC
230 V DC; 230 V AC
180 V DC; 140 V AC
320 V DC; 250 V AC
6A
600 A
600 A
1.5 kA
1.5 kA
900 V
650 V
1 μs
25 ns
- / 2 x 0.8 mH
250 V / 4 kV / 3
Nominal operating voltage VBN
Operating voltage
AC 30 V / 38 V DC
Nominal current
Nominal discharge current between L/N and PE
Nominal discharge current between L and N
Max. surge current between L/N and PE
Max. surge current between L and N
Protection level between L/N and PE
Protection level between L and N
Response time between L/N and PE
Response time between L and N
Through resistance / inductivity
Nominal voltage acc. to VDE 0110 Part 1/4.97,
IEC 60664-1
Ambient operating temperature
Insertion loss
6A
200 A
1.5 kA
500 A
1.5 kA
93 V
59 V
25 ns
5 ns
25 mȍ / 2 x 7 μH
250 V / 4 kV / 3
-25 °C ... +85 °C
Accessories
Terminal block for pluggable modules, with 2conductor terminal blocks, orange separator ➊
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, orange separator
with 4-conductor terminal blocks, marker plate ➋
wire range 0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 14;
stripped length 8 ... 9 mm / 0.33 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
22 mm / 0.866 in
25 mm / 0.984 in
-25 °C ... +85 °C
20 dB ... 40 dB / 0.15 MHz ... 30 MHz
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-638
280-628
280-764
1
1
1
27 mm / 1.063 in
27 mm / 1.063 in
30 mm / 1.181 in
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
280-639
280-629
280-765
1
1
1
5
283
5
6
284
WAGO Application: Plastic Technology
Center (SKZ) in Würzburg, Germany
WAGO Products:
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM with ETHERNET
Controllers, DALI and EnOcean Components
6
Wireless Technology
285
6
789 Series
EnOcean Radio Receivers in DIN-Rail-Mount Enclosure
288
770 Series
WINSTA® - Radio Receiver
289
758 Series
Radio Receiver and Transmitter
290
6
6
286
WAGO Radio Receiver with EnOcean Technology
The Benefits for Electronic and Radio Technology
Process energy from
(push-buttons, vibration, motion,
heat, light…)
Energy converter
Sensors
Radio connection:
30m in the building, 300m in open field
Power
Receiver
Signal processing
Interface or
actuator
Ultra low
power
prozessor and
transmitter
KNX
LonWorks®
ETHERNET
Radio Receiver in I/O Module
BACnet
tFor the seamless integration of EnOcean
technology into the
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
tThe module can be used with any controller
of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750.
tPre-programmed function blocks make
integration easy
tThe number of sensors is almost illimited
Item No. 750-642
6
Radio Transmitter
287
Radio transmitter integrated in
universal switch insert.
Radio Receiver in DIN-Rail Mount Enclosure
The stand-alone solution for DIN-rail mounting:
4-channel radio receiver module in 70mm
DIN-rail mount enclosure.
Version 1: 4 make contacts,
up to 16 A load carrying capacity
Version 2: 4 changeover contacts,
up to 8 A load carrying capacity per channel.
Item No.
758-940/001-000 (2-channel light)
758-940/003-000 (4-channel light)
758-940/002-000 (2-channel roller blinds)
758-940/004-000 (4-channel roller blinds)
Item No. 789-601 (make contacts)
Item No. 789-602 (changeover contacts)
6
External Antenna
Radio Receiver in WINSTA® Box
All integrated: e.g. a complete blinds control (2-way
sunblind outputs for 230V/2A) or a 4-channel module
for lighting control (4-way switch output 230V/16A)
with receiver and all required switching relay.
The WINSTA® boxes are suitable for wall-, floor- and
ceiling-mounting.
Item No. 770-629/102-000 (sunblinds control)
Item No. 770-629/101-000 (lighting control)
The antenna fits to all WAGO
products shown here and is
connected using an SMA socket.
The antenna has a magnetic stand
and a 2.5m long coax cable.
Item No. 758-910
6
4-Channel EnOcean Radio Receivers in DIN-Rail Mount Enclosure
288
4-channel EnOcean radio receiver
with 4 make contacts, 16 A
4-channel EnOcean radio receiver
with 4 changeover contacts, 8 A
The 4-channel radio receiver in DIN-rail mount enclosure is
used to switch 4 independent electrical devices or loads.
The radio receiver processes telegrams transmitted by
sensors (binary information) using EnOcean radio
technology (PTM + STM modules).
The outputs are switched via relay contacts.
• Radio receiver for battery-less and wireless sensors
• LED indication of switch status
• External antenna for optimum transmission range
(required)
• Frequency band 868 MHz
• Transmitter-to-receiver assignment via learn mode
24V DC
+ -
24V DC
+ -
4-channel radio receiver
4-channel radio receiver
Us
Us
K1...K4
EnOcean
Receiver
K1...K4
LRN
13
... 44
K1...K4
LRN
...
14
K1...K4
EnOcean
Receiver
...
14 12 11 ... 44 42 41
43
Description
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Item No.
Pack.
unit
4-channel EnOcean radio receiver
789-601
1
789-602
1
Technical Data
Voltage supply
Voltage range
Current consumption (internal)
Number of receive channels
Number of channels
Output current (per channel)
Type of load
Switching frequency
Delay time transmitter /output command
Switching voltage
Fuse protection
Isolation
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative air humidity (no condensation)
Degree of pollution
Degree of protection
Mounting position
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Wire connection
Cross sections
Stripped lengths
Approvals
Accessories: RF magnetic antenna incl. 3m connecting
cable with SMA connector
24 V DC
-15 % ... + 20 %
max. 90 mA
40 (10 per output)
4 (relay outputs)
max. 16 A, AC1
resistive / lamp load
max. < 5 Hz
< 100 ms; 40 ms ... 70 ms typ.
230 V AC
Loads: wire breaker, max.16 A
potential free contacts
0 °C ... +55 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
85 %
2
IP20
any
70 x 55 x 90
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Vibration and shock resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 and
IEC 60068-2-27
758-910
24 V DC
-15 % ... + 20 %
max. 90 mA
40 (10 per output)
4 (relay outputs)
max. 8 A, AC1
resistive / motor load
max. < 5 Hz
< 100 ms; 40 ms ... 70 ms typ.
230 V AC
Loads: wire breaker, max.16 A
potential free contacts
0 °C ... +55 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
85 %
2
IP20
any
70 x 55 x 90
Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
CAGE CLAMP® (WAGO 236 Series)
0.08 mm² ... 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 ... 12 (THHN, THWN)
5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
Vibration and shock resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 and
IEC 60068-2-27
758-910
6
WINSTA® Radio Receiver
289
• Radio receiver for battery-less and wireless sensors
• LED indication of switch status
• External antenna for optimum transmission range
(required)
• Frequency band 868 MHz
• Transmitter-to-receiver assignment via learn mode
• The state of outputs can be predefined for a power
failure scenario
• Wire connection using WINSTA connectors
166
145
6.2
9.6
1
The 4-channel radio receiver is used to switch 4
independent electrical devices. The 2-channel radio
receiver has 2 sunblind outputs that can be controlled
independently from each other. The radio receiver
processes telegrams transmitted by switches using
EnOcean radio technology (STM modules). The outputs
are switched via relay contacts.
6
30
2-channel radio receiver
with sunblind outputs
22
4-channel radio receiver
with 4 make contacts
150
190
Illustration and block diagram for 770-629/101-000
L PE N
K1...K4
EnOcean
Receiver
LRN
A1...A4
WINSTA
4-channel radio receiver
...
L PE N
L PE N
Description
Item No.
Pack.
unit
Item No.
Pack.
unit
WINSTA® radio receiver
770-629/101-000
1
770-629/102-000
1
Technical Data
Voltage supply
Voltage range
Current consumption (internal)
Number of channels
Output current (per channel)
Total current
Inrush current
Type of load
Switching frequency
Isolation
Fuse protection
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative air humidity (no condensation)
Degree of pollution
Degree of protection
Mounting position
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Type of mounting
Approvals
Accessories: RF magnetic antenna incl. 3m connecting
cable with SMA connector
Connection accessories WINSTA connectors
230 V AC, 50 Hz ... 60 Hz, max. 16 A
± 10 %
max. 21 mA
4
max. 16 A / 4 A
max. 16 A
max. 120 A / 50 ms
resistive / lamp load
max. 5 Hz
isolated internal voltage supply 2500 V
impulse withstand voltage
External, 16 A max.
0 °C ... +55 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
85 %
2
IP20
any
195 x 145 x 30
Wall screw fixing
Vibration and shock resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 and
IEC 60068-2-27
758-910
230 V AC, 50 Hz ... 60 Hz, max. 16 A
± 10 %
max. 21 mA
2
2 A motor load
max. 4 A
25 A
resistive / inductive
max. 5 Hz
isolated internal voltage supply 2500 V
impulse withstand voltage
External, 16 A max.
0 °C ... +55 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
85 %
2
IP20
any
195 x 145 x 30
Wall screw fixing
Vibration and shock resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 and
IEC 60068-2-27
758-910
Input: socket, 3 poles, e.g. 770-103; 4-channel output:
plug, 3 poles, e.g. 770-113
Input: socket, 3 poles, e.g. 770-103; 2-channel output:
plug, 4 poles, e.g. 770-114
6
6
Radio Receiver and Transmitter
290
External antenna, GSM
900/1800
Description
Technical Data
Item No.
Pack. unit
External antenna
Frequency band: 870 MHz ... 960 MHz; 1710 MHz ... 1880 MHz
VSWR: 870 MHz ... 960 MHz < 1.5; 1710 MHz ... 1880 MHz < 1.5
Gain: 870 MHz ... 960 MHz 0 dB; 1710 MHz ... 1880 MHz 0 dB
Max. Power: 20 W
Cable length: 250 cm Connector: SMA right angle plug + ferrite bead
758-910
1
Notes on operating the antenna with WAGO EnOcean radio receivers: The antenna is to be mounted on a plate measuring at least 9.8 x 9.8 inches (25 x 25 mm) The distance of
interfering sources to the antenna and antenna line must be at least 11.8 inches (30 mm) and the free space between the antenna and the next wall must be at least 13.78 inches (35
mm). The antenna cable should, under no circumstances, be bent sharply, since irreversible damage may result to the antenna (RG 174 bend radius > 0.6 inches/15mm)
Radio transmitter,
EnOcean easyfit PTM
250
Description
Technical Data
Item No.
Pack. unit
2-channel light
4-channel light
2-channel roller blind
4-channel roller blind
Integrated radio transmitter: EnOcean PTM 200 Energy harvesting source: electrodynamic energy
generator, maintenance free Radio technology /range: EnOcean 868 MHz, RPS Type 2; 300 m free
field, typ. 30 m within buildings Total installation height: 14 mm (frame lies directly against the wall)
Dimensions of rocker /frame cut-out /central plate: 50 x 50 mm / 55 x 55 mm / 71 x 71 mm Color:
white
758-940/001-000
758-940/003-000
758-940/002-000
758-940/004-000
1
1
10
1
The universal switch insert can be integrated into numerous control programmes by different manufacturers, e.g.: BERKER, GIRA, JUNG and MERTEN. Delivery is without frame. Frames
of the desired control programm have been orderen separately.
6
291
6
7
292
WAGO Application: Bellinzona Business
Center (Tessin), Switzerland
WAGO Products:
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM with ETHERNET Controllers,
Power Supplies and Interface Modules
7
Empty Housings and Mounting Carriers
293
7
280, 286, 786 Series
Empty Component Plug Housings for Building Custom Circuits
Empty Component Plug Housings for Building Custom Circuits
294 – 295
296
859 Series
Empty Electronic Terminal Block Housing
297
789 Series
DIN-Rail Mounted Enclosures
Accessories, 789 Series
298
299
209, 210, 288 Series
Mounting Carrier for DIN-Rail Mounting PCBs
Mounting Carrier and Feet for DIN-Rail Mounting PCBs
300 – 301
302 – 303
7
7
Empty Component Plug Housings for Building Custom Circuits
294
286 Series, empty component plug
Description
Item No.
Pack. Unit
Empty component plug, type 9
4-pole, 10 mm / 0.394 in wide
Empty component plug, type 10
6-pole, 15 mm / 0.591 in wide
Empty component plug, type 11
8-pole, 20 mm / 0.787 in wide
Empty component plug, type 12
10-pole, 25 mm / 0.984 in wide
250 V/ 4 KV/ 3 (rated voltage/ rated surge voltage/ pollution degree);
6 A per contact;
Module height 82.5 mm/3.25 in (from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail);
PCB dimensions and component height see drawing and table
PCB dimensions
286-110
286-111
286-112
286-113
1
1
1
1
No components should be mounted in this area
15 20 25
9.2 14.2 19.2
13 18 23
Ø 1,3
>
Ø 1,3
> A <
<
<
A
Introduce cover in the outer groove
of the plug and press completely
down until snap-fit engaged.
>
Press screwdriver into appropriate
slot (1) and remove cover with
levering action (2).
>B<
Typ 1
Typ 2,3,4
Typ
A
B
1
5
3,2
2
10
8,2
3
10
8,2
4
10
8,2
7
Empty Electronic Terminal Block Housing
297
859-110
859-501
859-110 and 859-501
Description
Item No.
Pack. Unit
Technical Data
Modular housing for mounting electronic
components in a rail-mounted terminal block
Frame to enlarge the terminal block width
859-110
1
Housing material: PA 6.6
859-501
1
Flammability rating: V0
Color: gray (similar to RAL 7038)
Degree of protection: IP20
Perm. ambient temperature: -25 °C ... +70 °C
Storage temperature: -40 °C ... +85 °C
Width: 6 mm (859-110), 8 mm (859-501)
Mounting position: any
Dimensions (W x H x L): (6 x 56 x 91) mm Height from upper-edge of DIN 35 rail
Wire connection: CAGE CLAMP®
Cross sections: 0.08 mm2 ... 2.5 mm2 /AWG 28 ... 14
Stripped lenghts: 5 ... 6 mm / 0.22 in
PCB dimensions
PCB dimensions
13
4,6 >
>
11 <
> 12,7 <
Description
Item No.
Pack. Unit
Lateral cover, size 1, small, 6.35 mm /0.25 in thick
Fixing foot for mounting on DIN 35 rails
Track section, size 1, 1 m /3’3’’ long
288-601
288-602
288-600
1
1
1
In order to determine the length of a complete mounting carrier:
Length of PCB: L1
Length of track section: L2 = L1 — 11 mm /0.433 in
Length of mounting carrier: L3 = L1 + 1.7 mm/0.067 in
with lateral cover size 1, 6.35 mm/0.25 in thick.
Distance between PCB and upper groove of track section is 5 mm/0.197 in PCB tolerances: thickness 1.5 mm ± 0.2 mm, length/width ± 0.2 mm; -0.1/+0.3 for milling contours
Marker strips
Description
Phillips screw 2.9 x 13*
* To be used from a module length of 35 mm/1.378 in. For smaller modules
the lateral covers have to be riveted. Rivet length depends on module length.
Rivets not in the WAGO product range.
7.5x0.5mm on roll 5x1m, white
7.5x0.5mm on roll 5x1m, translucent
Item No.
Pack. Unit
210-533
25
709-198
709-196
1
1
Mounting carrier size 1
288-601
288-600
288-602
210-533
7
Mounting Carrier for DIN-Rail Mounting PCBs
301
Mounting carrier size 2
< 15,8 >
Description
Item No.
Pack. Unit
Lateral cover, size 2, small*, 8.75 mm /0.344 in thick
Fixing foot for mounting on DIN 35 rails
Track section, size 2, 1 m /3’3’’ long
288-621
288-622
288-620
1
1
1
Mounting carrier size 2, with covering section
Abdeckprofil
Description
Item No.
Pack. Unit
Lateral cover, size 2, big* 8.75 mm /0.344 in thick
Covering section, size 2, 1 m /3’3’’ long
288-626
288-627
1
1
In order to determine the length of a complete mounting carrier:
Length of PCB: L1
Length of track section: L2 = L1 — 15,8 mm/0.622 in
Length of mounting carrier: L3 = L1 + 1.7 mm/0.067 in
Length of covering section: L4 = L1
with lateral cover, size 2, 8.75 mm/0.344 in thick
Distance between PCB and upper groove of track section is 5 mm/0.197 in PCB
tolerances: thickness 1.5 mm ± 0.2 mm, length/width ± 0.2 mm; -0.1/+0.3 for milling
contours
Mounting carrier size 2
288-621
288-620
288-622
210-533
7
7
Mounting Carrier and Feet for DIN-Rail Mounting PCBs
302
Sockelbefestigung
mit Schraube (M 4)
Positionsanschlag
Ø 4 mm
>3
(_15_)
Description
Pack. Unit
288-001
288-002
288-003
1
10
1
Item No.
Pack. Unit
209-120
209-119
25
50
Universal mounting foot
Universal mounting foot
For screw-fixing or DIN-rail mounting with snap-fit type universal mounting feet
(then needs 2 x mounting feet)
Snap-fit type, suitable for DIN 15, 32 and 35 rails
Suitable for Europa card (100 x 160) mm
> 4,6 <
Mounting carrier
Item No.
>3,2<
> 6,4 <
0,6
>
Distance
19 mm
27 mm
43 mm
- 20
> 2<
0
- 10
> 4 <
3
<
Description
Shield (screen) camps
Note: Not for ground connections!
Hmax 40 mm, B 10 mm
Hmax 47 mm, B 17 mm
Hmax 63 mm, B 23 mm
Hmax 78 mm, B 30 mm
Diameter of Connectable Conductor
Item No.
Pack. Unit
1.5 mm/0.059 in to 6.5 mm/0.256 in
5 mm/0.197 in to 11 mm/0.434 in
10 mm/0.394 in to 17 mm/0.670 in
16 mm/0.631 in to 24 mm/0.946 in
791-107
791-111
791-117
791-124
50
50
50
50
8
Accessories for Shield (Screen) Clamping Saddles and Shield (Screen) Clamps
309
Carrier with grounding
foot
Description
Item No.
Pack. Unit
Carrier with grounding foot
bar 90° to the rail, 10 mm (0.394 in) x 3 mm (0.118 in), bar a. foot – Cu with tin plating, 45 mm/1.774 in long
790-113
25
bar parallel to the rail, 10 mm (0.394 in) x 3 mm (0.118 in), bar a. foot – Cu with tin plating, 15 mm/0.591 in long
790-110
25
Carrier with grounding foot
Carrier with grounding foot
bar parallel to the rail, 10 mm (0.394 in) x 3 mm (0.118 in), bar a. foot – Cu with tin plating, 25 mm/0.986 in long
790-112
25
Carrier with grounding foot
bar parallel to the rail, 10 mm (0.394 in) x 3 mm (0.118 in), bar a. foot – Cu with tin plating, 45 mm/1.774 in long
790-114
25
bar parallel to the rail, 10 mm (0.394 in) x 3 mm (0.118 in), bar a. foot – Cu with tin plating, 125 mm/4.929 in long
790-115
25
Carrier with 2 grounding feet
Suitable shield (screen) clamping saddle or shield (screen) clamps for carrier with grounding foot 790-110 = 790-108; Carrier with grounding foot 790-112 = 790-108, 790-116,
791-111, 791-117; Carrier with grounding foot 790-114 = 790-108, 790-116, 790-124, 790-140, 791-107, 791-111, 791-117, 791-124
Carrier rail
Stand off
Shield termination
Description
Carrier rail
Stand off
Shield termination including cable tie for shield
diameter 5 mm /0.197 in to 10 mm /0.394 in
Item No.
Pack. Unit
special slotted, 1000 mm/3’.3’’ long, Cu with tin plating, special lengths on request
for special slotted carrier rail, use M 5 size screw
55 mm/2.169 in long
790-145
790-144
709-350
1
200 (2x100)
100 (4x25)
150 mm/ 5.914 in long
709-352
100 (4x25)
Isolated mounting foot
U-shaped busbar
4
> 15 6<
Description
1000 mm/3’.3’’ long
30 mm/1.181 in long
50 mm/1.969 in long
for busbar, with standard screw M 4 x 8 mm
for busbar, with sheet metal screw (3.5 x 9) mm
Dimensions (W x H x L) mm; 63 x 60 x 83
Dimensions (W x H x L) mm; 100 x 60 x 118
Dimensions (W x H x L) mm; 63 x 35 x 83
Dimensions (W x H x L) mm; 100 x 35 x 118
210-133
790-133
790-134
790-100
790-101
790-190
790-191
790-192
790-193
20 (20x1)
20 (20x1)
20 (20x1)
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
25 (5x5)
25 (25x1)
25 (5x5)
25 (25x1)
8
Busbar carrier, angulate
Busbar carrier, angulate
24
36,6
Busbar carrier
Pack. Unit
57,6
Isolated mounting foot
Isolated mounting foot
U-shaped busbar,10 mm (0.394 in) x 3 mm
(0.118 in),Cu with tin plating
Item No.
45
Straight busbar, 10 mm (0.394 in) x 3 mm
(0.118 in), bar – Cu with tin plating
>10 <
Isolated mounting foot
Straight busbar
70
10
10
70
101,3
101,3
Description
Busbar carrier
Busbar carrier, angulate
for busbars, 10 mm (0.394 in) x 3 mm (0.118 in) – Cu with tin plating
for busbars, 10 mm (0.394 in) x 3 mm (0.118 in) – Cu with tin plating
Item No.
Pack. Unit
790-300
790-301
10
10
8
310
ProServe
Designing, Assembling and Marking
8
311
Int
er
fa
ce
M
od
ule
50
s
7
TEM
SYS
-I/O
GO
WA
8
The benefits of ProServe are at your disposal every day.
With unique features such as accuracy checking,
ProServe does a lot of the work for you, therefore saving
you time and money.
Immediate access to professional and sophisticated
services allows for error-free applications, higher
flexibility in your daily business and better customer
service. With 50 years of WAGO expertise at your
disposal, put ProServe to work for you in your next
application.
8
ProServe Marking: Now Easier than Ever
312
Configuration and marking of rail
assemblies and I/O nodes, stand-alone
or in combination with CAE systems.
smartMARKING
t&YUFOTJWFJNQPSUGVODUJPOTGSPN$"&TZTUFNT
.40êDFBOE8"(0TNBSU%&4*(/&3
t8:4*8:(NBSLJOH
t"VUPNBUJDQMPUUFSDBMJCSBUJPO
t&YUFOTJWFMJCSBSZJODMVEJOHNBSLFSDBSSJFST
t4ZNCPMMJCSBSZ
t5FYUMFOHUIDIFDLJOH
t%JéFSFOUMBOHVBHFTBWBJMBCMF
t0VUQVUPG&BTU&VSPQFBODIBSBDUFST
t'VMMZDPNQBUJCMFXJUI&(FOHSBWJOHVOJU
t%JSFDUPVUQVUPOUIFSNBMUSBOTGFSQSJOUFS
t$SFBUJPOPGDVTUPNNBSLFSTGPSUIF
engraver/plotter
smartMARKING
8
ProServe: Open for All
313
One for all: WAGO ProServe has an
interface suitable for most of the standard
CAD/CAE systems.
C
A
E
System
Manufacturer
Article
master data
Macros
ASCII data
to
smartDESIGNER
XML data
to
smartDESIGNER
XML data
from
smartDESIGNER
XML data
from
productLOCATOR
Aucos
Aucotec
Aucotec
Aucotec
$*.5FBN
Innotec
&$4.V.
&1-"/
Ige-xao
5$4
84$"%
8
8
ProServe: Planning at a New Level
WAGO ProServe means finding instead of
searching, drawing instead of scribbling.
ProServe navigates safely through the
WAGO range of products, generates
parts lists and assembly drawings
and even 3D views.
smartDESIGNER and
productLOCATOR
t9.-JOUFSGBDFTUP$"&BOE
.$"%QSPHSBNT
t0VUQVUJO1%'BOE)5.t%JéFSFOUTFBSDIGVODUJPOTBMMPXGPS
quick selection of products
t$SFBUJPOPGQBSUMJTUTJODMVEJOH
product pictures and custom part
numbers
t$PNQMFYSBJMBTTFNCMJFTDBOCF
easily designed in 3D
t'BDJMJUZUPDSFBUFDVTUPNQBSU
numbers
t$SFBUJPOPGDVTUPNBSUJDMFTUPEFTJHO
third-party products
product
LO
CA
TO
R
smart
DE
SI
G
N
ER
t%FGBVMUQBSUT GBWPVSJUFT
DBOCF
defi ned individually for time saving
design
t*OUFMMJHFOU
VTFSPQUJNJ[FEBDDVSBDZ
check features
tMBOHVBHFTBWBJMBCMF
t
JUFNT
Marking:
t%JSFDUDSFBUJPOBOEPVUQVUPGNBSLJOH
data to plotter or thermal transfer
printer
8
ProServe: Thinking in All Dimensions
315
Rail-mounted terminal blocks are becoming even more efficient and more complex:
Multilevel as well as base receptacle terminal blocks with different conductor entry
angles can no longer be represented by a simple view. The 3D view provides a clear
representation during planning and assembly.
Use our data in your system – now also online.
DXF - Step - IGS - DWG
CAD
Benefi ts in overview:
t2VJDLEFTJHO
t$SFBUFZPVS%PS%$"%mMFTGSPN
WAGO ProServe. Now also online!
t2VJDLPSEFSJOH
t6TFSGSJFOEMZ
t&YUFOTJWFBOEVTFSTQFDJmD
documentation
t/FUXPSLDPNQBUJCJMJUZ
t4FWFSBMTPGUXBSFQSPEVDUTPOBTJOHMF
$% TNBSU%&4*(/&3
QSPEVDU-0$"503
TNBSU."3,*/(
8"(04$3*15
t"QSJDFMJTUJTJODMVEFE
…all for free!
8
8
316
Thermal Transfer Printers
WAGO TP 343 and TP 298
Description
Pack.
Unit
Item No.
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
258-343
1
Thermal Transfer Printer TP 343
Resolution 300 dpi, incl. ProServe Software; for 2009 and 709 Series marking strips
258-298
1
Thermal Transfer Printer TP 298
Resolution 300 dpi, incl. ProServe Software and Print Roller (258-178) for WMB Inline
and 2009 and 709 Series marking strips
Technical Data
Technical Data
Printing method
Printhead system
Print resolution
Print speed
Print width
Print length
RAM memory
Interfaces
Thermal/thermal transfer
Thin-film transfer head
300 dpi
up to 76 mm/sec.
6 - 104 mm (0.25" - 4.09")
up to 990 mm (39")
2 MB DRAM, 1 MB Flash
Parallel Centronics (LPT), RS-232 (COM),
USB, ETHERNET 10/100 Base T
Label sensor (material end, foil end, bottom
reflective sensor)
2 cardboard cores (104 mm) for ink ribbon
rewinder Operating instructions in
German and Englisch
Universal power supply unit
100 V ... 240 V AC /
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
230 x 200 x 290
(Dimension with winder ca. 450 mm)
Double-walled plastic
1000 g
CE, FCC Class A, UL, CUL, TUV
1 x USB cable; 1 x ETHERNET cable;
unwinder set;
marking strips (1 x 2009-110);
ink ribbon (1 x 258-145)
Sensors
Other
Voltage supply
Operating voltage
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Enclosure
Weight
Safety Approvals
Accessories
Printing method
Printhead system
Print resolution
Print speed
Print width
See-through/reflective sensor
Processor 32 Bit ColdFire/clock rate
RAM memory
Program memory
Slot for memory card
Interfaces
Accessories (optional)
Operating voltage
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Weight
Operating temperature
rel. humidity
Safety Approvals
Accessories
Thermal/thermal transfer
Thick-film
300 dpi
100 mm/sec.
108.4 mm
standard
64 MHz
8 MB RAM
4 MB Flash
CompactFlash Type 1
ETHERNET 10/100 Base T, RS-232
(COM), USB
Cutter, external unwinder, external
rewinder, memory card Compact Flash
Type 16-512 MB
100 V ... 240 V AC /
50 Hz ... 60 Hz, PFC
242 x 274 x 446
10000 g
10 °C ... 35 °C
30 % ... 85 %
CE, FCC class 1
1 x USB cable; 1 x serial cable;
marking strips (1 x 2009-110);
ink ribbon (1 x 258-149)
Application table for ink ribbon/marking accessories/printer
Item No.
Width
Ink Ribbon
Marking Accessories
Printer
258-143
60 mm
resin/wax
Labels (paper)
all types
258-144
100 mm
resin/wax
Labels (paper)
Wire Marking 211-155 / 211-156
all types
258-145
38 mm
resin
258-149
50 mm
resin
258-150
76 mm
resin
Cable Marking 211-111 and 211-121
Labels (polyester) up to 76 mm
all types
258-157
100 mm
resin
Labels (polyester) up to 100 mm
all types
Marking Strip Series 2009
2009-xxx
Marking Strip Series 709
709-xxx
WMB Inline (not printable with TP 343)
Marking Strip Series 2009
2009-xxx
Marking Strip Series 709
709-xxx
WMB Inline (not printable with TP 343)
TP 298 & TP 343
TP 298+
8
Accessories
317
Ink ribbon for labels
Ink ribbon for marker strips
Description
Item No.
Ink ribbon for labels
resin/wax, width 60 mm x 300 m
resin/wax, width 100 mm x 300 m
resin, 38 mm x 300 m
resin, 50 mm x 300 m
76 mm wide x 300 m
100 mm wide x 300 m
Ink ribbon for marker strips and WMB Inline
Ink ribbon for cable marking
258-143
258-144
258-145
258-149
258-150
258-157
All ink ribbons are suitable for TP 298 and TP 343 printers. For detailed ordering information, please refer to the
"Application table for ink ribbon/marking accessories/printer"
External coil
mounting system
Cutter TP 298
Spare roller TP 298
Description
Item No.
External coil mounting system
Cutter TP 298
Spare roller TP 298 for labels
Spare roller TP 298 for labels
Spare roller TP 298 for WMB Inline
Spare roller TP 298 for WMB Inline
Carrying case for TP 298
Carrying case for TP 343
Retractable handle for carrying case TP 298 / TP 343
WMB Inline
for WMB Inline 8,000 markers (2009-135)
(up to item no. 40.000)
(up to item no. 40.000)
(up to item no. 40.000)
(up to item no. 40.000)
258-169
258-161
258-162
258-177
258-166
258-178
258-171
258-342
258-173
Marking strips
Description
WMB Inline, pitch 4 mm, stretchable, 4 mm ... 4.2 mm, on reel
WMB Inline, pitch 5 mm, stretchable, 5 mm ... 5.2 mm, on reel
WMB Inline, pitch 5 mm, stretchable, 5 mm ... 5.2 mm, on reel
Marking strips for TOPJOB®S Series, white, plain, 11 mm wide
Marking strips for 870, 869, 862, 270 Series
white, plain, 7.5 mm wide
Marking strips for 870, 869, 862, 270 Series
transparent, plain, 7.5 mm wide
Item No.
white, 2000 pieces
white, 1500 pieces
white, 8000 pieces
50 m coil
50 m coil
2009-114
2009-115
2009-135
2009-110
709-178
50 m coil
709-177
8
8
Accessories
318
Marker card
Marker card (12 mm)
for Plotter
Labels on roll
Labels on DIN A4
sheets
Dimensions of self-laminating label
Description
Marker card for TT Printer
Item No.
12 mm
23 mm
12 mm
(258-370 Carrier Plates are required for plotting)
23 mm
(258-370 Carrier Plates are required for plotting)
211-121
211-111
211-120
Marker surface "S"=8 mm, "B"=18 mm, "L"=35 mm for max. cable
Ø 9 mm, 9.000 labels per roll
Marker surface "S"=13 mm, "B"=23 mm, "L"=51 mm for max. cable
Ø 12 mm, 5.000 labels per roll
211-155
Marker surface "S"=9 mm, "B"=17 mm, "L"=35 mm for max. cable
Ø 8 mm, 70 labels per roll
Marker surface "S"=13 mm, "B"=21 mm, "L"=56 mm for max. cable
Ø 14 mm, 32 labels per roll
211-150
Marking sleeve 12 mm, for wire Ø
1.6 mm ... 3.2 mm or 0.25 mm² ... 1.5 mm²
2.2 mm ... 4.5 mm or 0.5 mm² ... 4 mm²
3.7 mm ... 5.9 mm or 2.5 mm² ... 6 mm²
4.8 mm ... 7.5 mm or 6 mm² ... 16 mm²
211-112
211-113
211-114
211-115
Marking sleeve 23 mm, for wire Ø
1.6 mm ... 3.2 mm or 0.25 mm² ... 1.5 mm²
2.2 mm ... 4.5 mm or 0.5 mm² ... 4 mm²
3.7 mm ... 5.9 mm or 2.5 mm² ... 6 mm²
4.8 mm ... 7.5 mm or 6 mm² ... 16 mm²
211-122
211-123
211-124
211-125
Marking sleeve for cable tie
23 mm, for wires from 10 mm²
211-129
Marker card for Plotter
Labels on roll for thermal transfer printer
Labels on DIN A4 sheets for laser printer
(258-383 Carrier Plates are required for plotting)
Cable tie (2.5 x 100) mm
Label for I/O marking
211-110
211-156
211-151
807-090/101-100
211-211
Marking strips
Receptacle for marking strips
Plotter, 12 x 7 mm
(258-371 Carrier Plates are required for plotting)
15 mm, white 50 m roll
transp. 1 m long
Continuous label
3 mm, white 12 lengths at 25 m
210-732
Label roll
Label roll
Label roll
Label roll
Label roll
Label roll
Label roll
Label roll
Label roll
70 x 100 mm, white 500 pieces/reel
70 x 100 mm, silver 500 pieces/reel
6 x 15 mm, white 3000 pieces/reel
6 x 15 mm, yellow 3000 pieces/reel
9 x 15 mm, white 3000 pieces/reel
9 x 15 mm, yellow 3000 pieces/reel
8 x 20 mm, white 3000 pieces/reel
8 x 20 mm, yellow 3000 pieces/reel
9.5 x 25 mm, white 3000 pieces/reel
210-703
210-704
210-705
210-705/000-002
210-706
210-706/000-002
210-707
210-707/000-002
210-708
210-701
709-120
8
319
8
8
320
Engraving Plotters with Engraver EG 450
Plotter IP 350 A3 / Plotter IP 350 A4
Description
Item No.
Pack.
Unit
Plotter IP 350 A3
incl. ProServe Software
Plotter IP 350 A4
incl. ProServe Software
258-350
1
258-451
1
Technical Data
Plot area
Interfaces
Language
Data buffer
Speed
Drive system
Pen storage unit
Plotter pen
Addressable resolution
Repeatability (accuracy)
Repeatability when changing the pen
Voltage supply
Operating voltage
Voltage range
Current consumption (internal)
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Weight
Operating temperature
rel. humidity
Safety Approvals
Immunity to interference
Description
Item No.
EG 450 Engraver
258-450
as an extension of IP 350 Flat Plotter. Consisting of "EC 450" Control Unit
and "VC 450" Vacuum Cleaner, including graver 0.3 mm + 0.4 mm
Pack.
Unit
1
Technical Data
440 mm x 305 mm (258-350)
220 mm x 305 mm (258-451)
paralell (centronics); USB 1.1
based on HP-GL 7475A
16 MB
max. 400 mm/sec.
two phase stepper motor
max. 4 pens with best possible sealing
Special plotter pens with HP receptacle
0.01 mm
0.05 mm
0.05 mm using pens of best quality
via separate desktop power supply unit
equipped with exchangeable supply line
120 V ... 240 V AC / 50 Hz ... 60 Hz
90 V ... 264 V AC
0.3 A max. at 220 V AC
125 x 660 x 440
11069 g
10 °C ... 35 °C
35 % ... 75 %
acc. to UL-UL1950 CSA-950/VDE
EN60950
acc. to FCC Class B FCC Part 15 and VDE
Class B EN 55022
1. Engraving spindle
Speed
Torque
Frequency
Energy consumption max.
Collets
Tensioning mechanism
Run-out with collet
Motor type
Enclosure
Clamping diameter
Type of ball bearing
Cooling system
Field of application
Operating time of bearing
min. 5000 rpm, max. 50000 rpm
6 Ncm
83 Hz ... 830 Hz
60 W
Diameter of mandrel 3 mm
Head tension
0.03 mm
three-phase, asynchronous, brushless
Aluminium
25 mm
Steel, permanent lubrication
integrated fan
exclusively engraving
min. 1000 hrs if handled properly
Notice: Never clean engraving spindle using compressed air, do not use
lubricants when engraving.
2. Control unit VEB 500
Operating voltage
100 V ... 240 V AC / 50 Hz ... 60 Hz
3. Vacuum cleaner VC 500
Vacuum cleaner bag
Typ Y98
General Specifications
Dimensions (mm) W x H x L
Weight
240 x 290 x 315 Control unit +
Vacuum cleaner (an top of each other)
Engraving spindle + Control unit + Vacuum
cleaner + Accessories 8000 g
8
Accessories
321
Full plotter package
Description
Item No.
Version 1
1 plotter incl. power supply and centronics cable; 1 ProServe Software;
258-350/000-001
4 WMB carrier plates 5 mm/0.197 in; 20 WMB marker cards 5 mm/0.197 in;
1 plotter pen, line width 0.25 mm disposable; 1 plotter pen, line width 0.35 mm disposable
Version 2
1 plotter incl. power supply and centronics cable; 1 ProServe Software;
258-350/000-002
4 WSB carrier plates; 20 WSB marker cards;
1 plotter pen, line width 0.25 mm disposable; 1 plotter pen, line width 0.35 mm disposable
Version 3
1 plotter incl. power supply and centronics cable; 1 ProServe Software;
258-350/000-003
2 WMB (5 mm/0.197 in) carrier plates; 2 miniature WSB carrier plates; 10 WMB (5 mm/0.197 in) marker cards; 10 miniature WSB marker
cards; 1 plotter pen, line width 0.25 mm disposable; 1 plotter pen, line width 0.35 mm disposable
Version 4
1 plotter incl. power supply and centronics cable; 1 ProServe Software;
258-350/000-004
1 WMB carrier plate 5 mm/0.197 in; 1 WSB carrier plate 5 mm/0.197 in; 1 miniature WSB carrier plate; 1 WSB carrier plate 4 mm/0.157 in;
5 WMB marker cards 5 mm/0.197 in; 5 WSB marker cards 5 mm/0.197 in; 5 miniature WSB marker cards; 5 WMB marker cards 4 mm/
0.157 in; 1 plotter pen, line width 0.25 mm disposable; 1 plotter pen, line width 0.35 mm disposable
Plotter is suitable for marking any type of WAGO marker card or competitor’s markers. Includes the ProServe DVD-ROM and WAGO smartMARKING software.
WAGO plotter pen
(disposable)
0.18 mm line width
WAGO plotter pen
(disposable)
0.25 mm line width
WAGO plotter pen
(disposable)
0.35 mm line width
Description
WAGO plotter pen
WAGO ink cartridges
WAGO plotter pen (disposable)
Cover
Service kit
WAGO cleaning set
WAGO pen cleaner
Graver set
Graver
Service kit
Item No.
line width 0.18 mm/0.007 in
line width 0.25 mm/0.010 in
line width 0.35 mm/0.014 in
line width 0.50 mm/0.020 in
black, for permanent marking, not refillable (5 x 1 ml)
258-226
258-227
258-228
258-229
258-141
line width 0.18 mm/0.007 in
line width 0.25 mm/0.010 in
line width 0.35 mm/0.014 in
258-326
258-327
258-328
258-146
258-147
258-139
258-140
258-452
(4 alternative pen storage units)
suitable for cleaning all EKS Pens
line width 0.2/0.3/0.4/0.5/0.7/1.0 mm
line width of graver 0.2 mm
line width of graver 0.3 mm
line width of graver 0.4 mm
line width of graver 0.5 mm
line width of graver 0.7 mm
line width of graver 1.0 mm
Vacuum cleaner bag for Engraver EG 450
WAGO plotter pens are suitable for any kind of smooth surfaces. No additional adapter is required.
258-452/000-002
258-452/000-003
258-452/000-004
258-452/000-005
258-452/000-007
258-452/000-010
258-457
8
8
322
Accessories
Marker card carrier plates for plotter IP 350
Description
Carrier plates for marker cards
Carrier plates for murrplastik
Carrier plates for Conta-Clip
Carrier plates for Phoenix
Universal Carrier plates
Carrier plates for Weidmüller
Carrier plates for Wörtz/Allen Bradley
Carrier plates for Möller
Carrier plates for Partex
Carrier plates for ABB Entrelec
Item No.
WSB 5 mm/0.197 in (209-501)
WSB 4 mm/0.157 in (209-701)
Miniature WSB (248-501)
Group marking carriers (209-112)
T-marking strips (209-290)
WCB (249-200)
WTB (799-501)
WMB 5/5.2 mm (793-5501); WMB 4/4.2 mm (793-4501)
Marker tags (209-199 + 209-200)
Marker strips (2009-110 + 2009-130 and 790-...)
WMB-Inline (2009-115 + 2009-135)
MP-400; KS 4/12, 4/18, 4/23, 4/30
MP-401; KES, KLG, KMR, KPX, KS 15x17/27/49/67, KSA, KSF, KSI, KSK, KSO, KSS, KTE, KWI, SKS,
WGO, KAB
BS 5/6
KPX
KSEX; 10/500
KSEX; 18/500
Universal
ZBM
ZB
ZBN
ZBFM
BNZ
BN-ZB
SS-ZB
LBHZ
PAB
GPE
DIN A4
DIN A3
MC Universal
MC SF4-6
Universal
XB M22-XST
PA+1
PA+2
PK2 PVC
PA+ 2
Universal
Siemens SPS
258-361
258-362
258-363
258-364
258-365
258-366
258-367
258-368
258-369
258-410
258-412
258-370
258-371
258-397
258-396
258-470
258-471
258-398
258-372
258-373
258-374
258-375
258-377
258-378
258-379
258-380
258-381
258-382
258-383
258-472
258-387
258-388
258-389
258-390
258-391
258-392
258-393
258-399
258-394
258-473
8
Marking System
323
WMB Multi marking system
Miniature quick
marking card
Colored marker cards
Description
WMB Inline
Item No.
Item No.
Pack. Unit
WMB Multi marking system for terminal block width 3.5 mm
WMB Multi marking system for terminal block width 4 - 4.2 mm
strechable 4 - 4.2 mm
WMB Multi marking system for terminal block width 5 - 17.5 mm
strechable 5 - 5.2 mm
Miniature WSB quick marking system for terminal block width 5 - 17.5 mm
plain
793-3501
5 cards
plain
793-4501
5 cards
plain
plain
793-5501
248-501
5 cards
5 cards
Additional item no. for colored marker cards
yellow
red
blue
gray
orange
light green
green
violet
WMB Inline, pitch 4 mm, stretchable, 4 mm ... 4.2 mm, on reel
WMB Inline, pitch 5 mm, stretchable, 5 mm ... 5.2 mm, on reel
WMB Inline, pitch 5 mm, stretchable, 5 mm ... 5.2 mm, on reel
white, 2000 pieces
white, 1500 pieces
white, 8000 pieces
Separation of a strip from the WMB Marker card
➊
➋
2009-114
2009-115
2009-135
1 Coil
1 Coil
Group marker carrier 209-112 to be on 788 Series
relay sockets with pluggable miniature switching
➌
➍
➎
➏
8
Description
Group marker carrier adjustable in height
(43.5 mm ... 60 mm), for end stops 249-116
and 249-117
Group marker carrier
Group marker carrier
Marker card
Protection cover
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
Stretching of a strip, stretchable from 4 mm up to 4.2 mm, stretchable from 5 mm up to 5.2 mm
Group marker carrier
adjustable in height
Group marker carrier
.../000-002
.../000-005
.../000-006
.../000-007
.../000-012
.../000-017
.../000-023
.../000-024
for 1 marker card or self-adhesive label and transparent cover protection
for 2 WSB Quick markers or 1 x continuous marking strip
with marker surface 41 mm/1.61 in, 6 mm/0.23 in wide
for up to 3 WMB markers, 15 mm/0.591 in wide
for snapping into screwless end stops, 10 mm/0.394 in wide
from white cardboard, for self-marking, 100 markers per sheet
transparent
Item No.
Pack. Unit
249-119 ➊
249-118 ➋
249-120
209-140 ➌
209-112 ➍
209-113 ➎
209-114 ➏
50 (2x25)
100 (4x25)
50 (2x25)
50 (2x25)
50 (1x50)
1 (1x1)
50 (1x50)
8
324
WAGO Wire and Cable Marking
Wire marking
The following marker cards are available:
Marker cards for plotter marking ...
... or marker cards on roll
for thermal transfer printing
Slide the marker card into the marking sleeve
receptacle.
Changing the marking is also
possible after the wire has been connected
… or are supplied on roll for the thermal transfer
printer
Remove the printed label from the sheet or roll and
wrap it around the wire or cable.
The transparent laminate protects the marking
Remove the rest of the card by twisting it off
Fix the 211-129 marking sleeve using cable ties to
individual wire or cable
Cable marking
Self-laminating labels are available on A4 sheets
for the laser printer (plotter) …
8
WAGO Wire and Cable Marking
325
Marking sleeve 12 mm
Marking sleeve 23 mm
Marking sleeve 23 mm, for cable tie
Description
Marking sleeve* 12 mm, for wire Ø
1.6 mm ... 3.2 mm or 0.25 mm² ... 1.5 mm²
2.2 mm ... 4.5 mm or 0.5 mm² ... 4 mm²
3.7 mm ... 5.9 mm or 2.5 mm² ... 6 mm²
4.8 mm ... 7.5 mm or 6 mm² ... 16 mm²
1.6 mm ... 3.2 mm or 0.25 mm² ... 1.5 mm²
2.2 mm ... 4.5 mm or 0.5 mm² ... 4 mm²
3.7 mm ... 5.9 mm or 2.5 mm² ... 6 mm²
4.8 mm ... 7.5 mm or 6 mm² ... 16 mm²
23 mm, for wires from 10 mm²
Marking sleeve* 23 mm, for wire Ø
Marking sleeve* for cable tie
Cable tie (2.5 x 100) mm
Marker card
Marker card (12 mm)
for Plotter
Marker card (23 mm)
for Printer
Marker card for TT Printer
23 mm
Plotter, 23 mm
(258-370 Carrier Plates are required for plotting)
12 mm
Plotter, 12 mm
(258-370 Carrier Plates are required for plotting)
Labels on roll
Labels on DIN A4 sheets
Description
Labels on roll for thermal transfer printer
Labels on DIN A4 sheets for laser printer
(258-383 Carrier Plates are required for plotting)
Pack. Unit
211-112
211-113
211-114
211-115
211-122
211-123
211-124
211-125
211-129
2000
2000
1000
1000
2000
2000
1000
1000
1000
807-090/101-100
1000
Item No.
Pack. Unit
211-111
211-110
1
18
211-121
211-120
1
30
Marker card (23 mm)
for Plotter
Description
Marker card for TT Printer
Item No.
Marker surface "S"=8 mm, "B"=18 mm, "L"=35 mm
for max. cable Ø 9 mm, 9.000 labels per roll
Marker surface "S"=13 mm, "B"=23 mm, "L"=51 mm
for max. cable Ø 12 mm, 5.000 labels per roll
Marker surface "S"=9 mm, "B"=17 mm, "L"=35 mm
for max. cable Ø 8 mm, 70 labels per roll
Marker surface "S"=13 mm, "B"=21 mm, "L"=56 mm
for max. cable Ø 14 mm, 32 labels per roll
Dimensions of self-laminating label
Item No.
Pack. Unit
211-155
1
211-156
1
211-150
20
211-151
25
8
8
Carrier Rails and Angled Support Bracket
15
°
Pack. Unit
2000± 1,5
Item No.
1
(_15 _)
1
(_15_)
2,2- 2,5
_____> <
1,5
(_25_)
2000± 1,5
Item No.
> <
5,2
Steel carrier rail
acc. to EN 60715
> 7,5 <
Steel carrier rail
acc. to EN 60715
15
°
326
Pack. Unit
2000± 1,5
Item No.
Pack. Unit
Steel rail, IN 125 A (referred to a length of 1 m)
35 x 15 mm, 1.5 mm/0.059 in thick, 2 m long, unslotted
210-114
10
Steel rail, IN 125 A (referred to a length of 1 m)
35 x 15 mm, 1.5 mm/0.059 in thick, 2 m long, slotted
210-197
10
Steel rail, IN 125 A (referred to a length of 1 m)
35 x 15 mm, 2.3 mm/0.091 in thick, 2 m long, unslotted
210-118
10
Copper carrier rail
Aluminum carrier rail
Angled support bracket
10
Item No.
2000± 1,5
Pack. Unit
Aluminum carrier rail, IN 76 A
(referred to a length of 1 m)
35 x 8.2 mm, 1.5 mm/0.059 in thick, 2 m long, unslotted
210-196
10
°
35
Item No.
Angled support bracket,
without screw
210-148
Screw M 5 x 8
210-149
>18 <
1
Ø7
8,2
15
°
Pack. Unit
1,6
(_15_)
1
Item No.
><
Copper carrier rail, IN 309 A
(referred to a length of 1 m)
210-198
M5
> <
>
